Beckhoff EL3423, EL3443, EL3443-0013, EL3453, EL3483 Documentation

Add to My manuals
295 Pages

advertisement

Beckhoff EL3423, EL3443, EL3443-0013, EL3453, EL3483 Documentation | Manualzz

Documentation

EL34xx

3-phase energy and power measurement terminals

Version:

Date:

1.5

2019-09-05

Table of contents

Table of contents

1 Product overview – Power measurement terminals .............................................................................. 5

2 Foreword .................................................................................................................................................... 6

2.1

Notes on the documentation.............................................................................................................. 6

2.2

Safety instructions ............................................................................................................................. 7

2.3

Documentation issue status .............................................................................................................. 8

2.4

Version identification of EtherCAT devices ....................................................................................... 9

2.4.1

Beckhoff Identification Code (BIC)...................................................................................  13

3 Product overview..................................................................................................................................... 15

3.1

EL34xx – Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 15

3.2

Technical data ................................................................................................................................. 19

3.3

Basic function principles .................................................................................................................. 23

3.4

Current transformers ....................................................................................................................... 29

3.5

Start ................................................................................................................................................. 31

4 Basics communication ........................................................................................................................... 32

4.1

EtherCAT basics.............................................................................................................................. 32

4.2

EtherCAT cabling – wire-bound....................................................................................................... 32

4.3

General notes for setting the watchdog ........................................................................................... 33

4.4

EtherCAT State Machine ................................................................................................................. 35

4.5

CoE Interface................................................................................................................................... 37

4.6

Distributed Clock ............................................................................................................................. 42

5 Mounting and wiring................................................................................................................................ 43

5.1

Instructions for ESD protection ........................................................................................................ 43

5.2

Installation on mounting rails ........................................................................................................... 44

5.3

Connection ...................................................................................................................................... 47

5.3.1

Connection system ..........................................................................................................  47

5.3.2

Wiring...............................................................................................................................  49

5.3.3

Shielding ..........................................................................................................................  50

5.4

Installation positions ........................................................................................................................ 51

5.5

Positioning of passive Terminals ..................................................................................................... 53

5.6

EL34xx - LEDs and connection ....................................................................................................... 54

6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................ 63

6.1

TwinCAT Quick Start ....................................................................................................................... 63

6.1.1

6.1.2

TwinCAT 2 .......................................................................................................................  66

TwinCAT 3 .......................................................................................................................  76

6.2

TwinCAT Development Environment .............................................................................................. 88

6.2.1

6.2.2

6.2.3

6.2.4

6.2.5

Installation of the TwinCAT real-time driver.....................................................................  88

Notes regarding ESI device description...........................................................................  94

TwinCAT ESI Updater .....................................................................................................  98

Distinction between Online and Offline............................................................................  98

OFFLINE configuration creation ......................................................................................  99

6.2.6

6.2.7

ONLINE configuration creation ......................................................................................  104

EtherCAT subscriber configuration................................................................................  112

6.3

General Notes - EtherCAT Slave Application ................................................................................ 121

EL34xx Version: 1.5

3

Table of contents

6.4

Process data.................................................................................................................................. 129

6.4.1

6.4.2

Sync Manager................................................................................................................  129

Settings..........................................................................................................................  137

6.4.3

Timestamp Distributed Clocks .......................................................................................  143

6.5

Scaling factors ............................................................................................................................... 144

6.6

Notices on analog specifications ................................................................................................... 145

6.6.1

6.6.2

6.6.3

Full scale value (FSV)....................................................................................................  145

Measuring error/ measurement deviation ......................................................................  145

Temperature coefficient tK [ppm/K] ...............................................................................  146

6.6.4

6.6.5

6.6.6

6.6.7

Single-ended/differential typification ..............................................................................  147

Common-mode voltage and reference ground (based on differential inputs)................  152

Dielectric strength ..........................................................................................................  152

Temporal aspects of analog/digital conversion..............................................................  153

6.7

Object description and parameterization ....................................................................................... 157

6.7.1

6.7.2

6.7.3

6.7.4

6.7.5

Restore object................................................................................................................  157

EL3423 ..........................................................................................................................  158

EL3443-00xx..................................................................................................................  181

EL3453 ..........................................................................................................................  211

EL3483-00xx..................................................................................................................  248

7 Application examples............................................................................................................................ 259

7.1

Power measurement on motor with 2 or 3 current transformers ................................................... 260

7.2

Power measurement at a machine ................................................................................................ 262

7.3

Power measurement in a single-phase mains network with ohmic consumers ............................ 264

7.4

Power measurement at a fieldbus station ..................................................................................... 265

7.5

Power measurement at three-phase motors controlled by a frequency converter ........................ 266

7.6

Power measurement including differential current measurement ................................................. 267

7.7

Example Function Blocks for Evaluation ....................................................................................... 269

8 Appendix ................................................................................................................................................ 273

8.1

TcEventLogger and IO .................................................................................................................. 273

8.2

EtherCAT AL Status Codes ........................................................................................................... 276

8.3

Firmware compatibility ................................................................................................................... 276

8.4

Firmware Update EL/ES/EM/ELM/EPxxxx .................................................................................... 278

8.4.1

8.4.2

8.4.3

Device description ESI file/XML.....................................................................................  279

Firmware explanation ....................................................................................................  282

Updating controller firmware *.efw.................................................................................  283

8.4.4

8.4.5

FPGA firmware *.rbf.......................................................................................................  284

Simultaneous updating of several EtherCAT devices....................................................  288

8.5

Restoring the delivery state ........................................................................................................... 289

8.6

Support and Service ...................................................................................................................... 290

4 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Product overview – Power measurement terminals

1 Product overview – Power measurement terminals

EL3423 [ }  16]

3-phase power measurement terminal, Economy; 480 V

AC

, 1 A

EL3443 [ }  15]

3-phase power measurement terminal with extended functionality; 480 V

AC

, 1 A

EL3443-0010 [ }  15]

3-phase power measurement terminal with extended functionality; 480 V

AC

, 5 A

EL3443-0011 [ }  15]

3-phase power measurement terminal with extended functionality; 480 V

AC

, 100 mA

EL3443-0013 [ }  15]

3-phase power measurement terminal with extended functionality; 480 V

AC

, 333 mV

EL3453 [ }  18]

3-phase power measurement terminal with extended functionality; 690 V

AC

, 5 A

EL3483 [ }  17]

3-phase mains monitoring terminal for voltage, frequency and phase; 480 V

AC

EL3483-0060 [ }  17]

3-phase mains monitoring terminal with voltage measurement; 480 V

AC

EL34xx Version: 1.5

5

6

Foreword

2 Foreword

2.1

Notes on the documentation

Intended audience

This description is only intended for the use of trained specialists in control and automation engineering who are familiar with the applicable national standards.

It is essential that the documentation and the following notes and explanations are followed when installing and commissioning these components.

It is the duty of the technical personnel to use the documentation published at the respective time of each installation and commissioning.

The responsible staff must ensure that the application or use of the products described satisfy all the requirements for safety, including all the relevant laws, regulations, guidelines and standards.

Disclaimer

The documentation has been prepared with care. The products described are, however, constantly under development.

We reserve the right to revise and change the documentation at any time and without prior announcement.

No claims for the modification of products that have already been supplied may be made on the basis of the data, diagrams and descriptions in this documentation.

Trademarks

Beckhoff ® , TwinCAT ® , EtherCAT ® , EtherCAT G ® , EtherCAT G10 ® , EtherCAT P ® , Safety over EtherCAT ® ,

TwinSAFE ® , XFC ® , XTS ® and XPlanar ® are registered trademarks of and licensed by Beckhoff Automation

GmbH. Other designations used in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

Patent Pending

The EtherCAT Technology is covered, including but not limited to the following patent applications and patents: EP1590927, EP1789857, EP1456722, EP2137893, DE102015105702 with corresponding applications or registrations in various other countries.

EtherCAT ® is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH,

Germany.

Copyright

© Beckhoff Automation GmbH & Co. KG, Germany.

The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this document as well as the communication of its contents to others without express authorization are prohibited.

Offenders will be held liable for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a patent, utility model or design.

Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Foreword

2.2

Safety instructions

Safety regulations

Please note the following safety instructions and explanations!

Product-specific safety instructions can be found on following pages or in the areas mounting, wiring, commissioning etc.

Exclusion of liability

All the components are supplied in particular hardware and software configurations appropriate for the application. Modifications to hardware or software configurations other than those described in the documentation are not permitted, and nullify the liability of Beckhoff Automation GmbH & Co. KG.

Personnel qualification

This description is only intended for trained specialists in control, automation and drive engineering who are familiar with the applicable national standards.

Description of instructions

In this documentation the following instructions are used.

These instructions must be read carefully and followed without fail!

DANGER

Serious risk of injury!

Failure to follow this safety instruction directly endangers the life and health of persons.

WARNING

Risk of injury!

Failure to follow this safety instruction endangers the life and health of persons.

CAUTION

Personal injuries!

Failure to follow this safety instruction can lead to injuries to persons.

NOTE

Damage to environment/equipment or data loss

Failure to follow this instruction can lead to environmental damage, equipment damage or data loss.

Tip or pointer

This symbol indicates information that contributes to better understanding.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

7

Foreword

2.3

Version

1.4

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0

0.2 – 0.5

0.1

Documentation issue status

Comment

• EL3443-0011, EL3443-0013, EL3483-0060 added

• Update structure

• Update revision status

• EL3453 added

• Update structure

• Update revision status

• Addenda chapter “TcEventLogger and IO” (Appendix)

• Chapter “Technical data” updated

• 1 st public release

• Complements, corrections

• Provisional documentation for EL34xx

8 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Foreword

2.4

Version identification of EtherCAT devices

Designation

A Beckhoff EtherCAT device has a 14-digit designation, made up of

• family key

• type

• version

• revision

Example Family

EL3314-0000-0016 EL terminal

(12 mm, nonpluggable connection level)

ES3602-0010-0017 ES terminal

(12 mm, pluggable connection level)

CU2008-0000-0000 CU device

Type

3314 (4-channel thermocouple terminal)

3602 (2-channel voltage measurement)

Version Revision

0000 (basic type) 0016

0010 (highprecision version)

0017

2008 (8-port fast ethernet switch) 0000 (basic type) 0000

Notes

• The elements mentioned above result in the technical designation . EL3314-0000-0016 is used in the example below.

• EL3314-0000 is the order identifier, in the case of “-0000” usually abbreviated to EL3314. “-0016” is the

EtherCAT revision.

• The order identifier is made up of

- family key (EL, EP, CU, ES, KL, CX, etc.)

- type (3314)

- version (-0000)

• The revision -0016 shows the technical progress, such as the extension of features with regard to the

EtherCAT communication, and is managed by Beckhoff.

In principle, a device with a higher revision can replace a device with a lower revision, unless specified otherwise, e.g. in the documentation.

Associated and synonymous with each revision there is usually a description (ESI, EtherCAT Slave

Information) in the form of an XML file, which is available for download from the Beckhoff web site.

From 2014/01 the revision is shown on the outside of the IP20 terminals, see Fig. “EL5021 EL terminal, standard IP20 IO device with batch number and revision ID (since 2014/01)” .

• The type, version and revision are read as decimal numbers, even if they are technically saved in hexadecimal.

Identification number

Beckhoff EtherCAT devices from the different lines have different kinds of identification numbers:

Production lot/batch number/serial number/date code/D number

The serial number for Beckhoff IO devices is usually the 8-digit number printed on the device or on a sticker.

The serial number indicates the configuration in delivery state and therefore refers to a whole production batch, without distinguishing the individual modules of a batch.

Structure of the serial number: KK YY FF HH

KK - week of production (CW, calendar week)

YY - year of production

FF - firmware version

HH - hardware version

EL34xx Version: 1.5

9

Foreword

Example with

Ser. no.: 12063A02:    12 - production week 12 06 - production year 2006 3A - firmware version 3A 02 hardware version 02

Exceptions can occur in the IP67 area , where the following syntax can be used (see respective device documentation):

Syntax: D ww yy x y z u

D - prefix designation ww - calendar week yy - year x - firmware version of the bus PCB y - hardware version of the bus PCB z - firmware version of the I/O PCB u - hardware version of the I/O PCB

Example: D.22081501 calendar week 22 of the year 2008 firmware version of bus PCB: 1 hardware version of bus PCB: 5 firmware version of I/O PCB: 0 (no firmware necessary for this PCB) hardware version of I/O

PCB: 1

Unique serial number/ID, ID number

In addition, in some series each individual module has its own unique serial number.

See also the further documentation in the area

• IP67: EtherCAT Box

• Safety: TwinSafe

• Terminals with factory calibration certificate and other measuring terminals

Examples of markings

Fig. 1: EL5021 EL terminal, standard IP20 IO device with serial/ batch number and revision ID (since

2014/01)

10 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Foreword

Fig. 2: EK1100 EtherCAT coupler, standard IP20 IO device with serial/ batch number

Fig. 3: CU2016 switch with serial/ batch number

Fig. 4: EL3202-0020 with serial/ batch number 26131006 and unique ID-number 204418

EL34xx Version: 1.5

11

Foreword

Fig. 5: EP1258-00001 IP67 EtherCAT Box with batch number/ date code 22090101 and unique serial number 158102

Fig. 6: EP1908-0002 IP67 EtherCAT Safety Box with batch number/ date code 071201FF and unique serial number 00346070

Fig. 7: EL2904 IP20 safety terminal with batch number/ date code 50110302 and unique serial number

00331701

Fig. 8: ELM3604-0002 terminal with unique ID number (QR code) 100001051 and serial/ batch number

44160201

12 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Foreword

2.4.1

Beckhoff Identification Code (BIC)

The Beckhoff Identification Code (BIC) is increasingly being applied to Beckhoff products to uniquely identify the product. The BIC is represented as a Data Matrix Code (DMC, code scheme ECC200), the content is based on the ANSI standard MH10.8.2-2016.

Fig. 9: BIC as data matrix code (DMC, code scheme ECC200)

The BIC will be introduced step by step across all product groups.

Depending on the product, it can be found in the following places:

• on the packaging unit

• directly on the product (if space suffices)

• on the packaging unit and the product

The BIC is machine-readable and contains information that can also be used by the customer for handling and product management.

Each piece of information can be uniquely identified using the so-called data identifier (ANSI

MH10.8.2-2016). The data identifier is followed by a character string. Both together have a maximum length according to the table below. If the information is shorter, it shall be replaced by spaces. The data under positions 1-4 are always available.

The following information is contained:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

13

Foreword

Item no.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Type of information

Explanation Data identifier Number of digits incl.

data identifier

Beckhoff order number 1P 8 Beckhoff order number

Beckhoff

Traceability

Number (BTN )

Unique serial number, see note below

S

Article description Beckhoff article description, e.g. EL1008

Quantity Quantity in packaging unit, e.g. 1, 10, etc.

Batch number

ID/serial number

Variant number

1K

Q

Optional: Year and week of production

2P

Optional: Present-day serial number system, e.g. with safety products

51S

Optional: Product variant number on the basis of standard products

30P

12

32

6

14

12

32

Example

1P

S

Q

BTNk4p562d7

1K

1

2P

6

072222

EL1809

40150318001

51S

30P

678294104

F971 ,

2*K183

...

Further types of information and data identifiers are used by Beckhoff and serve internal processes.

Structure of the BIC

Example of composite information from items 1 - 4 and 6. The data identifiers are marked in red for better display:

BTN

An important component of the BIC is the Beckhoff Traceability Number (BTN, item no. 2). The BTN is a unique serial number consisting of eight characters that will replace all other serial number systems at

Beckhoff in the long term (e.g. batch designations on IO components, previous serial number range for safety products, etc.). The BTN will also be introduced step by step, so it may happen that the BTN is not yet coded in the BIC

Notice

This information has been carefully prepared. However, the procedure described is constantly being further developed. We reserve the right to revise and change procedures and documentation at any time and without prior notice. No claims for changes can be made from the information, illustrations and descriptions in this information.

14 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

3 Product overview

3.1

EL34xx – Introduction

EL3443 | 3-phase power measurement terminal with extended functionality

Product overview

Fig. 10: EL3443

The EL3443 EtherCAT Terminal enables measurement of all relevant electrical data of the mains supply and performs simple pre-evaluations. The voltage is measured via the direct connection of L1, L2, L3 and N. The current of the three phases L1, L2 and L3 is fed via simple current transformers.

All measured currents and voltages are available as RMS values. In the EL3443 version, the active power and the energy consumption for each phase are calculated. The RMS values of voltage U and current I as well as active power P, apparent power S, reactive power Q, frequency f, phase shift angle cos φ and harmonics are available. The EL3443 offers options for comprehensive grid analysis and energy management.

Variants:

• EL3443-0000: Version with direct current measurement up to 1 A

• EL3443-0010: Version with direct current measurement up to 5 A

• EL3443-0011: Version with direct current measurement 100 mA

• EL3443-0013: Version with direct voltage measurement 333 mV

EL34xx Version: 1.5

15

Product overview

EL3423 | 3-phase power measurement terminal, Economy

Fig. 11: EL3423

The EL3423 EtherCAT Terminal enables measurement of relevant data for an efficient energy management system. The voltage is measured internally via direct connection of L1, L2, L3 and N. The current of the three phases L1, L2 and L3 is fed via simple current transformers. The measured energy values are available separately as generated and accepted values. In the EL3423 version, the active power and the energy consumption for each phase are calculated. In addition, an internally calculated power quality factor provides information about the quality of the monitored power supply. The EL3423 offers basic functionality for mains analysis and energy management.

16 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

EL3483 | 3-phase mains monitoring terminal for voltage, frequency and phase

Product overview

Fig. 12: EL3483

The EL3483 EtherCAT Terminal enables monitoring of relevant electrical data of the supply network. The voltage is measured internally via direct connection of L1, L2, L3 and N. The internal measured values are compared with threshold values preset by the user. The result is available as digital information in the process image.

The EL3483 monitors the correct phase sequence L1, L2, L3, phase failure, undervoltage and overvoltage and possible phase imbalance. An error bit is set in case of an incorrect phase sequence or phase failure. If, for example, an imbalance or voltage fault occurs, only a warning bit is set initially. In addition, an internally calculated power quality factor provides information about the quality of the monitored power supply. The

EL3483 offers options for simple mains analysis and network control.

The EL3483-0060 variant also outputs the current effective voltage values in the process image.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

17

Product overview

EL3453 | 3-phase power measurement terminal up to 690 V AC with extended functionality

Fig. 13: EL3453

The EL3453 EtherCAT power measurement terminal is an advancement based on the EL3413. With up to

690 V AC, the voltage inputs are optimised for the direct monitoring of high-capacity generators, as in the wind power industry, for example. No upstream voltage transformer is required.

The four current inputs are electrically isolated so that the terminal can be used in all common grounded current transformer configurations such as 2- or 3-transformer configurations with star or delta connection incl. neutral conductor current measurement. The EL3453 can be used for simple grid analysis up to the

63rd harmonics analysis. Alternatively, all readings can be combined in a power quality factor for simplified diagnostics. Like all measured terminal data, the harmonic content can be read via the process data.

Quick links

Also see about this

2

Basic function principles [ }  23]

2

Technical data [ }  19]

2

Object description and parameterization [ }  157]

2

Process data [ }  129]

2

Application examples [ }  259]

18 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

3.2

Technical data

EL3423

Technical data

Number of inputs

Technology

Oversampling factor

Distributed clocks

Update interval

Measured values

Measuring voltage

Measuring current

Measuring error

Update time

Frequency range

Electrical isolation

Current consumption power contacts

Current consumption E -Bus

Special features

Configuration

Weight

Dimensions (W x H x D)

Mounting

Permissible ambient temperature range during operation

Permissible ambient temperature range during storage

Relative humidity

Vibration / shock resistance

EMC immunity / emission

Protect. class / installation pos.

Approvals

EL3423

3 x current, 3 x voltage

3-phase power measurement

>10 s adjustable energy, power, power quality factor max. 480 V AC 3~ (ULX-N: max. 277 V AC; max. 240 V DC) max. 1 A (AC/DC), via measuring transformers x A/1 A

0.5% relative to full scale value (U/I), 1% calculated values mains-synchronous

0 (direct current) and 12 ... 400 Hz

2500 V

typ. 120 mA single-phase operation possible, mains monitoring functionality via TwinCAT System Manager approx. 75 g approx. 15 mm x 100 mm x 70 mm (width aligned: 12 mm) on 35 mm mounting rail according to EN 60715

-25°C ... +60°C (extended temperature range)

-40°C ... +85°C

95 % no condensation conforms to EN 60068-2-6 / EN 60068-2-27 conforms to EN 61000-6-2/EN 61000-6-4

IP20/any

CE

Product overview

EL34xx Version: 1.5

19

Product overview

EL3443-00xx

Technical data

Number of inputs

Technology

Oversampling factor

Distributed clocks

Activation interval

Measured values

EL3443-0000 EL3443-0010

3 x current, 3 x voltage

3-phase power measurement

EL3443-0011 EL3443-0013

Optional (for determining the zero crossing time) one mains period (20 ms at 50 Hz)

Current, voltage, active power, reactive power, apparent power, active energy, reactive energy, apparent energy, cos φ, frequency, THD, harmonics (up to 40th harmonic), power quality factor

Measuring voltage

Measuring current

Measuring error

Threshold frequency

Electrical isolation

Update time

Current consumption power contacts

Current consumption via

E-bus

Special features

Permissible ambient temperature range during operation

Permissible ambient temperature range during storage max. 480 V AC 3~ (ULX-N: max. 277 V AC; max 240 V DC) max. 1 A (AC/DC), via measuring transformers x A/1 A max. 5 A (AC/DC), via measuring transformers x A/5 A

0.3% relative to the full scale value (U/I),

0.6% calculated values (see documentation) max. 100 mA (AC/DC), via measuring transformers x A/5 A

3000 Hz

2500 V mains-synchronous

– typ. 120 mA max. 333 mV (AC/DC), via measuring transformers x A/333 mV

Single-phase operation possible, mains monitoring functionality, precise voltage zero crossing determination

Weight approx. 75 g

Dimensions (W x H x D) approx. 15 mm x 100 mm x 70 mm (width aligned: 12 mm)

Mounting on 35 mm mounting rail according to EN 60715

-25°C ... +60°C (extended temperature range)

-40°C ... +85°C

Relative humidity

Vibration / shock resistance

95 % no condensation conforms to EN 60068-2-6 / EN 60068-2-27

EMC immunity / emission conforms to EN 61000-6-2/EN 61000-6-4

Protect. class / installation pos.

IP20/any

Approvals CE

20 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Product overview

EL3453

Technical data

Number of inputs

Technology

Oversampling-factor

Distributed-Clocks

Accuracy of Distributed Clocks

Update time

Measured values

Measuring error

Mains voltage

(Nominal voltage range)

Technical measuring range Voltage

Maximum permissible overvoltage

Internal resolution

Input resistance Voltage path

Nominal current range

Technical measuring range current

Maximum permissible overcurrent

Peak overload capacity

Largest short-term deviation during a specified electrical disturbance test

Input resistance Current path

Frequency range

Threshold frequency

Electrical isolation

Current consumption power contacts

Current consumption E-Bus

Weight

Dimensions (W x H x D)

Mounting

Permissible ambient temperature range during operation

Permissible ambient temperature range during storage

Relative humidity

Vibration / shock resistance

EMC immunity / emission

Protect. class / installation pos.

Approvals

EL3453

4 x current, 3 x voltage

3-phase power measurement

Optional (for zero crossing time determination)

<< 1 µs with every half-wave (10 ms at 50 Hz)

Current, voltage, active power, reactive power, apparent power, active energy, reactive energy, apparent energy, fundamental wave power and energy, cos φ, frequency, THD, harmonics (up to 63rd harmonic), power quality factor

0.3 % relative to full scale value (U/I)

0.6 % calculated values (see documentation) corresponding to AC:

400 V rms

(UL

X

-N) or 690 V rms

(UL

X

-UL

Y

) (TN-system: 600 V rms

)

520 V rms

(UL

X

-N) or 897 V rms

(UL

X

-UL common reference potential N/GND

Y

) max. time for voltages above 500 V rms or 863 V rms

(UL x

-UL y

): t max

< 10s *

(UL

X

-N) max. ±736 V (peak value, UL

X

-N, corresponds to 520 V rms)

or max. ±1270 V (peak value, UL

X

-UL

Y

, corresponds to 897 V rms

)*

24 bits typ. 1,5 MΩ corresponding to AC:

100 mA rms

;1 A rms

(default); 5 A rms recommended via measuring transformer x A AC/1 A AC

2.25 A (peak value, corresponds to 1.59 A rms

) or.

9.6 A (peak value, corresponds to 6.8 A rms

) max. ±10 A peak value, corresponds to 7 A rms

* per channel and max. total current (I1+I2+I3+IN) ±20 A peak value, corresponds to 14 A rms

*

60 A (sinusoidal) for 1 second, upstream use of current-limiting current transformers recommended

< ±0.5% of full scale value for current measurement typ. 3 mΩ

15 … 400 Hz

4000 Hz

4500 V

260 mA typ.

approx. 100 g approx. 27 mm x 100 mm x 70 mm (width aligned: 24 mm) on 35 mm mounting rail according to EN 60715

0°C ... +55°C

-25°C ... +85°C

95 % no condensation conforms to EN 60068-2-6 / EN 60068-2-27 conforms to EN 61000-6-2/EN 61000-6-4

IP20/any

CE

*) prolonged operation above the nominal range can lead to impairment of function and/or shortening of operating life

EL34xx Version: 1.5

21

Product overview

EL3483

Technical data

Number of inputs

Technology

Oversampling factor

Distributed clocks

Update interval

Measured values

Measuring voltage

Measuring procedure

Update time

Electrical isolation

Current consumption power contacts

Current consumption E-Bus

Special features

Monitoring function

Weight

Dimensions (W x H x D)

Mounting

Permissible ambient temperature range during operation

Permissible ambient temperature range during storage

Relative humidity

Vibration / shock resistance

EMC immunity / emission

Protect. class / installation pos.

Approvals

EL3483

3 x voltage

3-phase mains monitor

10 mains periods (200 ms at 50 Hz) digital thresholds and power quality factor max. 480 V AC 3~ (ULX-N: max. 277 V AC; max. 240 V DC)

True RMS, True RMS calculation mains-synchronous

2500 V

– typ. 120 mA operation as voltage monitor, frequency monitor and phase monitor also possible in singlephase operation phase sequence, phase failure, phase imbalance, undervoltage/overvoltage (adjustable) approx. 75 g approx. 15 mm x 100 mm x 70 mm (width aligned: 12 mm) on 35 mm mounting rail according to EN 60715

-25°C ... +60°C (extended temperature range)

-40°C ... +85°C

95 % no condensation conforms to EN 60068-2-6 / EN 60068-2-27 conforms to EN 61000-6-2/EN 61000-6-4

IP20/any

CE

22 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Product overview

3.3

Basic function principles

Measuring principle

The EL3443 works with 6 analog/digital converters for recording the current and voltage values of all 3 phases.

Recording and processing is synchronous and identical for the 3 phases. The signal processing for one phase is described below. This description applies correspondingly for all 3 phases.

Fig. 14: Voltage u and current i curves

RMS value calculation

The RMS value for voltage and current is calculated during the period T. The following equations are used: u

(t)

: instantaneous voltage value i

(t)

: instantaneous current value n:  number of measured values

The instantaneous values for current and voltage are low-pass filtered with a cut-off frequency of 2.5 kHz for the EL3443, EL3423 and EL3483.

Active power measurement

The EL34xx measures the active power P according to the following equation

P: active power n: number of samples u

(t)

: instantaneous voltage value i

(t)

: instantaneous current value

EL34xx Version: 1.5

23

Product overview

Fig. 15: Power s

(t)

curve

In the first step, the power s

(t) is calculated at each sampling instant:

The mean value is calculated over a period.

The power frequency is twice that of the corresponding voltages and currents.

Apparent power measurement

In real networks, not all consumers are purely ohmic. Phase shifts occur between current and voltage. This does not affect the methodology for determining the RMS values of voltage and current as described above.

The situation for the active power is different: Here, the product of RMS voltage and RMS current is the apparent power.

The active power is smaller than the apparent power.

S: apparent power

P: active power

Q: reactive power

φ: Phase shift angle

24 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Product overview

Fig. 16: u, i, p curves with phase shift angle (t) (t) (t)

In this context, further parameters of the mains system and its consumers are significant:

• apparent power S

• reactive power Q

• power factor cos φ

The EL3443 determines the following values:

• RMS voltage U and RMS current I

• Active power P and active energy E

• Apparent power S and apparent energy

• Reactive power Q and reactive energy

• Power factor and cos(φ)

• Distortion factors for current THD

I

and voltage THD

U

• Calculated RMS neutral conductor current I

N

• Voltage imbalance

• Power quality factor (details see below)

• In "DC synchronous" mode, the distributed clock time of the voltage zero crossing is also available.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

25

Product overview

Sign for power measurement

The sign of the (fundamental wave) active power P and the power factor cos φ provides information about the direction of the energy flow. A positive sign indicates the motor mode, a negative sign indicates generator mode.

Furthermore, the sign of the fundamental harmonic reactive power Q provides information about the direction of the phase shift between current and voltage. Fig. Four-quadrant representation of active/fundamental harmonic reactive power in motor and generator mode illustrates this. In motor mode (quadrant I + IV), a positive fundamental harmonic reactive power indicates an inductive load, a negative fundamental harmonic reactive power indicates a capacitive load. The information about a capacitive or inductive load behavior is also shown in the sign of the phase angle φ, which is already contained in the EL3443.

In generator mode (quadrant II & III), an inductive generator is indicated by a positive fundamental harmonic reactive power, a capacitive generator by a negative fundamental harmonic reactive power.

Since the total reactive power is defined as the quadratic difference between apparent and active power, it has no sign. For the total active power, signs are permitted, as described above.

Fig. 17: Four-quadrant representation of active power/fundamental harmonic reactive power in motor and generator mode

Frequency measurement

The EL34xx can measure the frequency for a voltage path input signal and a current path input signal. CoE

objects "Reference" and "Frequency Source" ( F800:11 [ }  159] and F800:13 [ }  159] ) can be used to set which

frequency is to be output as PDO.

Power quality factor

The EL34xx calculates a PQF (power quality factor), which reflects the quality of the voltage supply as a simplified analog value between 1.0 and 0.

To calculate this factor, the measured values, frequency, RMS voltage, distortion factor and voltage imbalance are calculated and combined as shown in the following diagram.

26 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Product overview

Fig. 18: Representation of the power quality factor calculation

As can be seen for the time value 120, the calculation method is chosen in such a way that even very short voltage drops cause a clear signal deflection.

The value above which the power supply is to be regarded as "sufficiently good" is strongly dependent on the connected application. The more sensitive the application, the higher the minimum limit value of the PQF should be.

To adapt the power quality factor to your mains supply, enter the nominal voltage and frequency in CoE object "

0xF801 PMX Total Settings PQF [ }  159]

". This can also be done via the "Settings" tab, which summarizes all the important terminal setting options in a user-friendly manner.

Voltage zero crossing

The EL3443 and EL3453 have the ability to determine the exact time of a voltage zero crossing. However, in order for this to be transmitted to a higher-level controller in a meaningful manner, the controller and the

EtherCAT Terminal must have the same time base. Using distributed clocks technology, an EtherCAT system provides such a common time base (for details see EtherCAT system description ). In order to be able to use these, the EL3443 must be in "DC synchronous" mode and the EtherCAT master must support the corresponding function.

Once these basic requirements have been met, the EL3443 and EL3453 provide the DC time of the penultimate zero crossing. In order to facilitate exact determination of the fundamental wave, the voltage signal to be evaluated must first be filtered, which inevitably entails a delay. In addition to the time of the voltage zero crossing, the EL3453 also determines the respective current zero crossings.

Statistical evaluation

In addition to the cyclic data, the EL34xx terminals also produce statistical evaluations over longer periods

(can be set in the CoE: " F803 PMX Time Settings [ }  162] "). By default, the " F803:12 Measurement Interval

[ }  162]

" is set to 15 minutes. The clock available for this purpose in the terminal can not only be read out via the CoE object "

F803:13 Actual System Time [ }  162] ", it can also be actively influenced. Depending on the

EL34xx Version: 1.5

27

Product overview application, it may make sense to regularly synchronize the clock with an external clock. By default, the clock is set once at system startup based on the local Windows system time, taking into account the set time zone, usually UTC.

In addition, the interval can also be restarted manually via the "Reset Interval" output bit or directly from the application, for example to obtain statistics on a process that varies over time.

Calculation of the neutral current

Since the EL34xx terminals have direct access to the instantaneous current values of all three phases, the neutral current can be calculated or estimated, assuming that no current is lost to the system (in other words: the differential current is zero). The calculated (i.e. not measured) current value is output in index "

F601:13

Calculated Neutral Line Current [ }  188] ".

Since in the worst case all measurement errors add up, the maximum measurement error is correspondingly higher.

The additional possibility of measuring a fourth current value in the EL3453 means that either the differential current or the neutral current can be calculated. The other current can be measured directly using the fourth current channel. Due to the usual conditions and the corresponding measurement tolerances, however, it makes much more sense to measure the differential current with the aid of a summation current transformer and have the neutral conductor current calculated. Further information on this can be found in the chapter

Application examples [ }  259] under the section

Power measurement including residual current measurement

[ }  267]

.

Harmonic calculation

The EL34xx terminals perform an internal harmonic analysis for all current and voltage channels. For this purpose, a fundamental wave in the frequency range from 45 to 65 Hz is determined at the beginning

(separately from the system frequency). The frequency value determined for the voltage harmonics can be read, for example, from index 99 (plus channel offset) of the variable output values and the amplitude in volts from index 98. The same applies to the current values - see "Variable output values".

The actual harmonic measured values are output as a percentage of the fundamental wave amplitude. It should also be noted that the zero harmonic indicates the DC component of the signal.

28 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Product overview

3.4

Current transformers

In principle, the choice of current transformer for the EL34xx is not critical. The internal resistance within the current circuit of the EL34xx is so small that it is negligible for the calculation of the total resistances of the current loop. The transformers should be able to produce a secondary rated current of 1 A. The primary rated current I pn

can be selected arbitrarily. The common permissible overload of 1.2 x I pn

is no problem for the EL34xx, but may lead to small measuring inaccuracies.

Accuracy

Please note that the overall accuracy of the set-up consisting of EL34xx and current transformers to a large degree depends on the accuracy class of the transformers.

No approval as a billing meter

Even an arrangement with a current transformer of class 0.5 or better is not subject to approval and certification. The EL34xx is not an approved billing meter within the meaning of the standard for electricity meters (DIN 43 856).

NOTE

DC currents with the EL3453

DC currents can lead to saturation of the internal current transformers and thus to measurement errors!

Current types

The EL34xx can measure any current type up to a limiting proportion of 400 Hz. Since such currents are frequently created by inverters and may contain frequencies of less than 50 Hz or even a DC component, electronic transformers should be used for such applications.

Overcurrent limiting factor FS

The overcurrent limiting factor FS of a current transformer indicates at what multiple of the primary rated current the current transformer changes to saturation mode, in order to protect the connected measuring instruments.

NOTE

Attention! Risk of damage to the device!

The EL34xx-xxxx must not be subjected to continuous loads that exceed the current values specified in the technical data! In systems, in which the overcurrent limiting factors of the transformers allow higher secondary currents, additional intermediate transformers with a suitable ratio should be used.

NOTE

Attention! Risk of damage to the device!

The EL3453-xxxx must not be permanently loaded with more than I

1

+ I

2

+ I

3

+ I

N

= 20 A total current across all channels!

Protection against dangerous touch voltages

During appropriate operation of the EL34xx with associated current transformers, no dangerous voltages occur. The secondary voltage is in the range of a few Volts. However, the following faults may lead to excessive voltages:

• Open current circuit of one or several transformers

• Neutral conductor cut on the voltage measurement side of the EL34xx

• General insulation fault

EL34xx Version: 1.5

29

Product overview

WARNING

WARNING Risk of electric shock!

The complete wiring of the EL34xx must be protected against accidental contact and equipped with associated warnings! The insulation should be designed for the maximum conductor voltage of the system to be measured!

The EL34xx allows a maximum voltage of 480 V for normal operating conditions. The conductor voltage on the current side must not exceed this value! For higher voltages, an intermediate transformer stage should be used!

An EL34xx is equipped with a protection impedance of typically 1.2 MΩ on the voltage measurement side. If the neutral conductor is not connected and only one connection on the side of the voltage measurement is live, the resulting voltage against earth in a 3-phase system with a phase-to-phase voltage of 400 V

AC

is

230 V

AC

. This should also be measured on the side of the current measurement using a multimeter with an internal resistance of 10 MΩ, which does not represent an insulation fault.

Connection cable for current transformers

Please note the following minimum power values for current transformers to be connected:

Cross-section

1 m

2 m

3 m

4 m

5 m

10 m

20 m

30 m

40 m

50 m

100 m

Cable length

0.5

0.6

0.6

1.1

Rated secondary transformer current

1 A

0.5 mm²

1 A

1 mm²

1 A 1 A 5 A 5 A

1.5 mm² 2.5 mm² 0.5 mm² 1 mm²

0.3

0.4

0.2

0.3

0.2

0.3

0.2

0.2

2.4

4.6

1.3

2.4

0.3

0.4

0.4

0.6

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.5

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.4

6.8

9.0

11.2

22.2

3.5

4.6

5.7

11.2

2.4

3.1

3.9

7.5

5 A 5 A

1.5 mm² 2.5 mm²

0.9

1.7

0.6

1.1

1.5

2.0

2.4

4.6

2.0

2.8

3.7

4.6

1.1

1.5

2.0

2.4

0.8

1.1

1.4

1.7

0.6

0.7

0.9

1.1

44.2

66.2

88.2

110.2

22.2

33.2

44.2

55.2

14.9

22.2

29.5

36.9

9.0

13.4

17.8

22.2

9.0

4.6

3.1

2.0

220.2

110.2

73.5

44.2

Minimum operating load in VA for current transformers with copper cables and 80 °C operating temperature

Additional measuring devices in the current circuit

Please note that the addition of additional measuring devices (e.g. ammeters) in the current circuit can lead to a significant increase in the total apparent power.

Furthermore, connection I

N

of the EL34xx must represent a star point for the three secondary windings.

Additional measuring devices therefore have to be potential-free and must be wired accordingly.

30 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

3.5

Start

For commissioning:

• mount the EL34xx as described in the chapter

Mounting and wiring [ }  44]

• configure the EL34xx in TwinCAT as described in the chapter Commissioning [ }  88] .

Product overview

EL34xx Version: 1.5

31

Basics communication

4 Basics communication

4.1

EtherCAT basics

Please refer to the EtherCAT System Documentation for the EtherCAT fieldbus basics.

4.2

EtherCAT cabling – wire-bound

The cable length between two EtherCAT devices must not exceed 100 m. This results from the FastEthernet technology, which, above all for reasons of signal attenuation over the length of the cable, allows a maximum link length of 5 + 90 + 5 m if cables with appropriate properties are used. See also the Design recommendations for the infrastructure for EtherCAT/Ethernet .

2

3

6

Pin

1

Cables and connectors

For connecting EtherCAT devices only Ethernet connections (cables + plugs) that meet the requirements of at least category 5 (CAt5) according to EN 50173 or ISO/IEC 11801 should be used. EtherCAT uses 4 wires for signal transfer.

EtherCAT uses RJ45 plug connectors, for example. The pin assignment is compatible with the Ethernet standard (ISO/IEC 8802-3).

Color of conductor yellow orange white blue

Signal

TD +

TD -

RD +

RD -

Description

Transmission Data +

Transmission Data -

Receiver Data +

Receiver Data -

Due to automatic cable detection (auto-crossing) symmetric (1:1) or cross-over cables can be used between

EtherCAT devices from Beckhoff.

Recommended cables

Suitable cables for the connection of EtherCAT devices can be found on the Beckhoff website !

E-Bus supply

A bus coupler can supply the EL terminals added to it with the E-bus system voltage of 5 V; a coupler is thereby loadable up to 2 A as a rule (see details in respective device documentation).

Information on how much current each EL terminal requires from the E-bus supply is available online and in the catalogue. If the added terminals require more current than the coupler can supply, then power feed terminals (e.g. EL9410 ) must be inserted at appropriate places in the terminal strand.

The pre-calculated theoretical maximum E-Bus current is displayed in the TwinCAT System Manager. A shortfall is marked by a negative total amount and an exclamation mark; a power feed terminal is to be placed before such a position.

32 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Basics communication

Fig. 19: System manager current calculation

NOTE

Malfunction possible!

The same ground potential must be used for the E-Bus supply of all EtherCAT terminals in a terminal block!

4.3

General notes for setting the watchdog

ELxxxx terminals are equipped with a safety feature (watchdog) that switches off the outputs after a specifiable time e.g. in the event of an interruption of the process data traffic, depending on the device and settings, e.g. in OFF state.

The EtherCAT slave controller (ESC) in the EL2xxx terminals features 2 watchdogs:

• SM watchdog (default: 100 ms)

• PDI watchdog (default: 100 ms)

SM watchdog (SyncManager Watchdog)

The SyncManager watchdog is reset after each successful EtherCAT process data communication with the terminal. If no EtherCAT process data communication takes place with the terminal for longer than the set and activated SM watchdog time, e.g. in the event of a line interruption, the watchdog is triggered and the outputs are set to FALSE. The OP state of the terminal is unaffected. The watchdog is only reset after a successful EtherCAT process data access. Set the monitoring time as described below.

The SyncManager watchdog monitors correct and timely process data communication with the ESC from the

EtherCAT side.

PDI watchdog (Process Data Watchdog)

If no PDI communication with the EtherCAT slave controller (ESC) takes place for longer than the set and activated PDI watchdog time, this watchdog is triggered.

PDI (Process Data Interface) is the internal interface between the ESC and local processors in the EtherCAT slave, for example. The PDI watchdog can be used to monitor this communication for failure.

The PDI watchdog monitors correct and timely process data communication with the ESC from the application side.

The settings of the SM- and PDI-watchdog must be done for each slave separately in the TwinCAT System

Manager.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

33

Basics communication

Fig. 20: EtherCAT tab -> Advanced Settings -> Behavior -> Watchdog

Notes:

• the multiplier is valid for both watchdogs.

• each watchdog has its own timer setting, the outcome of this in summary with the multiplier is a resulting time.

• Important: the multiplier/timer setting is only loaded into the slave at the start up, if the checkbox is activated.

If the checkbox is not activated, nothing is downloaded and the ESC settings remain unchanged.

Multiplier

Multiplier

Both watchdogs receive their pulses from the local terminal cycle, divided by the watchdog multiplier:

1/25 MHz * (watchdog multiplier + 2) = 100 µs (for default setting of 2498 for the multiplier)

The standard setting of 1000 for the SM watchdog corresponds to a release time of 100 ms.

The value in multiplier + 2 corresponds to the number of basic 40 ns ticks representing a watchdog tick.

The multiplier can be modified in order to adjust the watchdog time over a larger range.

34 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Basics communication

Example "Set SM watchdog"

This checkbox enables manual setting of the watchdog times. If the outputs are set and the EtherCAT communication is interrupted, the SM watchdog is triggered after the set time and the outputs are erased.

This setting can be used for adapting a terminal to a slower EtherCAT master or long cycle times. The default SM watchdog setting is 100 ms. The setting range is 0..65535. Together with a multiplier with a range of 1..65535 this covers a watchdog period between 0..~170 seconds.

Calculation

Multiplier = 2498 → watchdog base time = 1 / 25 MHz * (2498 + 2) = 0.0001 seconds = 100 µs

SM watchdog = 10000 → 10000 * 100 µs = 1 second watchdog monitoring time

CAUTION

Undefined state possible!

The function for switching off of the SM watchdog via SM watchdog = 0 is only implemented in terminals from version -0016. In previous versions this operating mode should not be used.

CAUTION

Damage of devices and undefined state possible!

If the SM watchdog is activated and a value of 0 is entered the watchdog switches off completely. This is the deactivation of the watchdog! Set outputs are NOT set in a safe state, if the communication is interrupted.

4.4

EtherCAT State Machine

The state of the EtherCAT slave is controlled via the EtherCAT State Machine (ESM). Depending upon the state, different functions are accessible or executable in the EtherCAT slave. Specific commands must be sent by the EtherCAT master to the device in each state, particularly during the bootup of the slave.

A distinction is made between the following states:

• Init

• Pre-Operational

• Safe-Operational and

• Operational

• Boot

The regular state of each EtherCAT slave after bootup is the OP state.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

35

Basics communication

Fig. 21: States of the EtherCAT State Machine

Init

After switch-on the EtherCAT slave in the Init state. No mailbox or process data communication is possible.

The EtherCAT master initializes sync manager channels 0 and 1 for mailbox communication.

Pre-Operational (Pre-Op)

During the transition between Init and Pre-Op the EtherCAT slave checks whether the mailbox was initialized correctly.

In Pre-Op state mailbox communication is possible, but not process data communication. The EtherCAT master initializes the sync manager channels for process data (from sync manager channel 2), the FMMU channels and, if the slave supports configurable mapping, PDO mapping or the sync manager PDO assignment. In this state the settings for the process data transfer and perhaps terminal-specific parameters that may differ from the default settings are also transferred.

Safe-Operational (Safe-Op)

During transition between Pre-Op and Safe-Op the EtherCAT slave checks whether the sync manager channels for process data communication and, if required, the distributed clocks settings are correct. Before it acknowledges the change of state, the EtherCAT slave copies current input data into the associated DP-

RAM areas of the EtherCAT slave controller (ECSC).

In Safe-Op state mailbox and process data communication is possible, although the slave keeps its outputs in a safe state, while the input data are updated cyclically.

Outputs in SAFEOP state

The default set

watchdog [ }  33] monitoring sets the outputs of the module in a safe state - depend-

ing on the settings in SAFEOP and OP - e.g. in OFF state. If this is prevented by deactivation of the watchdog monitoring in the module, the outputs can be switched or set also in the SAFEOP state.

Operational (Op)

Before the EtherCAT master switches the EtherCAT slave from Safe-Op to Op it must transfer valid output data.

In the Op state the slave copies the output data of the masters to its outputs. Process data and mailbox communication is possible.

36 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Basics communication

Boot

In the Boot state the slave firmware can be updated. The Boot state can only be reached via the Init state.

In the Boot state mailbox communication via the file access over EtherCAT (FoE) protocol is possible, but no other mailbox communication and no process data communication.

4.5

CoE Interface

General description

The CoE interface (CANopen over EtherCAT) is used for parameter management of EtherCAT devices.

EtherCAT slaves or the EtherCAT master manage fixed (read only) or variable parameters which they require for operation, diagnostics or commissioning.

CoE parameters are arranged in a table hierarchy. In principle, the user has read access via the fieldbus.

The EtherCAT master (TwinCAT System Manager) can access the local CoE lists of the slaves via

EtherCAT in read or write mode, depending on the attributes.

Different CoE parameter types are possible, including string (text), integer numbers, Boolean values or larger byte fields. They can be used to describe a wide range of features. Examples of such parameters include manufacturer ID, serial number, process data settings, device name, calibration values for analog measurement or passwords.

The order is specified in 2 levels via hexadecimal numbering: (main)index, followed by subindex. The value ranges are

• Index: 0x0000 …0xFFFF (0...65535

dez

)

• SubIndex: 0x00…0xFF (0...255

dez

)

A parameter localized in this way is normally written as 0x8010:07, with preceding "x" to identify the hexadecimal numerical range and a colon between index and subindex.

The relevant ranges for EtherCAT fieldbus users are:

• 0x1000: This is where fixed identity information for the device is stored, including name, manufacturer, serial number etc., plus information about the current and available process data configurations.

• 0x8000: This is where the operational and functional parameters for all channels are stored, such as filter settings or output frequency.

Other important ranges are:

• 0x4000: In some EtherCAT devices the channel parameters are stored here (as an alternative to the

0x8000 range).

• 0x6000: Input PDOs ("input" from the perspective of the EtherCAT master)

• 0x7000: Output PDOs ("output" from the perspective of the EtherCAT master)

Availability

Not every EtherCAT device must have a CoE list. Simple I/O modules without dedicated processor usually have no variable parameters and therefore no CoE list.

If a device has a CoE list, it is shown in the TwinCAT System Manager as a separate tab with a listing of the elements:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

37

Basics communication

Fig. 22: "CoE Online " tab

The figure above shows the CoE objects available in device "EL2502", ranging from 0x1000 to 0x1600. The subindices for 0x1018 are expanded.

Data management and function "NoCoeStorage"

Some parameters, particularly the setting parameters of the slave, are configurable and writeable. This can be done in write or read mode

• via the System Manager (Fig. "CoE Online " tab ) by clicking

This is useful for commissioning of the system/slaves. Click on the row of the index to be parameterised and enter a value in the "SetValue" dialog.

• from the control system/PLC via ADS, e.g. through blocks from the TcEtherCAT.lib library

This is recommended for modifications while the system is running or if no System Manager or operating staff are available.

Data management

If slave CoE parameters are modified online, Beckhoff devices store any changes in a fail-safe manner in the EEPROM, i.e. the modified CoE parameters are still available after a restart.

The situation may be different with other manufacturers.

An EEPROM is subject to a limited lifetime with respect to write operations. From typically 100,000 write operations onwards it can no longer be guaranteed that new (changed) data are reliably saved or are still readable. This is irrelevant for normal commissioning. However, if CoE parameters are continuously changed via ADS at machine runtime, it is quite possible for the lifetime limit to be reached. Support for the NoCoeStorage function, which suppresses the saving of changed CoE values, depends on the firmware version.

Please refer to the technical data in this documentation as to whether this applies to the respective device.

• If the function is supported: the function is activated by entering the code word 0x12345678 once in CoE 0xF008 and remains active as long as the code word is not changed. After switching the device on it is then inactive. Changed CoE values are not saved in the EEPROM and can thus be changed any number of times.

• Function is not supported: continuous changing of CoE values is not permissible in view of the lifetime limit.

38 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Basics communication

Startup list

Changes in the local CoE list of the terminal are lost if the terminal is replaced. If a terminal is replaced with a new Beckhoff terminal, it will have the default settings. It is therefore advisable to link all changes in the CoE list of an EtherCAT slave with the Startup list of the slave, which is processed whenever the EtherCAT fieldbus is started. In this way a replacement EtherCAT slave can automatically be parameterized with the specifications of the user.

If EtherCAT slaves are used which are unable to store local CoE values permanently, the Startup list must be used.

Recommended approach for manual modification of CoE parameters

• Make the required change in the System Manager

The values are stored locally in the EtherCAT slave

• If the value is to be stored permanently, enter it in the Startup list.

The order of the Startup entries is usually irrelevant.

Fig. 23: Startup list in the TwinCAT System Manager

The Startup list may already contain values that were configured by the System Manager based on the ESI specifications. Additional application-specific entries can be created.

Online/offline list

While working with the TwinCAT System Manager, a distinction has to be made whether the EtherCAT device is "available", i.e. switched on and linked via EtherCAT and therefore online , or whether a configuration is created offline without connected slaves.

In both cases a CoE list as shown in Fig. “’CoE online’ tab” is displayed. The connectivity is shown as offline/ online.

• If the slave is offline

◦ The offline list from the ESI file is displayed. In this case modifications are not meaningful or possible.

◦ The configured status is shown under Identity.

◦ No firmware or hardware version is displayed, since these are features of the physical device.

◦ Offline is shown in red.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

39

Basics communication

Fig. 24: Offline list

• If the slave is online

◦ The actual current slave list is read. This may take several seconds, depending on the size and cycle time.

◦ The actual identity is displayed

◦ The firmware and hardware version of the equipment according to the electronic information is displayed

◦ Online is shown in green.

Fig. 25: Online list

40 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Basics communication

Channel-based order

The CoE list is available in EtherCAT devices that usually feature several functionally equivalent channels.

For example, a 4-channel analog 0..10 V input terminal also has 4 logical channels and therefore 4 identical sets of parameter data for the channels. In order to avoid having to list each channel in the documentation, the placeholder "n" tends to be used for the individual channel numbers.

In the CoE system 16 indices, each with 255 subindices, are generally sufficient for representing all channel parameters. The channel-based order is therefore arranged in 16 dec

/10 hex

steps. The parameter range

0x8000 exemplifies this:

• Channel 0: parameter range 0x8000:00 ... 0x800F:255

• Channel 1: parameter range 0x8010:00 ... 0x801F:255

• Channel 2: parameter range 0x8020:00 ... 0x802F:255

• ...

This is generally written as 0x80n0.

Detailed information on the CoE interface can be found in the EtherCAT system documentation on the

Beckhoff website.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

41

Basics communication

4.6

Distributed Clock

The distributed clock represents a local clock in the EtherCAT slave controller (ESC) with the following characteristics:

• Unit 1 ns

• Zero point 1.1.2000 00:00

• Size 64 bit (sufficient for the next 584 years; however, some EtherCAT slaves only offer 32-bit support, i.e. the variable overflows after approx. 4.2 seconds)

• The EtherCAT master automatically synchronizes the local clock with the master clock in the EtherCAT bus with a precision of < 100 ns.

For detailed information please refer to the EtherCAT system description .

42 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Mounting and wiring

5 Mounting and wiring

5.1

Instructions for ESD protection

NOTE

Destruction of the devices by electrostatic discharge possible!

The devices contain components at risk from electrostatic discharge caused by improper handling.

• Please ensure you are electrostatically discharged and avoid touching the contacts of the device directly.

• Avoid contact with highly insulating materials (synthetic fibers, plastic film etc.).

• Surroundings (working place, packaging and personnel) should by grounded probably, when handling with the devices.

• Each assembly must be terminated at the right hand end with an EL9011 or EL9012 bus end cap, to ensure the protection class and ESD protection.

Fig. 26: Spring contacts of the Beckhoff I/O components

EL34xx Version: 1.5

43

Mounting and wiring

5.2

Installation on mounting rails

WARNING

Risk of electric shock and damage of device!

Bring the bus terminal system into a safe, powered down state before starting installation, disassembly or wiring of the bus terminals!

Assembly

Fig. 27: Attaching on mounting rail

The bus coupler and bus terminals are attached to commercially available 35 mm mounting rails (DIN rails according to EN 60715) by applying slight pressure:

1. First attach the fieldbus coupler to the mounting rail.

2. The bus terminals are now attached on the right-hand side of the fieldbus coupler. Join the components with tongue and groove and push the terminals against the mounting rail, until the lock clicks onto the mounting rail.

If the terminals are clipped onto the mounting rail first and then pushed together without tongue and groove, the connection will not be operational! When correctly assembled, no significant gap should be visible between the housings.

Fixing of mounting rails

The locking mechanism of the terminals and couplers extends to the profile of the mounting rail. At the installation, the locking mechanism of the components must not come into conflict with the fixing bolts of the mounting rail. To mount the mounting rails with a height of 7.5 mm under the terminals and couplers, you should use flat mounting connections (e.g. countersunk screws or blind rivets).

44 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Mounting and wiring

Disassembly

Fig. 28: Disassembling of terminal

Each terminal is secured by a lock on the mounting rail, which must be released for disassembly:

1. Pull the terminal by its orange-colored lugs approximately 1 cm away from the mounting rail. In doing so for this terminal the mounting rail lock is released automatically and you can pull the terminal out of the bus terminal block easily without excessive force.

2. Grasp the released terminal with thumb and index finger simultaneous at the upper and lower grooved housing surfaces and pull the terminal out of the bus terminal block.

Connections within a bus terminal block

The electric connections between the Bus Coupler and the Bus Terminals are automatically realized by joining the components:

• The six spring contacts of the K-Bus/E-Bus deal with the transfer of the data and the supply of the Bus

Terminal electronics.

• The power contacts deal with the supply for the field electronics and thus represent a supply rail within the bus terminal block. The power contacts are supplied via terminals on the Bus Coupler (up to 24 V) or for higher voltages via power feed terminals.

Power Contacts

During the design of a bus terminal block, the pin assignment of the individual Bus Terminals must be taken account of, since some types (e.g. analog Bus Terminals or digital 4-channel Bus Terminals) do not or not fully loop through the power contacts. Power Feed Terminals (KL91xx, KL92xx or EL91xx, EL92xx) interrupt the power contacts and thus represent the start of a new supply rail.

PE power contact

The power contact labeled PE can be used as a protective earth. For safety reasons this contact mates first when plugging together, and can ground short-circuit currents of up to 125 A.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

45

Mounting and wiring

Fig. 29: Power contact on left side

NOTE

Possible damage of the device

Note that, for reasons of electromagnetic compatibility, the PE contacts are capacitatively coupled to the mounting rail. This may lead to incorrect results during insulation testing or to damage on the terminal (e.g.

disruptive discharge to the PE line during insulation testing of a consumer with a nominal voltage of 230 V).

For insulation testing, disconnect the PE supply line at the Bus Coupler or the Power Feed Terminal! In order to decouple further feed points for testing, these Power Feed Terminals can be released and pulled at least 10 mm from the group of terminals.

WARNING

Risk of electric shock!

The PE power contact must not be used for other potentials!

46 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Mounting and wiring

5.3

Connection

5.3.1

Connection system

WARNING

Risk of electric shock and damage of device!

Bring the bus terminal system into a safe, powered down state before starting installation, disassembly or wiring of the bus terminals!

Overview

The Bus Terminal system offers different connection options for optimum adaptation to the respective application:

• The terminals of ELxxxx and KLxxxx series with standard wiring include electronics and connection level in a single enclosure.

• The terminals of ESxxxx and KSxxxx series feature a pluggable connection level and enable steady wiring while replacing.

• The High Density Terminals (HD Terminals) include electronics and connection level in a single enclosure and have advanced packaging density.

Standard wiring (ELxxxx / KLxxxx)

Fig. 30: Standard wiring

The terminals of ELxxxx and KLxxxx series have been tried and tested for years.

They feature integrated screwless spring force technology for fast and simple assembly.

Pluggable wiring (ESxxxx / KSxxxx)

Fig. 31: Pluggable wiring

The terminals of ESxxxx and KSxxxx series feature a pluggable connection level.

The assembly and wiring procedure is the same as for the ELxxxx and KLxxxx series.

The pluggable connection level enables the complete wiring to be removed as a plug connector from the top of the housing for servicing.

The lower section can be removed from the terminal block by pulling the unlocking tab.

Insert the new component and plug in the connector with the wiring. This reduces the installation time and eliminates the risk of wires being mixed up.

The familiar dimensions of the terminal only had to be changed slightly. The new connector adds about 3 mm. The maximum height of the terminal remains unchanged.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

47

Mounting and wiring

A tab for strain relief of the cable simplifies assembly in many applications and prevents tangling of individual connection wires when the connector is removed.

Conductor cross sections between 0.08 mm 2 and 2.5 mm 2 can continue to be used with the proven spring force technology.

The overview and nomenclature of the product names for ESxxxx and KSxxxx series has been retained as known from ELxxxx and KLxxxx series.

High Density Terminals (HD Terminals)

Fig. 32: High Density Terminals

The Bus Terminals from these series with 16 terminal points are distinguished by a particularly compact design, as the packaging density is twice as large as that of the standard 12 mm Bus Terminals. Massive conductors and conductors with a wire end sleeve can be inserted directly into the spring loaded terminal point without tools.

Wiring HD Terminals

The High Density (HD) Terminals of the ELx8xx and KLx8xx series doesn't support pluggable wiring.

Ultrasonically "bonded" (ultrasonically welded) conductors

Ultrasonically “bonded" conductors

It is also possible to connect the Standard and High Density Terminals with ultrasonically

"bonded" (ultrasonically welded) conductors. In this case, please note the tables concerning the wire-size width below!

48 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Mounting and wiring

5.3.2

Wiring

WARNING

Risk of electric shock and damage of device!

Bring the bus terminal system into a safe, powered down state before starting installation, disassembly or wiring of the Bus Terminals!

Terminals for standard wiring ELxxxx/KLxxxx and for pluggable wiring ESxxxx/KSxxxx

Fig. 33: Connecting a cable on a terminal point

Up to eight terminal points enable the connection of solid or finely stranded cables to the Bus Terminal. The terminal points are implemented in spring force technology. Connect the cables as follows:

1. Open a terminal point by pushing a screwdriver straight against the stop into the square opening above the terminal point. Do not turn the screwdriver or move it alternately (don't toggle).

2. The wire can now be inserted into the round terminal opening without any force.

3. The terminal point closes automatically when the pressure is released, holding the wire securely and permanently.

See the following table for the suitable wire size width.

Terminal housing

Wire size width (single core wires)

Wire size width (fine-wire conductors)

Wire size width (conductors with a wire end sleeve)

Wire stripping length

ELxxxx, KLxxxx

0.08 ... 2.5 mm 2

0.08 ... 2.5 mm 2

0.14 ... 1.5 mm 2

8 ... 9 mm

ESxxxx, KSxxxx

0.08 ... 2.5 mm 2

0,08 ... 2.5 mm 2

0.14 ... 1.5 mm 2

9 ... 10 mm

High Density Terminals (HD Terminals [ }  48]) with 16 terminal points

The conductors of the HD Terminals are connected without tools for single-wire conductors using the direct plug-in technique, i.e. after stripping the wire is simply plugged into the terminal point. The cables are released, as usual, using the contact release with the aid of a screwdriver. See the following table for the suitable wire size width.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

49

Mounting and wiring

Terminal housing

Wire size width (single core wires)

High Density Housing

0.08 ... 1.5 mm 2

Wire size width (fine-wire conductors)

Wire size width (conductors with a wire end sleeve)

0.25 ... 1.5 mm 2

0.14 ... 0.75 mm

Wire size width (ultrasonically “bonded" conductors) only 1.5 mm 2

2

Wire stripping length 8 ... 9 mm

5.3.3

Shielding

Shielding

Encoder, analog sensors and actors should always be connected with shielded, twisted paired wires.

50 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Mounting and wiring

5.4

Installation positions

NOTE

Constraints regarding installation position and operating temperature range

Please refer to the technical data for a terminal to ascertain whether any restrictions regarding the installation position and/or the operating temperature range have been specified. When installing high power dissipation terminals ensure that an adequate spacing is maintained between other components above and below the terminal in order to guarantee adequate ventilation!

Optimum installation position (standard)

The optimum installation position requires the mounting rail to be installed horizontally and the connection surfaces of the EL/KL terminals to face forward (see Fig. “Recommended distances for standard installation position” ). The terminals are ventilated from below, which enables optimum cooling of the electronics through convection. "From below" is relative to the acceleration of gravity.

Fig. 34: Recommended distances for standard installation position

Compliance with the distances shown in Fig. “Recommended distances for standard installation position” is recommended.

Other installation positions

All other installation positions are characterized by different spatial arrangement of the mounting rail - see

Fig “Other installation positions”.

The minimum distances to ambient specified above also apply to these installation positions.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

51

Mounting and wiring

Fig. 35: Other installation positions

52 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Mounting and wiring

5.5

Positioning of passive Terminals

Hint for positioning of passive terminals in the bus terminal block

EtherCAT Terminals (ELxxxx / ESxxxx), which do not take an active part in data transfer within the bus terminal block are so called passive terminals. The passive terminals have no current consumption out of the E-Bus.

To ensure an optimal data transfer, you must not directly string together more than 2 passive terminals!

Examples for positioning of passive terminals (highlighted)

Fig. 36: Correct positioning

Fig. 37: Incorrect positioning

EL34xx Version: 1.5

53

Mounting and wiring

5.6

EL34xx - LEDs and connection

WARNING

Caution: Risk of electric shock!

If you do not connect the terminal point N with the neutral conductor of your mains supply (e.g. if the

EL3443/EL3453 is used purely for current measurements), terminal point N should be earthed, in order to avoid dangerous overvoltages in the event of a current transformer fault!

WARNING

Caution: Risk of electric shock!

Please note that many vendors do not permit their current transformers to be operated in no-load mode!

Connect the EL3443/EL3453 to the secondary windings of the current transformers before using the current transformer!

EL3423 - LEDs and connection

Fig. 38: EL3423 LEDs

54 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

LED

RUN

System OK

L1 - L3

OK

Mounting and wiring

Color Meaning green This LED indicates the terminal's operating state: off State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [

INIT  = initialization of the terminal

}  35] :

flashing rapidly State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

BOOTSTRAP = function for terminal

firmware updates [ }  278]

flashing State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

PREOP = function for mailbox communication and different default settings set

Single flash green green on on on

State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

SAFEOP

= verification of the Sync Manager [ }  113] channels and the distributed

clocks.

Outputs remain in safe state.

State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

OP = normal operating state; mailbox and process data communication is possible

System OK,

Voltage in the normal range flashes

L1 L2

Voltage in the critical range

(warning threshold exceeded)

L3 red off on

L1 L2

Voltage in prohibited range

(error threshold exceeded)

L3

L1 - L3

Error

IL1

IL2

IL3

N

Terminal point

Name

L1

L2

L3

N

3

4

No.

1

2

5

6

7

8

L1 L2

Description

Phase L1

Phase L2

Phase L3

Neutral conductor N

(internally connected to terminal point 8)

Consumer at phase L1

Consumer at phase L2

Consumer at phase L3

Neutral conductor N

(internally connected to terminal point 4)

L3

Comment

Connections for the voltage measurement

Note the Warnings [ }  54] above " Caution: Risk

of electric shock! "

Connections for the current transformers. Note the

Warnings [ }  54] above " Caution: Risk of

electric shock!"

EL34xx Version: 1.5

55

Mounting and wiring

EL3443 - LEDs and connection

Fig. 39: EL3443 LEDs

LED

RUN

System OK

L1 - L3

OK

Color Meaning green This LED indicates the terminal's operating state: off State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [

INIT  = initialization of the terminal

}  35] :

flashing rapidly State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

BOOTSTRAP = function for terminal

firmware updates [ }  278]

flashing State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

PREOP = function for mailbox communication and different default settings set

Single flash State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

SAFEOP

= verification of the Sync Manager [ }  113] channels and the distributed

clocks.

Outputs remain in safe state.

on State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

OP = normal operating state; mailbox and process data communication is possible green on green on

System OK,

Voltage in the normal range flashes

L1 L2

Voltage in the critical range

(warning threshold exceeded)

L3

L1 - L3

Error red off on

L1 L2

Voltage in prohibited range

(error threshold exceeded)

L3

56

L1 L2

Version: 1.5

L3

EL34xx

IL1

IL2

IL3

N

Terminal point

Name

L1

L2

L3

N

No.

1

2

3

4

7

8

5

6

Description

Phase L1

Phase L2

Phase L3

Neutral conductor N

(internally connected to terminal point 8)

Consumer at phase L1

Consumer at phase L2

Consumer at phase L3

Neutral conductor N

(internally connected to terminal point 4)

Mounting and wiring

Comment

Connections for the voltage measurement

Note the Warnings [ }  54] above " Caution: Risk

of electric shock! "

Connections for the current transformers. Note the

Warnings [ }  54] above " Caution: Risk of

electric shock!"

EL34xx Version: 1.5

57

Mounting and wiring

EL3453 - LEDs and connection

Fig. 40: EL3453 LED's

58 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Mounting and wiring

LED

RUN

System OK

L1 - L3

OK

Color Meaning green This LED indicates the terminal's operating state: off

State of the EtherCAT State Machine [

INIT  = initialization of the terminal

}  35] :

flashing rapidly

State of the EtherCAT State Machine [

BOOTSTRAP = function for terminal

}  35] :

firmware updates [ }  278]

flashing

State of the EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

PREOP = function for mailbox communication and different default settings set

Single flash

State of the EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

SAFEOP = verification of the

Sync Manager [ }  113] channels and the

distributed clocks.

Outputs remain in safe state.

on green on green on

State of the EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

OP = normal operating state; mailbox and process data communication is possible

System OK,

Right prism:

Voltage in normal range flashes

L1 L2 L3

Right prism:

Voltage in the critical range

(warning threshold exceeded)

L1

Right prism:

L2

Voltage in prohibited range

(error threshold exceeded)

L3

L1 - L3

Error red off on

I

I

L1

- I

OK

L1

- I

Error

L3

L3

EL34xx green on red flashes off on

L1 L2

Left prism:

Current in normal range

L3

I

L1

I

L2

I

L3

Left prism:

Current in the critical range

(warning threshold exceeded)

I

N

I

L1

I

L2

I

L3

Left prism:

Current in prohibited range

(error threshold exceeded

I

N

I

N

I

L1

I

L2

Version: 1.5

I

L3

59

Mounting and wiring

I

L1

I

L2

I

L3

I

N

L1

Terminal point

Name No.

I

L1

I

L2

I

L3

I

N

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

L3

N

1‘

2‘

3‘

4‘

L2

N

5‘

6‘

7‘

8‘

Description Comment

Phase L1 current measurement input

Phase L2 current measurement input

Phase L3 current measurement input

Neutral conductor current measurement input

(star point)

Phase L1 current measurement output

Phase L2 current measurement output

Connections for the current

transformers. Note the Warnings

[ }  54] above " Caution: Risk of electric

shock!"

Phase L3 current measurement output

Neutral conductor current measurement output (star point)

Phase L1 n.c.

Connections for the voltage measurement

Note the Warnings [ }  54] above "

Caution: Risk of electric shock!

Phase L3

Neutral conductor

(internally connected with terminal point 8‘) n.c.

Phase L2 n.c.

Neutral conductor

(internally connected with terminal point 4‘)

60 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

EL3483 - LEDs and connection

Mounting and wiring

Fig. 41: EL3483 LEDs

LED

RUN

System OK

L1 - L3

OK

Color Meaning green This LED indicates the terminal's operating state: off State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [

INIT  = initialization of the terminal

}  35] :

flashing rapidly State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

BOOTSTRAP = function for terminal

firmware updates [ }  278]

flashing State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

PREOP = function for mailbox communication and different default settings set

Single flash State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

SAFEOP

= verification of the Sync Manager [ }  113] channels and the distributed

clocks.

Outputs remain in safe state.

on green green on on

State of the

EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] :

OP = normal operating state; mailbox and process data communication is possible

System OK,

Voltage in the normal range flashes

L1 L2

Voltage in the critical range

(warning threshold exceeded)

L3

L1 - L3

Error red off on

EL34xx

L1 L2

Voltage in prohibited range

(error threshold exceeded)

L3

L1 L2

Version: 1.5

L3

61

Mounting and wiring

Terminal point

Name

L1

L2

L3

N

No.

1

2

3

4

Description

Phase L1

Phase L2

Phase L3

Neutral conductor N

Comment

Connections for the voltage measurement

Note the Warnings [ }  54] above " Caution: Risk

of electric shock! "

62 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6 Commissioning

6.1

TwinCAT Quick Start

TwinCAT is a development environment for real-time control including multi-PLC system, NC axis control, programming and operation. The whole system is mapped through this environment and enables access to a programming environment (including compilation) for the controller. Individual digital or analog inputs or outputs can also be read or written directly, in order to verify their functionality, for example.

For further information please refer to http://infosys.beckhoff.com

:

• EtherCAT Systemmanual:

Fieldbus Components → EtherCAT Terminals → EtherCAT System Documentation → Setup in the

TwinCAT System Manager

• TwinCAT 2 → TwinCAT System Manager → I/O - Configuration

• In particular, TwinCAT driver installation:

Fieldbus components → Fieldbus Cards and Switches → FC900x – PCI Cards for Ethernet →

Installation

Devices contain the terminals for the actual configuration. All configuration data can be entered directly via editor functions (offline) or via the "Scan" function (online):

• "offline" : The configuration can be customized by adding and positioning individual components.

These can be selected from a directory and configured.

◦ The procedure for offline mode can be found under http://infosys.beckhoff.com

:

TwinCAT 2 → TwinCAT System Manager → IO - Configuration → Adding an I/O Device

• "online" : The existing hardware configuration is read

◦ See also http://infosys.beckhoff.com

:

Fieldbus components → Fieldbus cards and switches → FC900x – PCI Cards for Ethernet →

Installation → Searching for devices

The following relationship is envisaged from user PC to the individual control elements:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

63

Commissioning

Fig. 42: Relationship between user side (commissioning) and installation

The user inserting of certain components (I/O device, terminal, box...) is the same in TwinCAT 2 and

TwinCAT 3. The descriptions below relate to the online procedure.

Sample configuration (actual configuration)

Based on the following sample configuration, the subsequent subsections describe the procedure for

TwinCAT 2 and TwinCAT 3:

• Control system (PLC) CX2040 including CX2100-0004 power supply unit

• Connected to the CX2040 on the right (E-bus):

EL1004 (4-channel digital input terminal 24 V DC)

• Linked via the X001 port (RJ-45): EK1100 EtherCAT Coupler

• Connected to the EK1100 EtherCAT coupler on the right (E-bus):

EL2008 (8-channel digital output terminal 24 V DC; 0.5 A)

• (Optional via X000: a link to an external PC for the user interface)

64 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 43: Control configuration with Embedded PC, input (EL1004) and output (EL2008)

Note that all combinations of a configuration are possible; for example, the EL1004 terminal could also be connected after the coupler, or the EL2008 terminal could additionally be connected to the CX2040 on the right, in which case the EK1100 coupler wouldn’t be necessary.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

65

Commissioning

6.1.1

TwinCAT 2

Startup

TwinCAT basically uses two user interfaces: the TwinCAT System Manager for communication with the electromechanical components and TwinCAT PLC Control for the development and compilation of a controller. The starting point is the TwinCAT System Manager.

After successful installation of the TwinCAT system on the PC to be used for development, the TwinCAT 2

System Manager displays the following user interface after startup:

Fig. 44: Initial TwinCAT 2 user interface

Generally, TwinCAT can be used in local or remote mode. Once the TwinCAT system including the user interface (standard) is installed on the respective PLC, TwinCAT can be used in local mode and thereby the

next step is " Insert Device [ }  68] ".

If the intention is to address the TwinCAT runtime environment installed on a PLC as development environment remotely from another system, the target system must be made known first. In the menu under

"Actions" → "Choose Target System...", via the symbol " " or the "F8" key, open the following window:

66 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Fig. 45: Selection of the target system

Use "Search (Ethernet)..." to enter the target system. Thus a next dialog opens to either:

• enter the known computer name after "Enter Host Name / IP:" (as shown in red)

• perform a "Broadcast Search" (if the exact computer name is not known)

• enter the known computer IP or AmsNetID.

Commissioning

Fig. 46: Specify the PLC for access by the TwinCAT System Manager: selection of the target system

Once the target system has been entered, it is available for selection as follows (a password may have to be entered):

After confirmation with "OK" the target system can be accessed via the System Manager.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

67

Commissioning

Adding devices

In the configuration tree of the TwinCAT 2 System Manager user interface on the left, select "I/O Devices” and then right-click to open a context menu and select "Scan Devices…", or start the action in the menu bar via . The TwinCAT System Manager may first have to be set to "Config mode" via

“Actions" → "Set/Reset TwinCAT to Config Mode…" (Shift + F4).

or via menu

Fig. 47: Select "Scan Devices..."

Confirm the warning message, which follows, and select "EtherCAT" in the dialog:

Fig. 48: Automatic detection of I/O devices: selection the devices to be integrated

Confirm the message "Find new boxes", in order to determine the terminals connected to the devices. "Free

Run" enables manipulation of input and output values in "Config mode" and should also be acknowledged.

Based on the

sample configuration [ }  64]

described at the beginning of this section, the result is as follows:

68 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 49: Mapping of the configuration in the TwinCAT 2 System Manager

The whole process consists of two stages, which may be performed separately (first determine the devices, then determine the connected elements such as boxes, terminals, etc.). A scan can also be initiated by selecting "Device ..." from the context menu, which then reads the elements present in the configuration below:

Fig. 50: Reading of individual terminals connected to a device

This functionality is useful if the actual configuration is modified at short notice.

Programming and integrating the PLC

TwinCAT PLC Control is the development environment for the creation of the controller in different program environments: TwinCAT PLC Control supports all languages described in IEC 61131-3. There are two textbased languages and three graphical languages.

• Text-based languages

◦ Instruction List (IL)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

69

Commissioning

◦ Structured Text (ST)

• Graphical languages

◦ Function Block Diagram (FBD)

◦ Ladder Diagram (LD)

◦ The Continuous Function Chart Editor (CFC)

◦ Sequential Function Chart (SFC)

The following section refers to Structured Text (ST).

After starting TwinCAT PLC Control, the following user interface is shown for an initial project:

Fig. 51: TwinCAT PLC Control after startup

Sample variables and a sample program have been created and stored under the name "PLC_example.pro":

70 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 52: Sample program with variables after a compile process (without variable integration)

Warning 1990 (missing "VAR_CONFIG") after a compile process indicates that the variables defined as external (with the ID "AT%I*" or "AT%Q*") have not been assigned. After successful compilation, TwinCAT

PLC Control creates a "*.tpy" file in the directory in which the project was stored. This file (*.tpy) contains variable assignments and is not known to the System Manager, hence the warning. Once the System

Manager has been notified, the warning no longer appears.

First, integrate the TwinCAT PLC Control project in the System Manager via the context menu of the PLC configuration; right-click and select "Append PLC Project…":

Fig. 53: Appending the TwinCAT PLC Control project

EL34xx Version: 1.5

71

Commissioning

Select the PLC configuration "PLC_example.tpy" in the browser window that opens. The project including the two variables identified with "AT" are then integrated in the configuration tree of the System Manager:

Fig. 54: PLC project integrated in the PLC configuration of the System Manager

The two variables "bEL1004_Ch4" and "nEL2008_value" can now be assigned to certain process objects of the I/O configuration.

Assigning variables

Open a window for selecting a suitable process object (PDO) via the context menu of a variable of the integrated project "PLC_example" and via "Modify Link..." "Standard":

Fig. 55: Creating the links between PLC variables and process objects

In the window that opens, the process object for the variable “bEL1004_Ch4” of type BOOL can be selected from the PLC configuration tree:

72 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 56: Selecting PDO of type BOOL

According to the default setting, certain PDO objects are now available for selection. In this sample the input of channel 4 of the EL1004 terminal is selected for linking. In contrast, the checkbox "All types" must be ticked for creating the link for the output variables, in order to allocate a set of eight separate output bits to a byte variable. The following diagram shows the whole process:

Fig. 57: Selecting several PDOs simultaneously: activate "Continuous" and "All types"

Note that the "Continuous" checkbox was also activated. This is designed to allocate the bits contained in the byte of the variable "nEL2008_value" sequentially to all eight selected output bits of the EL2008 terminal. In this way it is possible to subsequently address all eight outputs of the terminal in the program with a byte corresponding to bit 0 for channel 1 to bit 7 for channel 8 of the PLC. A special symbol ( ) at the yellow or red object of the variable indicates that a link exists. The links can also be checked by selecting a "Goto Link

Variable” from the context menu of a variable. The object opposite, in this case the PDO, is automatically selected:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

73

Commissioning

Fig. 58: Application of a "Goto Link" variable, using "MAIN.bEL1004_Ch4" as a sample

The process of assigning variables to the PDO is completed via the menu selection "Actions" → "Generate

Mappings”, key Ctrl+M or by clicking on the symbol

This can be visualized in the configuration:

in the menu.

The process of creating links can also take place in the opposite direction, i.e. starting with individual PDOs to variable. However, in this example it would then not be possible to select all output bits for the EL2008, since the terminal only makes individual digital outputs available. If a terminal has a byte, word, integer or similar PDO, it is possible to allocate this a set of bit-standardised variables (type "BOOL"). Here, too, a

"Goto Link Variable” from the context menu of a PDO can be executed in the other direction, so that the respective PLC instance can then be selected.

Activation of the configuration

The allocation of PDO to PLC variables has now established the connection from the controller to the inputs and outputs of the terminals. The configuration can now be activated. First, the configuration can be verified via (or via "Actions" → "Check Configuration”). If no error is present, the configuration can be activated via (or via "Actions" → "Activate Configuration…") to transfer the System Manager settings to the runtime system. Confirm the messages "Old configurations are overwritten!" and "Restart TwinCAT system in Run mode" with "OK".

A few seconds later the real-time status is displayed at the bottom right in the System Manager.

The PLC system can then be started as described below.

Starting the controller

Starting from a remote system, the PLC control has to be linked with the Embedded PC over Ethernet via

"Online" → “Choose Run-Time System…":

74 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 59: Choose target system (remote)

In this sample "Runtime system 1 (port 801)" is selected and confirmed. Link the PLC with the real-time system via menu option "Online" → "Login", the F11 key or by clicking on the symbol . The control program can then be loaded for execution. This results in the message "No program on the controller!

Should the new program be loaded?", which should be acknowledged with "Yes". The runtime environment is ready for the program start:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

75

Commissioning

Fig. 60: PLC Control logged in, ready for program startup

The PLC can now be started via "Online" → "Run", F5 key or .

6.1.2

TwinCAT 3

Startup

TwinCAT makes the development environment areas available together with Microsoft Visual Studio: after startup, the project folder explorer appears on the left in the general window area (cf. "TwinCAT System

Manager" of TwinCAT 2) for communication with the electromechanical components.

After successful installation of the TwinCAT system on the PC to be used for development, TwinCAT 3

(shell) displays the following user interface after startup:

76 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 61: Initial TwinCAT 3 user interface

First create a new project via (or under "File"→“New"→ "Project…"). In the following dialog make the corresponding entries as required (as shown in the diagram):

Fig. 62: Create new TwinCAT project

The new project is then available in the project folder explorer:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

77

Commissioning

Fig. 63: New TwinCAT3 project in the project folder explorer

Generally, TwinCAT can be used in local or remote mode. Once the TwinCAT system including the user interface (standard) is installed on the respective PLC, TwinCAT can be used in local mode and thereby the

next step is " Insert Device [ }  79] ".

If the intention is to address the TwinCAT runtime environment installed on a PLC as development environment remotely from another system, the target system must be made known first. Via the symbol in the menu bar: expand the pull-down menu: and open the following window:

Fig. 64: Selection dialog: Choose the target system

78 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Use "Search (Ethernet)..." to enter the target system. Thus a next dialog opens to either:

• enter the known computer name after "Enter Host Name / IP:" (as shown in red)

• perform a "Broadcast Search" (if the exact computer name is not known)

• enter the known computer IP or AmsNetID.

Commissioning

Fig. 65: Specify the PLC for access by the TwinCAT System Manager: selection of the target system

Once the target system has been entered, it is available for selection as follows (a password may have to be entered):

After confirmation with "OK" the target system can be accessed via the Visual Studio shell.

Adding devices

In the project folder explorer of the Visual Studio shell user interface on the left, select "Devices" within element “I/O”, then right-click to open a context menu and select "Scan" or start the action via menu bar. The TwinCAT System Manager may first have to be set to "Config mode" via menu "TwinCAT" → "Restart TwinCAT (Config mode)".

in the

or via the

Fig. 66: Select "Scan"

Confirm the warning message, which follows, and select "EtherCAT" in the dialog:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

79

Commissioning

Fig. 67: Automatic detection of I/O devices: selection the devices to be integrated

Confirm the message "Find new boxes", in order to determine the terminals connected to the devices. "Free

Run" enables manipulation of input and output values in "Config mode" and should also be acknowledged.

Based on the

sample configuration [ }  64]

described at the beginning of this section, the result is as follows:

Fig. 68: Mapping of the configuration in VS shell of the TwinCAT3 environment

The whole process consists of two stages, which may be performed separately (first determine the devices, then determine the connected elements such as boxes, terminals, etc.). A scan can also be initiated by selecting "Device ..." from the context menu, which then reads the elements present in the configuration below:

80 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 69: Reading of individual terminals connected to a device

This functionality is useful if the actual configuration is modified at short notice.

Programming the PLC

TwinCAT PLC Control is the development environment for the creation of the controller in different program environments: TwinCAT PLC Control supports all languages described in IEC 61131-3. There are two textbased languages and three graphical languages.

• Text-based languages

◦ Instruction List (IL)

◦ Structured Text (ST)

• Graphical languages

◦ Function Block Diagram (FBD)

◦ Ladder Diagram (LD)

◦ The Continuous Function Chart Editor (CFC)

◦ Sequential Function Chart (SFC)

The following section refers to Structured Text (ST).

In order to create a programming environment, a PLC subproject is added to the project sample via the context menu of "PLC" in the project folder explorer by selecting "Add New Item….":

EL34xx Version: 1.5

81

Commissioning

Fig. 70: Adding the programming environment in "PLC"

In the dialog that opens select "Standard PLC project" and enter "PLC_example" as project name, for example, and select a corresponding directory:

Fig. 71: Specifying the name and directory for the PLC programming environment

The "Main" program, which already exists by selecting "Standard PLC project", can be opened by doubleclicking on "PLC_example_project" in "POUs”. The following user interface is shown for an initial project:

82 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 72: Initial "Main" program of the standard PLC project

To continue, sample variables and a sample program have now been created:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

83

Commissioning

Fig. 73: Sample program with variables after a compile process (without variable integration)

The control program is now created as a project folder, followed by the compile process:

Fig. 74: Start program compilation

The following variables, identified in the ST/ PLC program with "AT%", are then available in under

"Assignments" in the project folder explorer:

Assigning variables

Via the menu of an instance - variables in the "PLC” context, use the "Modify Link…" option to open a window for selecting a suitable process object (PDO) for linking:

84 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 75: Creating the links between PLC variables and process objects

In the window that opens, the process object for the variable "bEL1004_Ch4" of type BOOL can be selected from the PLC configuration tree:

Fig. 76: Selecting PDO of type BOOL

According to the default setting, certain PDO objects are now available for selection. In this sample the input of channel 4 of the EL1004 terminal is selected for linking. In contrast, the checkbox "All types" must be ticked for creating the link for the output variables, in order to allocate a set of eight separate output bits to a byte variable. The following diagram shows the whole process:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

85

Commissioning

Fig. 77: Selecting several PDOs simultaneously: activate "Continuous" and "All types"

Note that the "Continuous" checkbox was also activated. This is designed to allocate the bits contained in the byte of the variable "nEL2008_value" sequentially to all eight selected output bits of the EL2008 terminal. In this way it is possible to subsequently address all eight outputs of the terminal in the program with a byte corresponding to bit 0 for channel 1 to bit 7 for channel 8 of the PLC. A special symbol ( ) at the yellow or red object of the variable indicates that a link exists. The links can also be checked by selecting a "Goto Link

Variable” from the context menu of a variable. The object opposite, in this case the PDO, is automatically selected:

Fig. 78: Application of a "Goto Link" variable, using "MAIN.bEL1004_Ch4" as a sample

The process of creating links can also take place in the opposite direction, i.e. starting with individual PDOs to variable. However, in this example it would then not be possible to select all output bits for the EL2008, since the terminal only makes individual digital outputs available. If a terminal has a byte, word, integer or similar PDO, it is possible to allocate this a set of bit-standardised variables (type "BOOL"). Here, too, a

"Goto Link Variable” from the context menu of a PDO can be executed in the other direction, so that the respective PLC instance can then be selected.

86 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Activation of the configuration

The allocation of PDO to PLC variables has now established the connection from the controller to the inputs and outputs of the terminals. The configuration can now be activated with or via the menu under

"TwinCAT" in order to transfer settings of the development environment to the runtime system. Confirm the messages "Old configurations are overwritten!" and "Restart TwinCAT system in Run mode" with "OK". The corresponding assignments can be seen in the project folder explorer:

A few seconds later the corresponding status of the Run mode is displayed in the form of a rotating symbol

at the bottom right of the VS shell development environment. The PLC system can then be started as described below.

Starting the controller

Select the menu option "PLC" → "Login" or click on to link the PLC with the real-time system and load the control program for execution. This results in the message "No program on the controller! Should the new program be loaded?" , which should be acknowledged with "Yes". The runtime environment is ready for program start by click on symbol , the "F5" key or via "PLC" in the menu selecting “Start”. The started programming environment shows the runtime values of individual variables:

Fig. 79: TwinCAT development environment (VS shell): logged-in, after program startup

The two operator control elements for stopping and logout result in the required action

(accordingly also for stop "Shift + F5", or both actions can be selected via the PLC menu).

EL34xx Version: 1.5

87

Commissioning

6.2

TwinCAT Development Environment

The Software for automation TwinCAT (The Windows Control and Automation Technology) will be distinguished into:

• TwinCAT 2: System Manager (Configuration) & PLC Control (Programming)

• TwinCAT 3: Enhancement of TwinCAT 2 (Programming and Configuration takes place via a common

Development Environment)

Details:

• TwinCAT 2:

◦ Connects I/O devices to tasks in a variable-oriented manner

◦ Connects tasks to tasks in a variable-oriented manner

◦ Supports units at the bit level

◦ Supports synchronous or asynchronous relationships

◦ Exchange of consistent data areas and process images

◦ Datalink on NT - Programs by open Microsoft Standards (OLE, OCX, ActiveX, DCOM+, etc.)

◦ Integration of IEC 61131-3-Software-SPS, Software- NC and Software-CNC within Windows

NT/2000/XP/Vista, Windows 7, NT/XP Embedded, CE

◦ Interconnection to all common fieldbusses

◦ More…

Additional features:

• TwinCAT 3 (eXtended Automation) :

◦ Visual-Studio®-Integration

◦ Choice of the programming language

◦ Supports object orientated extension of IEC 61131-3

◦ Usage of C/C++ as programming language for real time applications

◦ Connection to MATLAB®/Simulink®

◦ Open interface for expandability

◦ Flexible run-time environment

◦ Active support of Multi-Core- und 64-Bit-Operatingsystem

◦ Automatic code generation and project creation with the TwinCAT Automation Interface

◦ More…

Within the following sections commissioning of the TwinCAT Development Environment on a PC System for the control and also the basically functions of unique control elements will be explained.

Please see further information to TwinCAT 2 and TwinCAT 3 at http://infosys.beckhoff.com

.

6.2.1

Installation of the TwinCAT real-time driver

In order to assign real-time capability to a standard Ethernet port of an IPC controller, the Beckhoff real-time driver has to be installed on this port under Windows.

This can be done in several ways. One option is described here.

In the System Manager call up the TwinCAT overview of the local network interfaces via Options → Show

Real Time Ethernet Compatible Devices.

88 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Fig. 80: System Manager “Options” (TwinCAT 2)

This have to be called up by the Menü “TwinCAT” within the TwinCAT 3 environment:

Commissioning

Fig. 81: Call up under VS Shell (TwinCAT 3)

The following dialog appears:

Fig. 82: Overview of network interfaces

Interfaces listed under “Compatible devices” can be assigned a driver via the “Install” button. A driver should only be installed on compatible devices.

A Windows warning regarding the unsigned driver can be ignored.

Alternatively an EtherCAT-device can be inserted first of all as described in chapter

Offline configuration creation, section “Creating the EtherCAT device” [ }  99]

in order to view the compatible ethernet ports via its

EtherCAT properties (tab „Adapter“, button „Compatible Devices…“):

EL34xx Version: 1.5

89

Commissioning

Fig. 83: EtherCAT device properties(TwinCAT 2): click on „ Compatible Devices …“ of tab “ Adapter ”

TwinCAT 3: the properties of the EtherCAT device can be opened by double click on “Device .. (EtherCAT)” within the Solution Explorer under “I/O”:

After the installation the driver appears activated in the Windows overview for the network interface

(Windows Start → System Properties → Network)

Fig. 84: Windows properties of the network interface

A correct setting of the driver could be:

90 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Fig. 85: Exemplary correct driver setting for the Ethernet port

Other possible settings have to be avoided:

Commissioning

EL34xx Version: 1.5

91

Commissioning

Fig. 86: Incorrect driver settings for the Ethernet port

92 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

IP address of the port used

IP address/DHCP

In most cases an Ethernet port that is configured as an EtherCAT device will not transport general

IP packets. For this reason and in cases where an EL6601 or similar devices are used it is useful to specify a fixed IP address for this port via the “Internet Protocol TCP/IP” driver setting and to disable

DHCP. In this way the delay associated with the DHCP client for the Ethernet port assigning itself a default IP address in the absence of a DHCP server is avoided. A suitable address space is

192.168.x.x, for example.

Fig. 87: TCP/IP setting for the Ethernet port

EL34xx Version: 1.5

93

Commissioning

6.2.2

Notes regarding ESI device description

Installation of the latest ESI device description

The TwinCAT EtherCAT master/System Manager needs the device description files for the devices to be used in order to generate the configuration in online or offline mode. The device descriptions are contained in the so-called ESI files (EtherCAT Slave Information) in XML format. These files can be requested from the respective manufacturer and are made available for download. An *.xml file may contain several device descriptions.

The ESI files for Beckhoff EtherCAT devices are available on the Beckhoff website .

The ESI files should be stored in the TwinCAT installation directory.

Default settings:

• TwinCAT 2 : C:\TwinCAT\IO\EtherCAT

• TwinCAT 3 : C:\TwinCAT\3.1\Config\Io\EtherCAT

The files are read (once) when a new System Manager window is opened, if they have changed since the last time the System Manager window was opened.

A TwinCAT installation includes the set of Beckhoff ESI files that was current at the time when the TwinCAT build was created.

For TwinCAT 2.11/TwinCAT 3 and higher, the ESI directory can be updated from the System Manager, if the programming PC is connected to the Internet; by

• TwinCAT 2 : Option → “Update EtherCAT Device Descriptions”

• TwinCAT 3 : TwinCAT → EtherCAT Devices → “Update Device Descriptions (via ETG Website)…”

The TwinCAT ESI Updater [ }  98] is available for this purpose.

ESI

The *.xml files are associated with *.xsd files, which describe the structure of the ESI XML files. To update the ESI device descriptions, both file types should therefore be updated.

Device differentiation

EtherCAT devices/slaves are distinguished by four properties, which determine the full device identifier. For example, the device identifier EL2521-0025-1018 consists of:

• family key “EL”

• name “2521”

• type “0025”

• and revision “1018”

Fig. 88: Identifier structure

The order identifier consisting of name + type (here: EL2521-0010) describes the device function. The revision indicates the technical progress and is managed by Beckhoff. In principle, a device with a higher revision can replace a device with a lower revision, unless specified otherwise, e.g. in the documentation.

Each revision has its own ESI description. See

further notes [ }  9] .

94 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Online description

If the EtherCAT configuration is created online through scanning of real devices (see section Online setup) and no ESI descriptions are available for a slave (specified by name and revision) that was found, the

System Manager asks whether the description stored in the device should be used. In any case, the System

Manager needs this information for setting up the cyclic and acyclic communication with the slave correctly.

Fig. 89: OnlineDescription information window (TwinCAT 2)

In TwinCAT 3 a similar window appears, which also offers the Web update:

Fig. 90: Information window OnlineDescription (TwinCAT 3)

If possible, the Yes is to be rejected and the required ESI is to be requested from the device manufacturer.

After installation of the XML/XSD file the configuration process should be repeated.

NOTE

Changing the ‘usual’ configuration through a scan

ü If a scan discovers a device that is not yet known to TwinCAT, distinction has to be made between two cases. Taking the example here of the EL2521-0000 in the revision 1019 a) no ESI is present for the EL2521-0000 device at all, either for the revision 1019 or for an older revision.

The ESI must then be requested from the manufacturer (in this case Beckhoff).

b) an ESI is present for the EL2521-0000 device, but only in an older revision, e.g. 1018 or 1017.

In this case an in-house check should first be performed to determine whether the spare parts stock allows the integration of the increased revision into the configuration at all. A new/higher revision usually also brings along new features. If these are not to be used, work can continue without reservations with the previous revision 1018 in the configuration. This is also stated by the Beckhoff compatibility rule.

Refer in particular to the chapter ‘ General notes on the use of Beckhoff EtherCAT IO components ’ and for manual configuration to the chapter ‘

Offline configuration creation’ [ }  99]

.

If the OnlineDescription is used regardless, the System Manager reads a copy of the device description from the EEPROM in the EtherCAT slave. In complex slaves the size of the EEPROM may not be sufficient for the complete ESI, in which case the ESI would be incomplete in the configurator. Therefore it’s recommended using an offline ESI file with priority in such a case.

The System Manager creates for online recorded device descriptions a new file

“OnlineDescription0000...xml” in its ESI directory, which contains all ESI descriptions that were read online.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

95

Commissioning

Fig. 91: File OnlineDescription.xml created by the System Manager

Is a slave desired to be added manually to the configuration at a later stage, online created slaves are indicated by a prepended symbol “>” in the selection list (see Figure “Indication of an online recorded ESI of

EL2521 as an example”) .

Fig. 92: Indication of an online recorded ESI of EL2521 as an example

If such ESI files are used and the manufacturer's files become available later, the file OnlineDescription.xml

should be deleted as follows:

• close all System Manager windows

• restart TwinCAT in Config mode

• delete "OnlineDescription0000...xml"

• restart TwinCAT System Manager

This file should not be visible after this procedure, if necessary press <F5> to update

OnlineDescription for TwinCAT 3.x

In addition to the file described above "OnlineDescription0000...xml" , a so called EtherCAT cache with new discovered devices is created by TwinCAT 3.x, e.g. under Windows 7:

(Please note the language settings of the OS!)

You have to delete this file, too.

Faulty ESI file

If an ESI file is faulty and the System Manager is unable to read it, the System Manager brings up an information window.

Fig. 93: Information window for faulty ESI file (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

96 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Reasons may include:

• Structure of the *.xml does not correspond to the associated *.xsd file → check your schematics

• Contents cannot be translated into a device description → contact the file manufacturer

EL34xx Version: 1.5

97

Commissioning

6.2.3

TwinCAT ESI Updater

For TwinCAT 2.11 and higher, the System Manager can search for current Beckhoff ESI files automatically, if an online connection is available:

Fig. 94: Using the ESI Updater (>= TwinCAT 2.11)

The call up takes place under:

“Options” → "Update EtherCAT Device Descriptions"

Selection under TwinCAT 3:

Fig. 95: Using the ESI Updater (TwinCAT 3)

The ESI Updater (TwinCAT 3) is a convenient option for automatic downloading of ESI data provided by

EtherCAT manufacturers via the Internet into the TwinCAT directory (ESI = EtherCAT slave information).

TwinCAT accesses the central ESI ULR directory list stored at ETG; the entries can then be viewed in the

Updater dialog, although they cannot be changed there.

The call up takes place under:

“TwinCAT“ → „EtherCAT Devices“ → “Update Device Description (via ETG Website)…“.

6.2.4

Distinction between Online and Offline

The distinction between online and offline refers to the presence of the actual I/O environment (drives, terminals, EJ-modules). If the configuration is to be prepared in advance of the system configuration as a programming system, e.g. on a laptop, this is only possible in “Offline configuration” mode. In this case all components have to be entered manually in the configuration, e.g. based on the electrical design.

If the designed control system is already connected to the EtherCAT system and all components are energised and the infrastructure is ready for operation, the TwinCAT configuration can simply be generated through “scanning” from the runtime system. This is referred to as online configuration.

In any case, during each startup the EtherCAT master checks whether the slaves it finds match the configuration. This test can be parameterised in the extended slave settings. Refer to

note “Installation of the latest ESI-XML device description” [ }  94]

.

For preparation of a configuration:

• the real EtherCAT hardware (devices, couplers, drives) must be present and installed

• the devices/modules must be connected via EtherCAT cables or in the terminal/ module strand in the same way as they are intended to be used later

98 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

• the devices/modules be connected to the power supply and ready for communication

• TwinCAT must be in CONFIG mode on the target system.

The online scan process consists of:

detecting the EtherCAT device [ }  104]

(Ethernet port at the IPC)

detecting the connected EtherCAT devices [ }  105]

. This step can be carried out independent of the preceding step

troubleshooting [ }  108]

The scan with existing configuration [ }  109] can also be carried out for comparison.

6.2.5

OFFLINE configuration creation

Creating the EtherCAT device

Create an EtherCAT device in an empty System Manager window.

Fig. 96: Append EtherCAT device (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

Select type ‘EtherCAT’ for an EtherCAT I/O application with EtherCAT slaves. For the present publisher/ subscriber service in combination with an EL6601/EL6614 terminal select “EtherCAT Automation Protocol via EL6601”.

Fig. 97: Selecting the EtherCAT connection (TwinCAT 2.11, TwinCAT 3)

Then assign a real Ethernet port to this virtual device in the runtime system.

Fig. 98: Selecting the Ethernet port

EL34xx Version: 1.5

99

Commissioning

This query may appear automatically when the EtherCAT device is created, or the assignment can be set/ modified later in the properties dialog; see Fig. “EtherCAT device properties (TwinCAT 2)” .

Fig. 99: EtherCAT device properties (TwinCAT 2)

TwinCAT 3: the properties of the EtherCAT device can be opened by double click on “Device .. (EtherCAT)” within the Solution Explorer under “I/O”:

Selecting the Ethernet port

Ethernet ports can only be selected for EtherCAT devices for which the TwinCAT real-time driver is installed. This has to be done separately for each port. Please refer to the respective

installation page [ }  88] .

Defining EtherCAT slaves

Further devices can be appended by right-clicking on a device in the configuration tree.

Fig. 100: Appending EtherCAT devices (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

The dialog for selecting a new device opens. Only devices for which ESI files are available are displayed.

Only devices are offered for selection that can be appended to the previously selected device. Therefore the physical layer available for this port is also displayed (Fig. “Selection dialog for new EtherCAT device” , A). In the case of cable-based Fast-Ethernet physical layer with PHY transfer, then also only cable-based devices are available, as shown in Fig. “Selection dialog for new EtherCAT device” . If the preceding device has several free ports (e.g. EK1122 or EK1100), the required port can be selected on the right-hand side (A).

Overview of physical layer

• “Ethernet”: cable-based 100BASE-TX: EK couplers, EP boxes, devices with RJ45/M8/M12 connector

100 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

• “E-Bus”: LVDS “terminal bus”, “EJ-module”: EL/ES terminals, various modular modules

The search field facilitates finding specific devices (since TwinCAT 2.11 or TwinCAT 3).

Commissioning

Fig. 101: Selection dialog for new EtherCAT device

By default only the name/device type is used as selection criterion. For selecting a specific revision of the device the revision can be displayed as “Extended Information”.

Fig. 102: Display of device revision

In many cases several device revisions were created for historic or functional reasons, e.g. through technological advancement. For simplification purposes (see Fig. “Selection dialog for new EtherCAT device” ) only the last (i.e. highest) revision and therefore the latest state of production is displayed in the selection dialog for Beckhoff devices. To show all device revisions available in the system as ESI descriptions tick the “Show Hidden Devices” check box, see Fig. “Display of previous revisions” .

EL34xx Version: 1.5

101

Commissioning

Fig. 103: Display of previous revisions

Device selection based on revision, compatibility

The ESI description also defines the process image, the communication type between master and slave/device and the device functions, if applicable. The physical device (firmware, if available) has to support the communication queries/settings of the master. This is backward compatible, i.e.

newer devices (higher revision) should be supported if the EtherCAT master addresses them as an older revision. The following compatibility rule of thumb is to be assumed for Beckhoff EtherCAT

Terminals/ Boxes/ EJ-modules: device revision in the system >= device revision in the configuration

This also enables subsequent replacement of devices without changing the configuration (different specifications are possible for drives).

Example:

If an EL2521-00251018 is specified in the configuration, an EL2521-00251018 or higher (1019 , 1020 ) can be used in practice.

Fig. 104: Name/revision of the terminal

If current ESI descriptions are available in the TwinCAT system, the last revision offered in the selection dialog matches the Beckhoff state of production. It is recommended to use the last device revision when creating a new configuration, if current Beckhoff devices are used in the real application. Older revisions should only be used if older devices from stock are to be used in the application.

In this case the process image of the device is shown in the configuration tree and can be parameterised as follows: linking with the task, CoE/DC settings, plug-in definition, startup settings, ...

102 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Fig. 105: EtherCAT terminal in the TwinCAT tree (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

Commissioning

EL34xx Version: 1.5

103

Commissioning

6.2.6

ONLINE configuration creation

Detecting/scanning of the EtherCAT device

The online device search can be used if the TwinCAT system is in CONFIG mode. This can be indicated by a symbol right below in the information bar:

.

• on TwinCAT 2 by a blue display “Config Mode” within the System Manager window:

• on TwinCAT 3 within the user interface of the development environment by a symbol .

TwinCAT can be set into this mode:

• TwinCAT 2: by selection of

Mode…”

in the Menubar or by “Actions” → “Set/Reset TwinCAT to Config

• TwinCAT 3: by selection of in the Menubar or by „TwinCAT“ → “Restart TwinCAT (Config Mode)“

Online scanning in Config mode

The online search is not available in RUN mode (production operation). Note the differentiation between TwinCAT programming system and TwinCAT target system.

The TwinCAT 2 icon ( ) or TwinCAT 3 icon ( ) within the Windows-Taskbar always shows the

TwinCAT mode of the local IPC. Compared to that, the System Manager window of TwinCAT 2 or the user interface of TwinCAT 3 indicates the state of the target system.

Fig. 106: Differentiation local/target system (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

Right-clicking on “I/O Devices” in the configuration tree opens the search dialog.

Fig. 107: Scan Devices (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

This scan mode attempts to find not only EtherCAT devices (or Ethernet ports that are usable as such), but also NOVRAM, fieldbus cards, SMB etc. However, not all devices can be found automatically.

Fig. 108: Note for automatic device scan (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

104 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Ethernet ports with installed TwinCAT real-time driver are shown as “RT Ethernet” devices. An EtherCAT frame is sent to these ports for testing purposes. If the scan agent detects from the response that an

EtherCAT slave is connected, the port is immediately shown as an “EtherCAT Device” .

Fig. 109: Detected Ethernet devices

Via respective checkboxes devices can be selected (as illustrated in Fig. “ Detected Ethernet devices ” e.g.

Device 3 and Device 4 were chosen). After confirmation with “OK” a device scan is suggested for all selected devices, see Fig.: “ Scan query after automatic creation of an EtherCAT device” .

Selecting the Ethernet port

Ethernet ports can only be selected for EtherCAT devices for which the TwinCAT real-time driver is installed. This has to be done separately for each port. Please refer to the respective

installation page [ }  88] .

Detecting/Scanning the EtherCAT devices

Online scan functionality

During a scan the master queries the identity information of the EtherCAT slaves from the slave

EEPROM. The name and revision are used for determining the type. The respective devices are located in the stored ESI data and integrated in the configuration tree in the default state defined there.

Fig. 110: Example default state

NOTE

Slave scanning in practice in series machine production

The scanning function should be used with care. It is a practical and fast tool for creating an initial configuration as a basis for commissioning. In series machine production or reproduction of the plant, however, the function should no longer be used for the creation of the configuration, but if necessary for

comparison

[ }  109] with the defined initial configuration.Background: since Beckhoff occasionally increases the revision

version of the delivered products for product maintenance reasons, a configuration can be created by such a scan which (with an identical machine construction) is identical according to the device list; however, the respective device revision may differ from the initial configuration.

Example:

Company A builds the prototype of a machine B, which is to be produced in series later on. To do this the prototype is built, a scan of the IO devices is performed in TwinCAT and the initial configuration ‘B.tsm’ is created. The EL2521-0025 EtherCAT terminal with the revision 1018 is located somewhere. It is thus built into the TwinCAT configuration in this way:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

105

Commissioning

Fig. 111: Installing EthetCAT terminal with revision -1018

Likewise, during the prototype test phase, the functions and properties of this terminal are tested by the programmers/commissioning engineers and used if necessary, i.e. addressed from the PLC ‘B.pro’ or the

NC. (the same applies correspondingly to the TwinCAT 3 solution files).

The prototype development is now completed and series production of machine B starts, for which Beckhoff continues to supply the EL2521-0025-0018. If the commissioning engineers of the series machine production department always carry out a scan, a B configuration with the identical contents results again for each machine. Likewise, A might create spare parts stores worldwide for the coming series-produced machines with EL2521-0025-1018 terminals.

After some time Beckhoff extends the EL2521-0025 by a new feature C. Therefore the FW is changed, outwardly recognizable by a higher FW version and a new revision -1019 . Nevertheless the new device naturally supports functions and interfaces of the predecessor version(s); an adaptation of ‘B.tsm’ or even

‘B.pro’ is therefore unnecessary. The series-produced machines can continue to be built with ‘B.tsm’ and

‘B.pro’; it makes sense to perform a comparative scan [ }  109] against the initial configuration ‘B.tsm’ in order

to check the built machine.

However, if the series machine production department now doesn’t use ‘B.tsm’, but instead carries out a scan to create the productive configuration, the revision -1019 is automatically detected and built into the configuration:

Fig. 112: Detection of EtherCAT terminal with revision -1019

This is usually not noticed by the commissioning engineers. TwinCAT cannot signal anything either, since virtually a new configuration is created. According to the compatibility rule, however, this means that no

EL2521-00251018 should be built into this machine as a spare part (even if this nevertheless works in the vast majority of cases).

In addition, it could be the case that, due to the development accompanying production in company A, the new feature C of the EL2521-0025-1019 (for example, an improved analog filter or an additional process data for the diagnosis) is discovered and used without in-house consultation. The previous stock of spare part devices are then no longer to be used for the new configuration ‘B2.tsm’ created in this way.Þ if series machine production is established, the scan should only be performed for informative purposes for comparison with a defined initial configuration. Changes are to be made with care!

If an EtherCAT device was created in the configuration (manually or through a scan), the I/O field can be scanned for devices/slaves.

Fig. 113: Scan query after automatic creation of an EtherCAT device (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

106 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Version: 1.5

Commissioning

Fig. 114: Manual triggering of a device scan on a specified EtherCAT device (left: TwinCAT 2; right:

TwinCAT 3)

In the System Manager (TwinCAT 2) or the User Interface (TwinCAT 3) the scan process can be monitored via the progress bar at the bottom in the status bar.

Fig. 115: Scan progressexemplary by TwinCAT 2

The configuration is established and can then be switched to online state (OPERATIONAL).

Fig. 116: Config/FreeRun query (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

In Config/FreeRun mode the System Manager display alternates between blue and red, and the EtherCAT device continues to operate with the idling cycle time of 4 ms (default setting), even without active task (NC,

PLC).

Fig. 117: Displaying of “Free Run” and “Config Mode” toggling right below in the status bar

Fig. 118: TwinCAT can also be switched to this state by using a button (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

The EtherCAT system should then be in a functional cyclic state, as shown in Fig. “Online display example” .

EL34xx 107

Commissioning

Fig. 119: Online display example

Please note:

• all slaves should be in OP state

• the EtherCAT master should be in “Actual State” OP

• “frames/sec” should match the cycle time taking into account the sent number of frames

• no excessive “LostFrames” or CRC errors should occur

The configuration is now complete. It can be modified as described under manual procedure [ }  99] .

Troubleshooting

Various effects may occur during scanning.

• An unknown device is detected, i.e. an EtherCAT slave for which no ESI XML description is available.

In this case the System Manager offers to read any ESI that may be stored in the device. This case is described in the chapter "Notes regarding ESI device description".

• Device are not detected properly

Possible reasons include:

- faulty data links, resulting in data loss during the scan

- slave has invalid device description

The connections and devices should be checked in a targeted manner, e.g. via the emergency scan.

Then re-run the scan.

Fig. 120: Faulty identification

In the System Manager such devices may be set up as EK0000 or unknown devices. Operation is not possible or meaningful.

108 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Scan over existing Configuration

NOTE

Change of the configuration after comparison

With this scan (TwinCAT 2.11 or 3.1) only the device properties vendor (manufacturer), device name and revision are compared at present! A ‘ChangeTo’ or ‘Copy’ should only be carried out with care, taking into consideration the Beckhoff IO compatibility rule (see above). The device configuration is then replaced by the revision found; this can affect the supported process data and functions.

If a scan is initiated for an existing configuration, the actual I/O environment may match the configuration exactly or it may differ. This enables the configuration to be compared.

Fig. 121: Identical configuration (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

If differences are detected, they are shown in the correction dialog, so that the user can modify the configuration as required.

Fig. 122: Correction dialog

It is advisable to tick the “Extended Information” check box to reveal differences in the revision.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

109

Commissioning

Colour green blue light blue red

Explanation

This EtherCAT slave matches the entry on the other side. Both type and revision match.

This EtherCAT slave is present on the other side, but in a different revision. This other revision can have other default values for the process data as well as other/additional functions.

If the found revision is higher than the configured revision, the slave may be used provided compatibility issues are taken into account.

If the found revision is lower than the configured revision, it is likely that the slave cannot be used. The found device may not support all functions that the master expects based on the higher revision number.

This EtherCAT slave is ignored (“Ignore” button)

• This EtherCAT slave is not present on the other side.

• It is present, but in a different revision, which also differs in its properties from the one specified.

The compatibility principle then also applies here: if the found revision is higher than the configured revision, use is possible provided compatibility issues are taken into account, since the successor devices should support the functions of the predecessor devices.

If the found revision is lower than the configured revision, it is likely that the slave cannot be used. The found device may not support all functions that the master expects based on the higher revision number.

Device selection based on revision, compatibility

The ESI description also defines the process image, the communication type between master and slave/device and the device functions, if applicable. The physical device (firmware, if available) has to support the communication queries/settings of the master. This is backward compatible, i.e.

newer devices (higher revision) should be supported if the EtherCAT master addresses them as an older revision. The following compatibility rule of thumb is to be assumed for Beckhoff EtherCAT

Terminals/ Boxes/ EJ-modules: device revision in the system >= device revision in the configuration

This also enables subsequent replacement of devices without changing the configuration (different specifications are possible for drives).

Example:

If an EL2521-00251018 is specified in the configuration, an EL2521-00251018 or higher (1019 , 1020 ) can be used in practice.

Fig. 123: Name/revision of the terminal

If current ESI descriptions are available in the TwinCAT system, the last revision offered in the selection dialog matches the Beckhoff state of production. It is recommended to use the last device revision when creating a new configuration, if current Beckhoff devices are used in the real application. Older revisions should only be used if older devices from stock are to be used in the application.

In this case the process image of the device is shown in the configuration tree and can be parameterised as follows: linking with the task, CoE/DC settings, plug-in definition, startup settings, ...

110 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 124: Correction dialog with modifications

Once all modifications have been saved or accepted, click “OK” to transfer them to the real *.tsm

configuration.

Change to Compatible Type

TwinCAT offers a function “Change to Compatible Type…” for the exchange of a device whilst retaining the links in the task .

Fig. 125: Dialog “ Change to Compatible Type…” (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)

This function is preferably to be used on AX5000 devices.

Change to Alternative Type

The TwinCAT System Manager offers a function for the exchange of a device: Change to Alternative Type

Fig. 126: TwinCAT 2 Dialog Change to Alternative Type

EL34xx Version: 1.5

111

Commissioning

If called, the System Manager searches in the procured device ESI (in this example: EL1202-0000) for details of compatible devices contained there. The configuration is changed and the ESI-EEPROM is overwritten at the same time – therefore this process is possible only in the online state (ConfigMode).

6.2.7

EtherCAT subscriber configuration

In the left-hand window of the TwinCAT 2 System Manager or the Solution Explorer of the TwinCAT 3

Development Environment respectively, click on the element of the terminal within the tree you wish to configure (in the example: EL3751 Terminal 3).

Fig. 127: Branch element as terminal EL3751

In the right-hand window of the TwinCAT System manager (TwinCAT 2) or the Development Environment

(TwinCAT 3), various tabs are now available for configuring the terminal. And yet the dimension of complexity of a subscriber determines which tabs are provided. Thus as illustrated in the example above the terminal EL3751 provides many setup options and also a respective number of tabs are available. On the contrary by the terminal EL1004 for example the tabs "General", "EtherCAT", "Process Data" and “Online“ are available only. Several terminals, as for instance the EL6695 provide special functions by a tab with its own terminal name, so “EL6695” in this case. A specific tab “Settings” by terminals with a wide range of setup options will be provided also (e.g. EL3751).

„General“ tab

Fig. 128: “General” tab

Name

Id

Type

Comment

Disabled

Create symbols

112

Name of the EtherCAT device

Number of the EtherCAT device

EtherCAT device type

Here you can add a comment (e.g. regarding the system).

Here you can deactivate the EtherCAT device.

Access to this EtherCAT slave via ADS is only available if this control box is activated.

Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

„EtherCAT“ tab

Fig. 129: „EtherCAT“ tab

Type

Product/Revision

Auto Inc Addr.

EtherCAT Addr.

Previous Port

Advanced Settings

EtherCAT device type

Product and revision number of the EtherCAT device

Auto increment address of the EtherCAT device. The auto increment address can be used for addressing each EtherCAT device in the communication ring through its physical position. Auto increment addressing is used during the start-up phase when the EtherCAT master allocates addresses to the

EtherCAT devices. With auto increment addressing the first EtherCAT slave in the ring has the address

0000 hex

. For each further slave the address is decremented by 1 (FFFF hex

, FFFE hex

etc.).

Fixed address of an EtherCAT slave. This address is allocated by the EtherCAT master during the start-up phase. Tick the control box to the left of the input field in order to modify the default value.

Name and port of the EtherCAT device to which this device is connected. If it is possible to connect this device with another one without changing the order of the EtherCAT devices in the communication ring, then this combination field is activated and the

EtherCAT device to which this device is to be connected can be selected.

This button opens the dialogs for advanced settings.

The link at the bottom of the tab points to the product page for this EtherCAT device on the web.

“Process Data” tab

Indicates the configuration of the process data. The input and output data of the EtherCAT slave are represented as CANopen process data objects ( P rocess D ata O bjects, PDOs). The user can select a PDO via PDO assignment and modify the content of the individual PDO via this dialog, if the EtherCAT slave supports this function.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

113

Commissioning

Fig. 130: “Process Data” tab

The process data (PDOs) transferred by an EtherCAT slave during each cycle are user data which the application expects to be updated cyclically or which are sent to the slave. To this end the EtherCAT master

(Beckhoff TwinCAT) parameterizes each EtherCAT slave during the start-up phase to define which process data (size in bits/bytes, source location, transmission type) it wants to transfer to or from this slave. Incorrect configuration can prevent successful start-up of the slave.

For Beckhoff EtherCAT EL, ES, EM, EJ and EP slaves the following applies in general:

• The input/output process data supported by the device are defined by the manufacturer in the ESI/XML description. The TwinCAT EtherCAT Master uses the ESI description to configure the slave correctly.

• The process data can be modified in the system manager. See the device documentation.

Examples of modifications include: mask out a channel, displaying additional cyclic information, 16-bit display instead of 8-bit data size, etc.

• In so-called “intelligent” EtherCAT devices the process data information is also stored in the CoE directory. Any changes in the CoE directory that lead to different PDO settings prevent successful startup of the slave. It is not advisable to deviate from the designated process data, because the device firmware (if available) is adapted to these PDO combinations.

If the device documentation allows modification of process data, proceed as follows (see Figure “Configuring the process data” ).

• A: select the device to configure

• B: in the “Process Data” tab select Input or Output under SyncManager (C)

• D: the PDOs can be selected or deselected

• H: the new process data are visible as linkable variables in the system manager

The new process data are active once the configuration has been activated and TwinCAT has been restarted (or the EtherCAT master has been restarted)

• E: if a slave supports this, Input and Output PDO can be modified simultaneously by selecting a socalled PDO record (“predefined PDO settings”).

114 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 131: Configuring the process data

Manual modification of the process data

According to the ESI description, a PDO can be identified as “fixed” with the flag “F” in the PDO overview (Fig. “Configuring the process data” , J). The configuration of such PDOs cannot be changed, even if TwinCAT offers the associated dialog (“Edit”). In particular, CoE content cannot be displayed as cyclic process data. This generally also applies in cases where a device supports download of the PDO configuration, “G”. In case of incorrect configuration the EtherCAT slave usually refuses to start and change to OP state. The System Manager displays an “invalid SM cfg” logger message: This error message (“invalid SM IN cfg” or “invalid SM OUT cfg”) also indicates the reason for the failed start.

A detailed description [ }  120] can be found at the end of this section.

„Startup“ tab

The Startup tab is displayed if the EtherCAT slave has a mailbox and supports the CANopen over EtherCAT

(CoE) or Servo drive over EtherCAT protocol. This tab indicates which download requests are sent to the mailbox during startup. It is also possible to add new mailbox requests to the list display. The download requests are sent to the slave in the same order as they are shown in the list.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

115

Commissioning

Fig. 132: „Startup“ tab

Column

Transition

Protocol

Index

Data

Comment

Move Up

Move Down

New

Delete

Edit

Description

Transition to which the request is sent. This can either be

• the transition from pre-operational to safe-operational (PS), or

• the transition from safe-operational to operational (SO).

If the transition is enclosed in "<>" (e.g. <PS>), the mailbox request is fixed and cannot be modified or deleted by the user.

Type of mailbox protocol

Index of the object

Date on which this object is to be downloaded.

Description of the request to be sent to the mailbox

This button moves the selected request up by one position in the list.

This button moves the selected request down by one position in the list.

This button adds a new mailbox download request to be sent during startup.

This button deletes the selected entry.

This button edits an existing request.

“CoE – Online” tab

The additional CoE - Online tab is displayed if the EtherCAT slave supports the CANopen over EtherCAT

(CoE) protocol. This dialog lists the content of the object list of the slave (SDO upload) and enables the user to modify the content of an object from this list. Details for the objects of the individual EtherCAT devices can be found in the device-specific object descriptions.

116 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 133: “CoE – Online” tab

Object list display

Column Description

Index Index and sub-index of the object

Name

Flags

Name of the object

RW The object can be read, and data can be written to the object (read/write)

Value

RO

P

The object can be read, but no data can be written to the object (read only)

An additional P identifies the object as a process data object.

Value of the object

Update List

Auto Update

Advanced

The Update list button updates all objects in the displayed list

If this check box is selected, the content of the objects is updated automatically.

The Advanced button opens the Advanced Settings dialog. Here you can specify which objects are displayed in the list.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

117

Commissioning

Fig. 134: Dialog “Advanced settings”

Online - via SDO Information If this option button is selected, the list of the objects included in the object list of the slave is uploaded from the slave via SDO information. The list below can be used to specify which object types are to be uploaded.

Offline - via EDS File If this option button is selected, the list of the objects included in the object list is read from an EDS file provided by the user.

„Online“ tab

Fig. 135: „Online“ tab

118 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

State Machine

Init

Pre-Op

Op

Bootstrap

Safe-Op

Clear Error

Current State

Requested State

This button attempts to set the EtherCAT device to the Init state.

This button attempts to set the EtherCAT device to the pre-operational state.

This button attempts to set the EtherCAT device to the operational state.

This button attempts to set the EtherCAT device to the Bootstrap state.

This button attempts to set the EtherCAT device to the safe-operational state.

This button attempts to delete the fault display. If an EtherCAT slave fails during change of state it sets an error flag.

Example: An EtherCAT slave is in PREOP state (pre-operational). The master now requests the SAFEOP state (safe-operational). If the slave fails during change of state it sets the error flag. The current state is now displayed as ERR PREOP. When the

Clear Error button is pressed the error flag is cleared, and the current state is displayed as PREOP again.

Indicates the current state of the EtherCAT device.

Indicates the state requested for the EtherCAT device.

DLL Status

Indicates the DLL status (data link layer status) of the individual ports of the EtherCAT slave. The DLL status can have four different states:

Status

No Carrier / Open

Description

No carrier signal is available at the port, but the port is open.

No Carrier / Closed No carrier signal is available at the port, and the port is closed.

Carrier / Open A carrier signal is available at the port, and the port is open.

Carrier / Closed A carrier signal is available at the port, but the port is closed.

File Access over EtherCAT

Download

Upload

With this button a file can be written to the EtherCAT device.

With this button a file can be read from the EtherCAT device.

"DC" tab (Distributed Clocks)

Fig. 136: "DC" tab (Distributed Clocks)

Operation Mode

Advanced Settings…

Options (optional):

• FreeRun

• SM-Synchron

• DC-Synchron (Input based)

• DC-Synchron

Advanced settings for readjustment of the real time determinant TwinCATclock

Detailed information to Distributed Clocks are specified on http://infosys.beckhoff.com

:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

119

Commissioning

Fieldbus Components → EtherCAT Terminals → EtherCAT System documentation → EtherCAT basics →

Distributed Clocks

6.2.7.1

Detailed description of Process Data tab

Sync Manager

Lists the configuration of the Sync Manager (SM).

If the EtherCAT device has a mailbox, SM0 is used for the mailbox output (MbxOut) and SM1 for the mailbox input (MbxIn).

SM2 is used for the output process data (outputs) and SM3 (inputs) for the input process data.

If an input is selected, the corresponding PDO assignment is displayed in the PDO Assignment list below.

PDO Assignment

PDO assignment of the selected Sync Manager. All PDOs defined for this Sync Manager type are listed here:

• If the output Sync Manager (outputs) is selected in the Sync Manager list, all RxPDOs are displayed.

• If the input Sync Manager (inputs) is selected in the Sync Manager list, all TxPDOs are displayed.

The selected entries are the PDOs involved in the process data transfer. In the tree diagram of the System

Manager these PDOs are displayed as variables of the EtherCAT device. The name of the variable is identical to the Name parameter of the PDO, as displayed in the PDO list. If an entry in the PDO assignment list is deactivated (not selected and greyed out), this indicates that the input is excluded from the PDO assignment. In order to be able to select a greyed out PDO, the currently selected PDO has to be deselected first.

Activation of PDO assignment

ü If you have changed the PDO assignment, in order to activate the new PDO assignment, a) the EtherCAT slave has to run through the PS status transition cycle (from pre-operational to

safe-operational) once (see Online tab [ }  118] ),

b) and the System Manager has to reload the EtherCAT slaves

( button for TwinCAT 2 or button for TwinCAT 3)

PDO list

List of all PDOs supported by this EtherCAT device. The content of the selected PDOs is displayed in the

PDO Content list. The PDO configuration can be modified by double-clicking on an entry.

Column

Index

Size

Name

Flags

SM

SU

Description

PDO index.

Size of the PDO in bytes.

Name of the PDO.

If this PDO is assigned to a Sync Manager, it appears as a variable of the slave with this parameter as the name.

F Fixed content: The content of this PDO is fixed and cannot be changed by the

System Manager.

M Mandatory PDO. This PDO is mandatory and must therefore be assigned to a

Sync Manager! Consequently, this PDO cannot be deleted from the PDO

Assignment list

Sync Manager to which this PDO is assigned. If this entry is empty, this PDO does not take part in the process data traffic.

Sync unit to which this PDO is assigned.

120 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

PDO Content

Indicates the content of the PDO. If flag F (fixed content) of the PDO is not set the content can be modified.

Download

If the device is intelligent and has a mailbox, the configuration of the PDO and the PDO assignments can be downloaded to the device. This is an optional feature that is not supported by all EtherCAT slaves.

PDO Assignment

If this check box is selected, the PDO assignment that is configured in the PDO Assignment list is downloaded to the device on startup. The required commands to be sent to the device can be viewed in the

Startup [ }  115] tab.

PDO Configuration

If this check box is selected, the configuration of the respective PDOs (as shown in the PDO list and the

PDO Content display) is downloaded to the EtherCAT slave.

6.3

General Notes - EtherCAT Slave Application

This summary briefly deals with a number of aspects of EtherCAT Slave operation under TwinCAT. More detailed information on this may be found in the corresponding sections of, for instance, the EtherCAT

System Documentation .

Diagnosis in real time: WorkingCounter, EtherCAT State and Status

Generally speaking an EtherCAT Slave provides a variety of diagnostic information that can be used by the controlling task.

This diagnostic information relates to differing levels of communication. It therefore has a variety of sources, and is also updated at various times.

Any application that relies on I/O data from a fieldbus being correct and up to date must make diagnostic access to the corresponding underlying layers. EtherCAT and the TwinCAT System Manager offer comprehensive diagnostic elements of this kind. Those diagnostic elements that are helpful to the controlling task for diagnosis that is accurate for the current cycle when in operation (not during commissioning) are discussed below.

Fig. 137: Selection of the diagnostic information of an EtherCAT Slave

EL34xx Version: 1.5

121

Commissioning

In general, an EtherCAT Slave offers

• communication diagnosis typical for a slave (diagnosis of successful participation in the exchange of process data, and correct operating mode)

This diagnosis is the same for all slaves.

as well as

• function diagnosis typical for a channel (device-dependent)

See the corresponding device documentation

The colors in Fig. “Selection of the diagnostic information of an EtherCAT Slave” also correspond to the variable colors in the System Manager, see Fig. “Basic EtherCAT Slave Diagnosis in the PLC” .

Colour yellow red green

Meaning

Input variables from the Slave to the EtherCAT Master, updated in every cycle

Output variables from the Slave to the EtherCAT Master, updated in every cycle

Information variables for the EtherCAT Master that are updated acyclically. This means that it is possible that in any particular cycle they do not represent the latest possible status. It is therefore useful to read such variables through ADS.

Fig. “Basic EtherCAT Slave Diagnosis in the PLC” shows an example of an implementation of basic

EtherCAT Slave Diagnosis. A Beckhoff EL3102 (2-channel analogue input terminal) is used here, as it offers both the communication diagnosis typical of a slave and the functional diagnosis that is specific to a channel.

Structures are created as input variables in the PLC, each corresponding to the process image.

Fig. 138: Basic EtherCAT Slave Diagnosis in the PLC

122 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

The following aspects are covered here:

Code

A

B

C

D

Function

The EtherCAT Master's diagnostic information updated acyclically (yellow) or provided acyclically (green).

Implementation Application/evaluation

At least the DevState is to be evaluated for the most recent cycle in the PLC.

The EtherCAT Master's diagnostic information offers many more possibilities than are treated in the EtherCAT System Documentation. A few keywords:

• CoE in the Master for communication with/through the Slaves

• Functions from TcEtherCAT.lib

In the example chosen (EL3102) the

EL3102 comprises two analogue input channels that transmit a single function status for the most recent cycle.

Status

• the bit significations may be found in the device documentation

• Perform an OnlineScan

In order for the higher-level PLC task (or corresponding control applications) to be able to rely on correct data, the function status must be evaluated there. Such information is therefore provided with the process data for the most recent cycle.

• other devices may supply more information, or none that is typical of a slave

For every EtherCAT Slave that has cyclic process data, the Master displays, using what is known as a WorkingCounter, whether the slave is participating successfully and without error in the cyclic exchange of process data. This important, elementary information is therefore provided for the most recent cycle in the System

Manager

WcState (Working Counter)

0: valid real-time communication in the last cycle

1: invalid real-time communication

This may possibly have effects on the process data of other Slaves that are located in the same SyncUnit

In order for the higher-level PLC task (or corresponding control applications) to be able to rely on correct data, the communication status of the EtherCAT Slave must be evaluated there. Such information is therefore provided with the process data for the most recent cycle.

1. at the EtherCAT Slave, and, with identical contents

2. as a collective variable at the

EtherCAT Master (see Point A) for linking.

Diagnostic information of the EtherCAT

Master which, while it is represented at the slave for linking, is actually determined by the Master for the Slave concerned and represented there. This information cannot be characterized as real-time, because it

State current Status (INIT..OP) of the

Slave. The Slave must be in OP

(=8) when operating normally.

AdsAddr

• is only rarely/never changed, except when the system starts up

• is itself determined acyclically (e.g.

EtherCAT Status)

The ADS address is useful for communicating from the PLC/task via ADS with the EtherCAT Slave, e.g. for reading/writing to the CoE.

The AMS-NetID of a slave corresponds to the AMS-NetID of the

EtherCAT Master; communication with the individual Slave is possible via the port (= EtherCAT address).

Information variables for the EtherCAT Master that are updated acyclically. This means that it is possible that in any particular cycle they do not represent the latest possible status. It is therefore possible to read such variables through ADS.

NOTE

Diagnostic information

It is strongly recommended that the diagnostic information made available is evaluated so that the application can react accordingly.

CoE Parameter Directory

The CoE parameter directory (CanOpen-over-EtherCAT) is used to manage the set values for the slave concerned. Changes may, in some circumstances, have to be made here when commissioning a relatively complex EtherCAT Slave. It can be accessed through the TwinCAT System Manager, see Fig. “EL3102,

CoE directory” :

EL34xx Version: 1.5

123

Commissioning

Fig. 139: EL3102, CoE directory

EtherCAT System Documentation

The comprehensive description in the EtherCAT System Documentation (EtherCAT Basics --> CoE

Interface) must be observed!

A few brief extracts:

• Whether changes in the online directory are saved locally in the slave depends on the device. EL terminals (except the EL66xx) are able to save in this way.

• The user must manage the changes to the StartUp list.

Commissioning aid in the TwinCAT System Manager

Commissioning interfaces are being introduced as part of an ongoing process for EL/EP EtherCAT devices.

These are available in TwinCAT System Managers from TwinCAT 2.11R2 and above. They are integrated into the System Manager through appropriately extended ESI configuration files.

124 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 140: Example of commissioning aid for a EL3204

This commissioning process simultaneously manages

• CoE Parameter Directory

• DC/FreeRun mode

• the available process data records (PDO)

Although the "Process Data", "DC", "Startup" and "CoE-Online" that used to be necessary for this are still displayed, it is recommended that, if the commissioning aid is used, the automatically generated settings are not changed by it.

The commissioning tool does not cover every possible application of an EL/EP device. If the available setting options are not adequate, the user can make the DC, PDO and CoE settings manually, as in the past.

EtherCAT State: automatic default behaviour of the TwinCAT System Manager and manual operation

After the operating power is switched on, an EtherCAT Slave must go through the following statuses

• INIT

• PREOP

• SAFEOP

• OP to ensure sound operation. The EtherCAT Master directs these statuses in accordance with the initialization routines that are defined for commissioning the device by the ES/XML and user settings (Distributed Clocks

(DC), PDO, CoE). See also the section on "Principles of

Communication, EtherCAT State Machine [ }  35] " in

this connection. Depending how much configuration has to be done, and on the overall communication, booting can take up to a few seconds.

The EtherCAT Master itself must go through these routines when starting, until it has reached at least the

OP target state.

The target state wanted by the user, and which is brought about automatically at start-up by TwinCAT, can be set in the System Manager. As soon as TwinCAT reaches the status RUN, the TwinCAT EtherCAT

Master will approach the target states.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

125

Commissioning

Standard setting

The advanced settings of the EtherCAT Master are set as standard:

• EtherCAT Master: OP

• Slaves: OP

This setting applies equally to all Slaves.

Fig. 141: Default behaviour of the System Manager

In addition, the target state of any particular Slave can be set in the "Advanced Settings" dialogue; the standard setting is again OP.

Fig. 142: Default target state in the Slave

126 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Manual Control

There are particular reasons why it may be appropriate to control the states from the application/task/PLC.

For instance:

• for diagnostic reasons

• to induce a controlled restart of axes

• because a change in the times involved in starting is desirable

In that case it is appropriate in the PLC application to use the PLC function blocks from the TcEtherCAT.lib

, which is available as standard, and to work through the states in a controlled manner using, for instance,

FB_EcSetMasterState .

It is then useful to put the settings in the EtherCAT Master to INIT for master and slave.

Fig. 143: PLC function blocks

Note regarding E-Bus current

EL/ES terminals are placed on the DIN rail at a coupler on the terminal strand. A Bus Coupler can supply the

EL terminals added to it with the E-bus system voltage of 5 V; a coupler is thereby loadable up to 2 A as a rule. Information on how much current each EL terminal requires from the E-bus supply is available online and in the catalogue. If the added terminals require more current than the coupler can supply, then power feed terminals (e.g. EL9410) must be inserted at appropriate places in the terminal strand.

The pre-calculated theoretical maximum E-Bus current is displayed in the TwinCAT System Manager as a column value. A shortfall is marked by a negative total amount and an exclamation mark; a power feed terminal is to be placed before such a position.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

127

Commissioning

Fig. 144: Illegally exceeding the E-Bus current

From TwinCAT 2.11 and above, a warning message "E-Bus Power of Terminal..." is output in the logger window when such a configuration is activated:

Fig. 145: Warning message for exceeding E-Bus current

NOTE

Caution! Malfunction possible!

The same ground potential must be used for the E-Bus supply of all EtherCAT terminals in a terminal block!

128 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6.4

Process data

6.4.1

Sync Manager

The scope of the process data offered can be viewed on the "Process data" tab.

The following figures show the assigned input process data objects (PDOs) of the EL34xx Sync Manager

(SM3) as examples.

Fig. 146: Process Data tab SM3, EL3423

EL34xx Version: 1.5

129

Commissioning

Fig. 147: Process Data tab SM3, EL3443

130 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 148: Process Data tab SM3, EL3453

EL34xx Version: 1.5

131

Commissioning

Fig. 149: Process Data tab SM3, EL3483

132 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Predefined PDO Assignment

The "Predefined PDO Assignment" enables a simplified selection of the process data. The desired function is selected on the lower part of the "Process Data" tab. As a result, all necessary PDOs are automatically activated and the unnecessary PDOs are deactivated.

The following PDO assignments are available:

EL3423

Name

Default

SM2, PDO assignment

-

SM3, PDO assignment

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A03 (L1 Energy)

Default + Statistics -

0x1A0A (L2 Status)

0x1A0D (L2 Energy)

0x1A14 (L3 Status)

0x1A17 (L3 Energy)

0x1A1E (Total Total Status)

0x1A21 (Total Total Active)

0x1A22 (Total Total Apparent)

0x1A23 (Total Total Reactive)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A03 (L1 Energy)

0x1A06 (L1 Statistic Voltage)

0x1A0A (L2 Status)

0x1A0D (L2 Energy)

0x1A10 (L2 Statistic Voltage)

0x1A14 (L3 Status)

0x1A17 (L3 Energy)

0x1A1A (L3 Statistic Voltage)

0x1A1E (Total Total Status)

0x1A20 (Total Total Advanced)

0x1A26 (Total Total Statistic Power)

0x1A27 (Total Total Statistic PQF)

0x1A28 (Total Total Interval Energy)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

133

Commissioning

EL3443

Name

Default

SM2, PDO assignment

-

Default + Variant 0x1600 (Total Outputs Device)

Advanced

Total Only

134

-

0x1600 (Total Outputs Device)

Version: 1.5

SM3, PDO assignment

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A01 (L1 Basic)

0x1A02 (L1 Power)

0x1A04 (L1 Timing)

0x1A0A (L2 Status)

0x1A0B (L2 Basic)

0x1A0C (L2 Power)

0x1A0E (L2 Timing)

0x1A14 (L3 Status)

0x1A15 (L3 Basic)

0x1A16 (L3 Power)

0x1A18 (L3 Timing)

0x1A1E (Total Total Status)

0x1A1F (Total Total Basic)

0x1A21 (Total Total Active)

0x1A24 (Total Total L-L Voltage)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A01 (L1 Basic)

0x1A02 (L1 Power)

0x1A04 (L1 Timing)

0x1A0A (L2 Status)

0x1A0B (L2 Basic)

0x1A0C (L2 Power)

0x1A0E (L2 Timing)

0x1A14 (L3 Status)

0x1A15 (L3 Basic)

0x1A16 (L3 Power)

0x1A18 (L3 Timing))

0x1A1E (Total Total Status)

0x1A1F (Total Total Basic)

0x1A25 (Total Variant Value In)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A01 (L1 Basic)

0x1A02 (L1 Power)

0x1A03 (L1 Energy)

0x1A04 (L1 Timing)

0x1A0A (L2 Status)

0x1A0B (L2 Basic)

0x1A0C (L2 Power)

0x1A0D (L2 Energy)

0x1A0E (L2 Timing)

0x1A14 (L3 Status)

0x1A15 (L3 Basic)

0x1A16 (L3 Power)

0x1A17 (L3 Energy)

0x1A18 (L3 Timing))

0x1A1E (Total Total Status)

0x1A1F (Total Total Basic)

0x1A20 (Total Total Advanced)

0x1A21 (Total Total Active)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A0A (L2 Status)

0x1A14 (L3 Status)

0x1A1E (Total Total Status)

0x1A1F (Total Total Basic)

0x1A20 (Total Total Advanced)

0x1A21 (Total Total Active)

0x1A22 (Total Total Apparent)

0x1A23 (Total Total Reactive)

0x1A24 (Total Total L-L Voltage)

0x1A25 (Total Variant Value In)

EL34xx

EL3443

Name

Classic

SM2, PDO assignment

0x1600 (Total Outputs Device)

Single Phase 0x1600 (Total Outputs Device)

0x1601 (Total Interval)

SM3, PDO assignment

0x1A26 (Total Total Statistic Power)

0x1A27 (Total Total Statistic PQF)

0x1A28 (Total Total Interval Energy)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A09 (L1 Classic)

0x1A0A (L2 Status)

0x1A13 (L2 Classic)

0x1A14 (L3 Status)

0x1A1D (L3 Classic)

0x1A1E (Total Total Status)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A01 (L1 Basic)

0x1A02 (L1 Power)

0x1A03 (L1 Energy)

0x1A04 (L1 Timing)

0x1A06 (L1 Statistic Voltage)

0x1A1E (Total Total Status)

0x1A1F (Total Total Basic)

0x1A25 (Total Variant Value In)

0x1A28 (Total Total Interval Energy)

Commissioning

EL34xx Version: 1.5

135

Commissioning

EL3453

Name

Default

Default + Variant

Advanced

Total Only

Classic

Single Phase

136

SM2, PDO assignment

-

0x1600 (Total Variant Value Out)

-

0x1600 (Total Variant Value Out)

0x1600 (Total Variant Value Out)

0x1600 (Total Outputs Device)

0x1601 (Total Interval)

Version: 1.5

SM3, PDO assignment

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A01 (L1 Basic)

0x1A02 (L1 Power)

0x1A0C (L2 Status)

0x1A0D (L2 Basic)

0x1A0E (L2 Power)

0x1A18 (L3 Status)

0x1A19 (L3 Basic)

0x1A1A (L3 Power)

0x1A24 (Total Status)

0x1A25 (Total Basic)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A01 (L1 Basic)

0x1A02 (L1 Power)

0x1A0C (L2 Status)

0x1A0D (L2 Basic)

0x1A0E (L2 Power)

0x1A18 (L3 Status)

0x1A19 (L3 Basic)

0x1A1A (L3 Power)

0x1A24 (Total Status)

0x1A25 (Total Basic)

0x1A2E (Total Variant Value In)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A01 (L1 Basic)

0x1A02 (L1 Power)

0x1A07 (L1 Advanced)

0x1A0C (L2 Status)

0x1A0D (L2 Basic)

0x1A0E (L2 Power)

0x1A13 (L2 Advanced)

0x1A18 (L3 Status)

0x1A19 (L3 Basic)

0x1A1A (L3 Power)

0x1A1F (L3 Advanced)

0x1A24 (Total Status)

0x1A25 (Total Basic)

0x1A26 (Total Advanced)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A0C (L2 Status)

0x1A18 (L3 Status)

0x1A24(Total Status)

0x1A25 (Total Basic)

0x1A26(Total Advanced)

0x1A27(Active)

0x1A29 (Total Apparent)

0x1A2B (Total Reactive)

0x1A2E (Total Variant Value In)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A0B (L1 Classic)

0x1A0C (L2 Status)

0x1A17 (L2 Classic)

0x1A18 (L3 Status)

0x1A23 (L3 Classic)

0x1A2E (Total Variant Value In)

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A01 (L1 Basic)

0x1A02 (L1 Power)

0x1A06 (L1 Timing)

EL34xx

EL3453

Name

EL3483

Name

Default

SM2, PDO assignment

SM2, PDO assignment

-

SM3, PDO assignment

0x1A07 (L1 Advanced)

0x1A24 (Total Status)

SM3, PDO assignment

0x1A00 (L1 Status)

0x1A0A (L2 Status)

0x1A14 (L3 Status)

0x1A1E (Total Total Status)

0x1A20 (Total Total Advanced)

Commissioning

6.4.2

Settings

"Settings" Tab

Fig. 150: "Settings" tab

The "Settings" tab provides direct access to the most important configuration objects in the object data dictionary. It facilitates the terminal configuration.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

137

Commissioning

The Import/Export button can be used to save and reload existing settings.

Confirmation of variable output values 1 - 4

(PDOs: PMX Variant Value In, Subindex "Index" [0xF60A:12 [ }  189], 0xF60A:14 [ }  189], 0xF60A:16

[ }  189], 0xF60A:18 [ }  189]])

The calculated values can be output on the PDOs: PMX Variant Value In, Subindex "Variant value

In" [0xF60A:12, 0xF60A:14, 0xF60A:16, 0xF60A:18].

To this end, the corresponding values for the measured value to be output should be entered in the PDOs:

PMX Variant Value Out, Subindex "PMX Variant Value Out" [ 0xF700:11 [ }  191] , 0xF700:12 [ }  191]

,

0xF700:13

[ }  191]

,

0xF700:14 [ }  191]

].

138 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8

9

Assignment of variable output values plus channel offset (256 for channel 1; 512 for channel 2 or 768 for channel 3)

Values (dec),

Entry in PDOs: PMX

Variant Value In Index

1-3 REAL

[0xF700:11, 0xF700:12.]

0xF700:13]

Values (dec),

Entry in PDOs: PMX

Variant Value In

Index 4 ULINT

[0xF700:14]

Meaning Unit Description

1 (Examp.: 257 = 1 + 256 for ch. 1)

U RMS V RMS value of the voltage

2 (Examp.: 770 = 2 + 768 for ch. 3)

-

4

5

-

3

-

-

U peak

U Last Zero Cross

U RMS Minimum

U RMS Maximum

V

V

V

V

Peak value of the instantaneous voltage in the last interval

DC time of the penultimate voltage zero crossing

Minimum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval

Maximum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval

6 ULL V

-

11

12

32

33

34

35

36*

17

21

22

23

26

27

28

29

30*

-

-

10*

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

I RMS

I peak

I Last Zero Cross

I RMS Minimum

I RMS Maximum

Frequency

Phi

Cos phi

Power Factor

P

Pavg

Pmin

Pmax

Pfund

S

Savg

Smin

Smax

Sfund

A

A ns

A

A

Hz

°

-

-

W

W

W

W

W

VA

VA

VA

VA

VA

RMS value of the phase-to-phase voltage

(Channel 1: U_L1L2; Channel 1: U_L2L3;

Channel 3: U_L3L1)

RMS value of the current

Peak value of the instantaneous current in the last interval

DC time of the last current zero crossing

Minimum RMS value of the current in the last interval

Maximum RMS value of the current in the last interval

Frequency of this phase

Phase angle of the fundamental wave

Cosine of the fundamental wave phase angle

Power factor

Active power

Average active power during the last interval

Minimum active power in the last interval

Maximum active power in the last interval

Fundamental wave active power in the last interval

Apparent power

Average apparent power during the last interval

Minimum apparent power in last interval

Minimum apparent power in last interval

Fundamental wave apparent power in the last interval

38

39

40

41

42*

-

-

-

-

-

Q

Qavg

Qmin

Qmax

Qfund

Var

Var

Var

Var

Var

Reactive power

Average reactive power average during the last interval

Minimum reactive power in the last interval

Maximum reactive power in the last interval

Fundamental wave reactive power in last interval

Recorded active energy

Received active energy

Supplied active energy

Apparent energy 51

52

53

57

58

45

46

47

59

63*

64*

65*

69*

EP

EP pos

EP neg

ES

ES pos

ES neg

EQ

EQ pos

EQ neg

EP_fund

EP pos_fund

EP neg_fund

ES _fund mhW mhW mhW mhW mhW mhW mhW mhW mhW mhW mhW mhW mhW

Reactive energy

Balanced fundamental wave active energy

Related fundamental wave active energy

Input fundamental wave active energy

Fundamental wave apparent energy

EL34xx Version: 1.5

139

Commissioning

-

-

95

-

-

-

Assignment of variable output values plus channel offset (256 for channel 1; 512 for channel 2 or 768 for channel 3)

Values (dec),

Entry in PDOs: PMX

Variant Value In Index

1-3 REAL

[0xF700:11, 0xF700:12.]

0xF700:13]

Values (dec),

Entry in PDOs: PMX

Variant Value In

Index 4 ULINT

[0xF700:14]

Meaning Unit Description

70*

71*

75*

ES pos_fund

ES neg_fund

EQ _fund mhW mhW mhW

76*

77*

EQ pos_fund

EQ neg_fund

THD_U mhW mhW

Balanced fundamental wave reactive energy

Inductive fundamental wave reactive energy

Capacitive fundamental wave reactive energy

98

99

100-141

- 163*

RMS_fund_U

F_Ref_U

Harmonics U 0 to

41 up to 63*

"Total Harmonic Distortion" is the distortion factor of the voltage. It indicates the ratio of the harmonic components of an oscillation relative to its fundamental.

Amplitude of the fundamental wave V

Hz Reference frequency of the voltage harmonic:

Specifies the underlying fundamental frequency, e.g.: 50 or 60 Hz.

% of the fundamental wave

0 => DC component

1 => fundamental wave

2=> 2nd harmonic

165

166

168

169

170-211

- 233*

THD_I

TDD_I

RMS_fund_I

F_Ref_I

Harmonics I 0 to 41 up to 63*

-

3=> 3rd harmonic

"Total Harmonic Distortion" is the distortion factor of the current. It indicates the ratio of the harmonic components of an oscillation relative to its fundamental.

% of the maximum current

"Total Demand Distortion" indicates the ratio between the current harmonics and the maximum current (EL3443: 1A and EL3443-0010:

5A)

A

Hz

Amplitude of the fundamental wave

Reference frequency of the current harmonic:

Specifies the underlying fundamental frequency, e.g.: 50 or 60 Hz.

% of the fundamental wave

0 => DC component

1 => fundamental wave

2=> 2nd harmonic

255 Error: INDEX not valid

-

3=> 3rd harmonic

Error message: The selected index is not available.

Values with star* are only available in the EL3453.

140 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

1059 (= 1024 + 35)

1062 (= 1024 + 38)

1063 (= 1024 + 39)

1064 (= 1024 + 40)

1065 (= 1024 + 41)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1094 (= 1024 + 70)

1095 (= 1024 + 71)

1096 (= 1024 + 72)

1104 (= 1024 + 80)

1105 (= 1024 + 81)

1106 (= 1024 + 82)

1107 (= 1024 + 83)

Assignment of variable output values across all channels

Values (dec),

Entry in PDOs: PMX

Variant Value In Index

1-3 REAL

[0xF700:11, 0xF700:12,

0xF700:13]

Values (dec),

Entry in PDOs: PMX

Variant Value In

Index 4 ULINT

[0xF700:14]

Meaning

1032 (= 1024 + 8)

1033 (= 1024 + 9)*

-

-

In RMS

In peak

1035 (= 1024 + 11)*

1036 (= 1024 + 12)*

-

-

In RMS Minimum

Unit

A

A

A

In RMS Maximum A

1041 (= 1024 + 17)*

1047 (= 1024 + 23)

1050 (= 1024 + 26)

1051 (= 1024 + 27)

1052 (= 1024 + 28)

1053 (= 1024 + 29)

1056 (= 1024 + 32)

1057 (= 1024 + 33)

1058 (= 1024 + 34)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Frequency

Power Factor

Ptot

Ptotavg

Ptotmin

Ptotmax

Stot

Stotavg

Stotmin

W

W

VA

VA

VA

Hz

-

W

W

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1069 (= 1024 + 45)

1070 (= 1024 + 46)

1071 (= 1024 + 47)

1072 (= 1024 + 48)

1073 (= 1024 + 49)

1074 (= 1024 + 50)

1075 (= 1024 + 51)

1076 (= 1024 + 52)

1077 (= 1024 + 53)

1078 (= 1024 + 54)

1079 (= 1024 + 55)

-

-

-

1080 (= 1024 + 56)

1081 (= 1024 + 57)

1082 (= 1024 + 58)

1083 (= 1024 + 59)

1084 (= 1024 + 60)

1085 (= 1024 + 61)

1086 (= 1024 + 62)

Stotmax

Qtot

Qtotavg

Qtotmin

Qtotmax

Var

Var

Eptot

EPtot pos

EPtot neg

Eptot_intervall mWh mWh mWh mWh

EPtot pos_intervall mWh

EPtot neg_intervall mWh

EStot

EStot pos mWh mWh

EStot neg

EStot_intervall mWh mWh

EStot pos_intervall mWh

EStot neg_intervall mWh

EQtot mWh

EQtot pos

EQtot neg mWh mWh

EQtot_intervall mWh

EQtot pos_intervall mWh

EQtot neg_intervall mWh

PhiL1L2

PhiL1L3

Unbalance

°

°

-

PQF

PQF Avg

-

-

PQF Min

PQF Max

-

-

VA

Var

Var

EL34xx Version: 1.5

Description

Calculated RMS value of the neutral current

Highest peak value of the instantaneous current in the last interval

Smallest effective value of the current in the last interval

Largest effective value of the current in the last interval

Frequency of the PDO value set via CoE (see reference channel of frequency measurement)

Total power factor over all phases

Total active power

Average total active power during the last interval

Minimum total active power in the last interval

Maximum total active power in the last interval

Total apparent power

Average total apparent power during the last interval

Minimum total apparent power in the last interval

Maximum total apparent power in the last interval

Total reactive power

Average total reactive power during the last interval

Minimum total reactive power in the last interval

Maximum total reactive power in the last interval

Balanced total active energy

Related total active energy

Input total active energy

Balanced total active energy in last interval

Total active energy related in the last interval

Input total active energy the last interval

Total apparent energy

Total apparent energy in the last interval

Total reactive energy

Total reactive energy in the last interval

Phase shift angle between phase L1 and L2

Phase shift angle between phase L1 and L3

Ratio between negative and positive voltage system

Power quality factor

Average value of the power quality factor during the last interval

Minimum power quality factor in the last interval

Maximum power quality factor in the last interval

141

Commissioning

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Assignment of variable output values across all channels

Values (dec),

Entry in PDOs: PMX

Variant Value In Index

1-3 REAL

[0xF700:11, 0xF700:12,

0xF700:13]

Values (dec),

Entry in PDOs: PMX

Variant Value In

Index 4 ULINT

[0xF700:14]

Meaning

1107 (= 1024 + 83) PQF Max

1124 (= 1024 + 100)*

1125 (= 1024 + 101)*

1126 (= 1024 + 102)*

1127 (= 1024 + 103)*

1128 (= 1024 + 104)*

1129 (= 1024 + 105)*

1130 (= 1024 + 106)*

1131 (= 1024 + 107)*

1132 (= 1024 + 108)*

1133 (= 1024 + 109)*

1134 (= 1024 + 110)*

1135 (= 1024 + 111)*

Unit

-

Eptot_fund

EPtot_fund pos

EPtot_fund neg

Eptot_fund _intervall

EPtot_fund pos_intervall

EPtot_fund neg_intervall

EStot_fund

EStot_fund pos

EStot_fund neg

EStot_fund _intervall

EStot_fund pos_intervall

EStot_fund neg_intervall

EQtot_fund mWh mWh mWh mWh mWh mWh mWh mWh mWh mWh mWh mWh mWh 1136 (= 1024 + 112)*

1137 (= 1024 + 113)*

1138 (= 1024 + 114)*

EQtot_fund pos

EQtot_fund neg mWh mWh

1139 (= 1024 + 115)*

1154 (= 1024 + 130)*

1155 (= 1024 + 131)*

1140 (= 1024 + 116)*

1141 (= 1024 + 117)*

-

-

EQtot_fund _intervall

EQtot_fund pos_intervall

EQtot_fund neg_intervall

Ptot_fund

Ptotavg_fund mWh mWh mWh

W

W

1156 (= 1024 + 132)*

1157 (= 1024 + 133)*

1160 (= 1024 + 136)*

1161 (= 1024 + 137)*

1162 (= 1024 + 138)*

1163 (= 1024 + 139)*

1166 (= 1024 + 142)*

1167 (= 1024 + 143)*

1168 (= 1024 + 144)*

1169 (= 1024 + 145)*

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Ptotmin_fund

Ptotmax_fund

Stot_fund

Stotavg_fund

Stotmin_fund

Stotmax_fund

Qtot_fund

Qtotavg_fund

Qtotmin_fund

Qtotmax_fund

VA

VA

Var

Var

W

W

VA

VA

Var

Var

Values with star* are only available in the EL3453.

Description

Maximum power quality factor in the last interval

Balanced total fundamental wave active energy

Received total fundamental wave active energy

Supplied total fundamental wave active energy

Balanced total fundamental wave active energy in the last interval

Received total fundamental wave active energy in the last interval

Supplied total fundamental wave active energy in the last interval

Total fundamental wave apparent energy

Total fundamental wave apparent energy in the last interval

Balanced total fundamental wave reactive energy

Inductive total fundamental wave reactive energy

Capacitive total fundamental wave reactive energy

Balanced total fundamental wave reactive energy in the last interval

Inductive total fundamental wave reactive energy in the last interval

Capacitive total fundamental wave reactive energy in the last interval

Total fundamental wave active power

Total fundamental wave average active power during last interval

Total fundamental wave minimum active power in the last interval

Total fundamental wave maximum active power in the last interval

Total fundamental wave apparent power

Total fundamental wave average apparent power during last interval

Total fundamental wave minimum apparent powerin the last interval

Total fundamental wave maximum apparent power in the last interval

Total fundamental wave reactive power

Total fundamental wave avarage reactive power during last interval

Total fundamental wave minimum reactive power during last interval

Total fundamental wave maximum reactive power during last interval

142 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Reference channel for the frequency measurement (index 0xF800:11 [ }  159] and index 0xF800:13

[ }  159])

The EL34xx can measure the frequency for a voltage path input signal and a current path input signal. CoE objects "Reference" and "Frequency Source" (F800:11 and F800:13) can be used to set which frequency is to be output as PDO.

Default: Voltage at channel 1

Power quality factor setting

To adapt the power quality factor to your mains supply, enter the nominal voltage and frequency in CoE object "

0xF801 PMX Total Settings PQF [ }  159]

". This can also be done via the "Settings" tab, which summarizes all the important terminal setting options in a user-friendly manner.

6.4.3

Timestamp Distributed Clocks

The terminal transfers the time of the voltage zero crossing as timestamp to objects

0x6006:12 [ }  186]

(channel 1), 0x6016:12 [ }  186] (channel 2) or 0x6026:12 [ }  186] (channel 3),  if the corresponding indices

0x1A04 [ }  198]

,

0x1A0E [ }  198] or 0x1A18 [ }  198] are enabled.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

143

Commissioning

6.5

Scaling factors

If no floating point numbers can be used, the EL3443 can be operated in "Classic" mode, in which only integer values are transferred. The following overview shows the scaling factors required to calculate the actual values from the raw process data values.

If the transformer ratios are not stored in the terminal memory, they must also be subsequently calculated in the PLC.

If the transformer ratios are stored in the CoE (Index 80n0 PMX Settings) of the terminal, these can be skipped as scaling factors in the PLC.

Scaling factors for the "Classic" mode of the EL3443-00xx

Values

Current

Voltage

Active power

Apparent power

Reactive power

Energy

Frequency

Calculation

Raw values x 0.0001 A x current transformer ratio

Raw values x 0.001 V x voltage transformer ratio

Raw values x 0.001 W x current and voltage transformer ratio

Raw values x 0.001 VA x current and voltage transformer ratio

Raw values x 0.001 VA x current and voltage transformer ratio

Raw values x 0.001 Wh x current and voltage transformer ratio

Raw values x 0.001 Hz

144 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6.6

Notices on analog specifications

Beckhoff I/O devices (terminals, boxes, modules) with analog inputs are characterized by a number of technical characteristic data; refer to the technical data in the respective documents.

Some explanations are given below for the correct interpretation of these characteristic data.

6.6.1

Full scale value (FSV)

An I/O device with an analog input measures over a nominal measuring range that is limited by an upper and a lower limit (initial value and end value); these can usually be taken from the device designation.

The range between the two limits is called the measuring span and corresponds to the equation (end value initial value). Analogous to pointing devices this is the measuring scale (see IEC 61131) or also the dynamic range.

For analog I/O devices from Beckhoff the rule is that the limit with the largest value is chosen as the full scale value of the respective product (also called the reference value) and is given a positive sign. This applies to both symmetrical and asymmetrical measuring spans.

Fig. 151: Full scale value, measuring span

For the above examples this means:

• Measuring range 0...10 V: asymmetric unipolar, full scale value = 10 V, measuring span = 10 V

• Measuring range 4...20 mA: asymmetric unipolar, full scale value = 20 mA, measuring span = 16 mA

• Measuring range -200...1370°C: asymmetric bipolar, full scale value = 1370°C, measuring span = 1570°C

• Measuring range -10...+10 V: symmetric bipolar, full scale value = 10 V, measuring span = 20 V

This applies to analog output terminals/ boxes (and related Beckhoff product groups).

6.6.2

Measuring error/ measurement deviation

The relative measuring error (% of the full scale value) is referenced to the full scale value and is calculated as the quotient of the largest numerical deviation from the true value (‘measuring error’) referenced to the full scale value.

The measuring error is generally valid for the entire permitted operating temperature range, also called the

‘usage error limit’ and contains random and systematic portions of the referred device (i.e. ‘all’ influences such as temperature, inherent noise, aging, etc.).

It is always to be regarded as a positive/negative span with ±, even if it is specified without ± in some cases.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

145

Commissioning

The maximum deviation can also be specified directly.

Example : Measuring range 0...10 V and measuring error < ± 0.3 % full scale value → maximum deviation ±

30 mV in the permissible operating temperature range.

Lower measuring error

Since this specification also includes the temperature drift, a significantly lower measuring error can usually be assumed in case of a constant ambient temperature of the device and thermal stabilization after a user calibration.

This applies to analog output devices.

6.6.3

Temperature coefficient tK [ppm/K]

An electronic circuit is usually temperature dependent to a greater or lesser degree. In analog measurement technology this means that when a measured value is determined by means of an electronic circuit, its deviation from the "true" value is reproducibly dependent on the ambient/operating temperature.

A manufacturer can alleviate this by using components of a higher quality or by software means.

The temperature coefficient, when indicated, specified by Beckhoff allows the user to calculate the expected measuring error outside the basic accuracy at 23 °C.

Due to the extensive uncertainty considerations that are incorporated in the determination of the basic accuracy (at 23 °C), Beckhoff recommends a quadratic summation.

Example: Let the basic accuracy at 23 °C be ±0.01% typ. (full scale value), tK = 20 ppm/K typ.; the accuracy

A35 at 35 °C is wanted, hence ΔT = 12 K

Remarks: ppm ≙ 10 -6 % ≙ 10 -2

146 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6.6.4

Single-ended/differential typification

For analog inputs Beckhoff makes a basic distinction between two types: single-ended (SE) and differential

(DIFF) , referring to the difference in electrical connection with regard to the potential difference.

The diagram shows two-channel versions of an SE module and a DIFF module as examples for all multichannel versions.

Fig. 152: SE and DIFF module as 2-channel version

Note: Dashed lines indicate that the respective connection may not necessarily be present in each SE or

DIFF module. Electrical isolated channels are operating as differential type in general, hence there is no direct relation (voltaic) to ground within the module established at all. Indeed, specified information to recommended and maximum voltage levels have to be taken into account.

The basic rule:

• Analog measurements always take the form of voltage measurements between two potential points.

For voltage measurements a large R is used, in order to ensure a high impedance. For current measurements a small R is used as shunt. If the purpose is resistance measurement, corresponding considerations are applied.

◦ Beckhoff generally refers to these two points as input+/signal potential and input-/reference potential.

◦ For measurements between two potential points two potentials have to be supplied.

◦ Regarding the terms "single-wire connection" or "three-wire connection", please note the following for pure analog measurements: three- or four-wire connections can be used for sensor supply, but are not involved in the actual analog measurement, which always takes place between two potentials/wires.

In particular this also applies to SE, even though the term suggest that only one wire is required.

• The term "electrical isolation" should be clarified in advance.

Beckhoff IO modules feature 1..8 or more analog channels; with regard to the channel connection a distinction is made in terms of:

◦ how the channels WITHIN a module relate to each other, or

◦ how the channels of SEVERAL modules relate to each other.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

147

Commissioning

The property of electrical isolation indicates whether the channels are directly connected to each other.

◦ Beckhoff terminals/ boxes (and related product groups) always feature electrical isolation between the field/analog side and the bus/EtherCAT side. In other words, if two analog terminals/ boxes are not connected via the power contacts (cable), the modules are effectively electrically isolated.

◦ If channels within a module are electrically isolated, or if a single-channel module has no power contacts, the channels are effectively always differential. See also explanatory notes below.

Differential channels are not necessarily electrically isolated.

• Analog measuring channels are subject to technical limits, both in terms of the recommended operating range (continuous operation) and the destruction limit. Please refer to the respective terminal/ box documentation for further details.

Explanation

• differential (DIFF)

◦ Differential measurement is the most flexible concept. The user can freely choose both connection points, input+/signal potential and input-/reference potential, within the framework of the technical specification.

◦ A differential channel can also be operated as SE, if the reference potential of several sensors is linked. This interconnection may take place via the system GND.

◦ Since a differential channel is configured symmetrically internally (cf. Fig. SE and DIFF module as

2-channel variant), there will be a mid-potential (X) between the two supplied potentials that is the same as the internal ground/reference ground for this channel. If several DIFF channels are used in a module without electrical isolation, the technical property V

CM

(common-mode voltage) indicates the degree to which the mean voltage of the channels may differ.

◦ The internal reference ground may be accessible as connection point at the terminal/ box, in order to stabilize a defined GND potential in the terminal/ box. In this case it is particularly important to pay attention to the quality of this potential (noiselessness, voltage stability). At this GND point a wire may be connected to make sure that V

CM,max

is not exceeded in the differential sensor cable.

If differential channels are not electrically isolated, usually only one V

CM, max

is permitted. If the channels are electrically isolated this limit should not apply, and the channels voltages may differ up to the specified separation limit.

◦ Differential measurement in combination with correct sensor wiring has the special advantage that any interference affecting the sensor cable (ideally the feed and return line are arranged side by side, so that interference signals have the same effect on both wires) has very little effect on the measurement, since the potential of both lines varies jointly (hence the term common mode). In simple terms: Common-mode interference has the same effect on both wires in terms of amplitude and phasing.

◦ Nevertheless, the suppression of common-mode interference within a channel or between channels is subject to technical limits, which are specified in the technical data.

◦ Further helpfully information on this topic can be found on the documentation page Configuration of 0/4..20 mA differential inputs (see documentation for the EL30xx terminals, for example).

• Single Ended (SE)

◦ If the analog circuit is designed as SE, the input/reference wire is internally fixed to a certain potential that cannot be changed. This potential must be accessible from outside on at least one point for connecting the reference potential, e.g. via the power contacts (cable).

◦ In other words, in situations with several channels SE offers users the option to avoid returning at least one of the two sensor cables to the terminal/ box (in contrast to DIFF). Instead, the reference wire can be consolidated at the sensors, e.g. in the system GND.

◦ A disadvantage of this approach is that the separate feed and return line can result in voltage/ current variations, which a SE channel may no longer be able to handle. See common-mode interference. A V

CM

effect cannot occur, since the module channels are internally always 'hardwired' through the input/reference potential.

148 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Typification of the 2/3/4-wire connection of current sensors

Current transducers/sensors/field devices (referred to in the following simply as ‘sensor’) with the industrial

0/4-20 mA interface typically have internal transformation electronics for the physical measured variable

(temperature, current, etc.) at the current control output. These internal electronics must be supplied with energy (voltage, current). The type of cable for this supply thus separates the sensors into self-supplied or externally supplied sensors:

Self-supplied sensors

• The sensor draws the energy for its own operation via the sensor/signal cable + and -.

So that enough energy is always available for the sensor’s own operation and open-circuit detection is possible, a lower limit of 4 mA has been specified for the 4-20 mA interface; i.e. the sensor allows a minimum current of 4 mA and a maximum current of 20 mA to pass.

• 2-wire connection see Fig. 2-wire connection , cf. IEC60381-1

• Such current transducers generally represent a current sink and thus like to sit between + and – as a

‘variable load’. Refer also to the sensor manufacturer’s information.

Fig. 153: 2-wire connection

Therefore, they are to be connected according to the Beckhoff terminology as follows: preferably to ‘single-ended’ inputs if the +Supply connections of the terminal/ box are also to be used connect to +Supply and Signal they can, however, also be connected to ‘differential’ inputs , if the termination to GND is then manufactured on the application side – to be connected with the right polarity to +Signal and –Signal

It is important to refer to the information page Configuration of 0/4..20 mA differential inputs (see documentation for the EL30xx terminals, for example)!

Externally supplied sensors

• 3- and 4-wire connection see Fig. Connection of externally supplied sensors , cf. IEC60381-1

• the sensor draws the energy/operating voltage for its own operation from 2 supply cables of its own.

One or two further sensor cables are used for the signal transmission of the current loop:

◦ 1 sensor cable: according to the Beckhoff terminology such sensors are to be connected to

‘single-ended’ inputs in 3 cables with +/-/Signal lines and if necessary FE/shield

◦ 2 sensor cables: for sensors with 4-wire connection based on +supply/-supply/+signal/-signal, check whether +signal can be connected to +supply or –signal to –supply.

- Yes: then you can connect accordingly to a Beckhoff ‘single-ended’ input .

- No: the Beckhoff ‘differential’ input for +Signal and –Signal is to be selected; +Supply and –

Supply are to be connected via additional cables.

It is important to refer to the information page Configuration of 0/4..20 mA differential inputs

(see documentation for the EL30xx terminals, for example)!

Note: expert organizations such as NAMUR demand a usable measuring range <4 mA/>20 mA for error detection and adjustment, see also NAMUR NE043.

The Beckhoff device documentation must be consulted in order to see whether the respective device supports such an extended signal range.

Usually there is an internal diode existing within unipolar terminals/ boxes (and related product groups), in this case the polarity/direction of current have to be observed.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

149

Commissioning

Fig. 154: Connection of externally supplied sensors

Classification of the Beckhoff terminals/ boxes - Beckhoff 0/4-20 mA terminals/ boxes (and related product groups) are available as differential and single-ended terminals/ boxes (and related product groups):

Single-ended

EL3x4x: 0-20 mA, EL3x5x: 4-20 mA; KL and related product groups exactly the same

Preferred current direction because of internal diode

Designed for the connection of externally-supplied sensors with a

3/4-wire connection

Designed for the connection of self-supplied sensors with a 2-wire connection

Differential

EL3x1x: 0-20 mA, EL3x2x: 4-20 mA; KL and related product groups exactly the same

Preferred current direction because of internal diode

The terminal/ box is a passive differential current measuring device; passive means that the sensor is not supplied with power.

150 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Single-ended Differential

Commissioning

Fig. 155: 2-, 3- and 4-wire connection at single-ended and differential inputs

EL34xx Version: 1.5

151

Commissioning

6.6.5

Common-mode voltage and reference ground (based on differential inputs)

Common-mode voltage (V cm

) is defined as the average value of the voltages of the individual connections/ inputs and is measured/specified against reference ground.

Fig. 156: Common-mode voltage (V cm

)

The definition of the reference ground is important for the definition of the permitted common-mode voltage range and for measurement of the common-mode rejection ratio (CMRR) for differential inputs.

The reference ground is also the potential against which the input resistance and the input impedance for single-ended inputs or the common-mode resistance and the common-mode impedance for differential inputs is measured.

The reference ground is usually accessible at or near the terminal/ box, e.g. at the terminal contacts, power contacts (cable) or a mounting rail. Please refer to the documentation regarding positioning. The reference ground should be specified for the device under consideration.

For multi-channel terminals/ boxes with resistive (=direct, ohmic, galvanic) or capacitive connection between the channels, the reference ground should preferably be the symmetry point of all channels, taking into account the connection resistances.

Reference ground samples for Beckhoff IO devices:

1. Internal AGND fed out: EL3102/EL3112, resistive connection between the channels

2. 0V power contact: EL3104/EL3114, resistive connection between the channels and AGND; AGND connected to 0V power contact with low-resistance

3. Earth or SGND (shield GND):

◦ EL3174-0002: Channels have no resistive connection between each other, although they are capacitively coupled to SGND via leakage capacitors

◦ EL3314: No internal ground fed out to the terminal points, although capacitive coupling to SGND

6.6.6

Dielectric strength

A distinction should be made between:

• Dielectric strength (destruction limit): Exceedance can result in irreversible changes to the electronics

◦ Against a specified reference ground

◦ Differential

• Recommended operating voltage range: If the range is exceeded, it can no longer be assumed that the system operates as specified

◦ Against a specified reference ground

◦ Differential

152 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 157: Recommended operating voltage range

The device documentation may contain particular specifications and timings, taking into account:

• Self-heating

• Rated voltage

• Insulating strength

• Edge steepness of the applied voltage or holding periods

• Normative environment (e.g. PELV)

6.6.7

Temporal aspects of analog/digital conversion

The conversion of the constant electrical input signal to a value-discrete digital and machine-readable form takes place in the analog Beckhoff EL/KL/EP input modules with ADC (analog digital converter). Although different ADC technologies are in use, from a user perspective they all have a common characteristic: after the conversion a certain digital value is available in the controller for further processing. This digital value, the so-called analog process data, has a fixed temporal relationship with the “original parameter”, i.e. the electrical input value. Therefore, corresponding temporal characteristic data can be determined and specified for Beckhoff analogue input devices.

This process involves several functional components, which act more or less strongly in every AI (analog input) module:

• the electrical input circuit

• the analog/digital conversion

• the digital further processing

• the final provision of the process and diagnostic data for collection at the fieldbus (EtherCAT, K‑bus, etc.)

Fig. 158: Signal processing analog input

Two aspects are crucial from a user perspective:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

153

Commissioning

• “How often do I receive new values?”, i.e. a sampling rate in terms of speed with regard to the device/ channel

• What delay does the (whole) AD conversion of the device/channel cause?

I.e. the hardware and firmware components in its entirety. For technological reasons, the signal characteristics must be taken into account when determining this information: the run times through the system differ, depending on the signal frequency.

This is the “external” view of the “Beckhoff AI channel” system – internally the signal delay in particular is composed of different components: hardware, amplifier, conversion itself, data transport and processing.

Internally a higher sampling rate may be used (e.g. in the deltaSigma converters) than is offered “externally” from the user perspective. From a user perspective of the “Beckhoff AI channel” component this is usually irrelevant or is specified accordingly, if it is relevant for the function.

For Beckhoff AI devices the following specification parameters for the AI channel are available for the user from a temporal perspective:

1. Minimum conversion time [ms, µs]

This is the reciprocal value of the maximum sampling rate [sps, samples per second]:

Indicates how often the analog channel makes a newly detected process data value available for collection by the fieldbus. Whether the fieldbus (EtherCAT, K-bus) fetches the value with the same speed (i.e.

synchronous), or more quickly (if the AI channel operates in slow FreeRun mode) or more slowly (e.g. with oversampling), is then a question of the fieldbus setting and which modes the AI device supports.

For EtherCAT devices the so-called toggle bit indicates (by toggling) for the diagnostic PDOs when a newly determined analog value is available.

Accordingly, a maximum conversion time, i.e. a smallest sampling rate supported by the AI device, can be specified.

Corresponds to IEC 61131-2, section 7.10.2 2, “Sampling repeat time”

2. Typical signal delay

Corresponds to IEC 61131-2, section 7.10.2 1, “Sampling duration”. From this perspective it includes all internal hardware and firmware components, but not “external” delay components from the fieldbus or the controller (TwinCAT).

This delay is particularly relevant for absolute time considerations, if AI channels also provide a time stamp that corresponds to the amplitude value – which can be assumed to match the physically prevailing amplitude value at the time.

Due to the frequency-dependent signal delay time, a dedicated value can only be specified for a given signal. The value also depends on potentially variable filter settings of the channel.

A typical characterization in the device documentation may be:

2.1 Signal delay (step response)

Keywords: Settling time

The square wave signal can be generated externally with a frequency generator (note impedance!)

The 90 % limit is used as detection threshold.

The signal delay [ms, µs] is then the time interval between the (ideal) electrical square wave signal and the time at which the analog process value has reached the 90 % amplitude.

154 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Fig. 159: Diagram signal delay (step response)

2.2 Signal delay (linear)

Keyword: Group delay

Describes the delay of a signal with constant frequency

A test signal can be generated externally with a frequency generator, e.g. as sawtooth or sine. A simultaneous square wave signal would be used as reference.

The signal delay [ms, µs] is then the interval between the applied electrical signal with a particular amplitude and the moment at which the analog process value reaches the same value.

A meaningful range must be selected for the test frequency, e.g. 1/20 of the maximum sampling rate.

Fig. 160: Diagram signal delay (linear)

3. Additional Information

May be provided in the specification, e.g.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

155

Commissioning

• Actual sampling rate of the ADC (if different from the channel sampling rate)

• Time correction values for run times with different filter settings

• etc.

156 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6.7

Object description and parameterization

EtherCAT XML Device Description

The display matches that of the CoE objects from the EtherCAT XML Device Description. We recommend downloading the latest XML file from the download area of the Beckhoff website and installing it according to installation instructions.

Parameterization via the CoE list (CAN over EtherCAT)

The EtherCAT device is parameterized via the CoE - Online tab [ }  116] (double-click on the respec-

tive object) or via the

Process Data tab [ }  113] (allocation of PDOs). Please note the following gen-

eral CoE notes [ }  37]

when using/manipulating the CoE parameters:

- Keep a startup list if components have to be replaced

- Differentiation between online/offline dictionary, existence of current XML description

- use “CoE reload” for resetting changes

Introduction

The CoE overview contains objects for different intended applications:

• Objects required for parameterization during commissioning:

◦ Restore object index 0x1011

◦ Configuration data index 0xF800

• Objects intended for regular operation, e.g. through ADS access.

◦ PM command object index 0xFB00

• Profile-specific objects:

◦ Configuration data (vendor-specific) index 0x80nF

◦ Input data index 0x60n0

◦ Output data index 0x70n0

◦ Information and diagnostic data index 0xF000, 0xF008, 0xF100, 0xF801 and 0xF80F

• Standard objects

The following section first describes the objects required for normal operation, followed by a complete overview of missing objects.

6.7.1

Restore object

Index 1011 Restore default parameters

Index

(hex)

Name Meaning

1011:0

Restore default parameters [ }  289]

1011:01 SubIndex 001

Restore default parameters

If this object is set to " 0x64616F6C" in the set value dialog, all backup objects are reset to their delivery state.

Data type Flags Default

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

157

Commissioning

6.7.2

EL3423

6.7.2.1

Restore object

Index 1011 Restore default parameters

Index

(hex)

1011:0

Name Meaning

Restore default parameters [ }  289]

Restore default parameters

1011:01 SubIndex 001 If this object is set to " 0x64616F6C" in the set value dialog, all backup objects are reset to their delivery state.

Data type Flags Default

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.2.2

Configuration data

Index 80n0 PMX settings (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n0:0

80n0:11

PMX Settings

Voltage Transformer

Ratio

80n0:12

80n0:13

Current Transformer

Ratio

Current Transformer

Delay

Meaning

Max. subindex

If a voltage transformer is used, its transmission ratio can be entered here.

The ratio of the current transformer used can be entered here.

Here you can enter a possible time delay of the current transformers in milliseconds.

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 80n1 PMX Guard Settings (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n1:0 PMX Guard Settings

Meaning

Max. subindex

80n1:11 Voltage Guard Min

Error

Lower limit value for a voltage error message

80n1:12

80n1:13

80n1:14

Voltage Guard Min

Warning

Voltage Guard Max

Warning

Voltage Guard Max

Error

Lower limit value for a voltage warning message

Upper limit value for a voltage warning message

Upper limit value for a voltage error message

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x14 (20dec)

0x40000000

(1073741824dec)

0x434F0000

(1129250816dec)

0x437D0000

(1132265472dec)

0x438B0000

(1133182976dec)

158 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F800 PMX Settings

Index (hex) Name

F800:0

F800:01

F800:11

F800:12

PMX Settings

Reset Interval

Reference

Meaning

Max. subindex

Manual restart of the measurement and statistics interval

Timing reference for the RMS calculation

Data type

UINT8

BOOLEAN RW

UINT32

Set to "Current" if a current is to be measured without an applied voltage.

permitted values:

0

1

Voltage (default)

Current

Measurement Range Filter setting for determining the fundamental UINT32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

F800:13

F800:14

Frequency Source

Power Calculation

Threshold

1

2 permitted values:

0 25..65 Hz (default)

25..400 Hz

12..45 Hz

Source of the system frequency permitted values:

0 Channel 1 (default)

1

2

Channel 2

Channel 3

Noise reduction:

BIT1

REAL32

RW

RW

F800:15 Inaccurate Threshold

Voltage

Here you can enter a minimum limit value in percent for the power calculation, below which all values are zeroed.

Limit value for the warning bit: Inaccurate Voltage REAL32 RW

F800:16 Inaccurate Threshold

Current

Limit value for the warning bit: Inaccurate Current REAL32 RW

Default

0x16 (22 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x3FDC28F6

(1071393014 dec

)

0x3BC49BA6

(1002740646 dec

)

Index F801 PMX Total Settings PQF

Index (hex) Name

F801:0 PMX Total Settings

PQF

F801:11

F801:12

F801:13

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Nominal voltage A nominal voltage value or set value is required to calculate the power quality factor (for details see basic function principles).

REAL32

Nominal Frequency A nominal frequency or set value is required to calculate the power quality factor (for details see basic function principles).

REAL32

PQF Dataset UINT32 permitted values:

0: default

1: default + unbalace

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x43660000

(1130758144 dec

)

0x42480000

(1112014848 dec

)

0x00000001 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

159

Commissioning

Index F802 PMX Guard Settings

160 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index (hex) Name

F802:0 PMX Guard Settings

Meaning

Max. subindex

F802:11 Frequency Guard Min

Error

Lower limit value for a frequency error message

F802:12

F802:13

F802:14

F802:15

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

Frequency Guard Min

Warning

Frequency Guard

Max Warning

Lower limit value for a frequency warning message

Upper limit value for a frequency warning message

Frequency Guard

Max Error

Upper limit value for a frequency error message

Neutral Current Guard

Min Error

Lower limit value for an error message of the neutral conductor current

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

F802:16

F802:17

F802:18

F802:19

F802:1A

F802:1B

F802:1C

F802:1D

F802:1E

F802:1F

F802:20

F802:21

F802:22

F802:23

F802:24

F802:25

F802:26

F802:27

Neutral Current Guard

Min Warning

Neutral Current Guard

Max Warning

Neutral Current Guard

Max Error

Active Power Guard

Min Error

Active Power Guard

Min Warning

Active Power Guard

Max Warning

Active Power Guard

Max Error

Apparent Power

Guard Min Error

Lower limit value for a warning message of the neutral conductor current

Upper limit value for a warning message of the neutral conductor current

Upper limit value for an error message of the neutral conductor current

Lower limit value for an active power error message

Lower limit value for an active power warning message

Upper limit value for an active power warning message

Upper limit value for an active power error message REAL32

Lower limit value for an apparent power error message

Apparent Power

Guard Min Warning

Apparent Power

Guard Max Warning

Lower limit value for an apparent power warning message

Upper limit value for an apparent power warning message

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Power

Guard Max Error

Upper limit value for an apparent power error message

REAL32

PQF Guard Min Error Lower limit value for a power quality factor error message

REAL32

PQF Guard Min

Warning

Lower limit value for a power quality factor warning message

REAL32

PQF Guard Max

Warning

Unbalance Guard Min

Error

Upper limit value for a power quality factor warning message

PQF Guard Max Error Upper limit value for a power quality factor error message

REAL32

Lower limit value for an error message due to voltage imbalance

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32 Unbalance Guard Min

Warning

Lower limit value for a warning message due to voltage imbalance

Unbalance Guard

Max Warning

Upper limit value for a warning message due to voltage imbalance

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

EL3453

1,050000

(1,050000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,050000

(5,000000e-002)

0,800000

(8,000000e-001)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3423, EL3453

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3443

2,000000

(2,000000e+000)

Default

0x28 (40 dec

)

47,000000

(4,700000e+001)

49,500000

(4,950000e+001)

50,500000

(5,050000e+001)

52,000000

(5,200000e+001)

EL3423, EL3443

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3453

-1,050000

(-1,050000e+000)

EL3423, EL3443

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3453

-1,000000

(-1,000000e+000)

EL3423, EL3443

0,006000

(6,000000e-003)

EL3453

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

EL3423, EL3443

0,030000

(3,000000e-002)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

161

Commissioning

Index (hex) Name

F802:28 Unbalance Guard

Max Error

Meaning

Upper limit value for an error message due to voltage imbalance

Data type Flags

REAL32 RW

Default

EL3423, EL3453

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3443

3,000000

(3,000000e+000)

Index F803 PMX Time Settings

Index (hex) Name

F803:0 PMX Time Settings

F803:11

Meaning

Max. subindex

Measurement Mode permitted values:

F803:12

F803:13

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RW

0

Measurement Interval Time in seconds to automatic restart of the measurement and statistics interval

Actual System Time Shows the current system time of the terminal. Write access to the object is possible in order to change the system time.

UINT32

STRING

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.2.3

Configuration data (vendor-specific)

Index 80nF PMX vendor data (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80nF:0

80nF:11

80nF:12

PMX Vendor data

Calibration Voltage

Offset

Calibration Voltage

Gain

80nF:13

80nF:14

80nF:15

80nF:16

Calibration Voltage

Phase Offset

Calibration Current

Offset

Calibration Current

Gain

Calibration Current

Phase Offset

Meaning

Max. subindex

Value in V

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Value in A

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x16 (22 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.2.4

Input data

Index 60n0 PMX status (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n0:0

60n0:01

PMX Status

Voltage Sign Bit

60n0:02

60n0:03

60n0:04

60n0:05

60n0:06

60n0:07

6000:10

Meaning

Max. subindex

Indicates the sign of the current sine wave voltage:

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

Overvoltage

Overcurrent

Inaccurate Voltage

Inaccurate Current

Voltage Guard Warning

1 = U > 0V

0 = U < 0V

Maximum measurable voltage is exceeded.

BOOLEAN RO

Maximum measurable current is exceeded.

BOOLEAN RO

The measured voltage value is smaller than the value entered in CoE object "F800:15 Inaccurate Threshold

Voltage".

BOOLEAN RO

The measured current value is smaller than the value entered in CoE object "F800:16 Inaccurate Threshold

Current".

BOOLEAN RO

A warning limit of the voltage monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO Voltage Guard Error An error limit of the voltage monitor has been breached.

TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

BOOLEAN RO

Default

0x10 (16 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

162 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 60n4 PMX Energy (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n4:0

60n4:11

60n4:12

60n4:13

PMX Energy

Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Reactive Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Active energy in mWh

Apparent energy in mVAh

Reactive energy in mvarh

Data type Flags

UINT8

INT64

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

Index 60n8 PMX Statistic Voltage (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n8:0

Meaning

PMX Statistic Voltage Max Subindex

60n8:11 Voltage Peak

60n8:12

60n8:13

Voltage RMS Minimum

Voltage RMS Maximum

Data type

UINT8

Peak value of the instantaneous voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Minimum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Maximum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60n9 PMX Statistic Current (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n9:0

60n9:11

60n9:12

Meaning

PMX Statistic Current Max Subindex

Current Peak

Current RMS Minimum

Peak value of the instantaneous current in the last interval in A

Minimum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

60n9:13 Current RMS Maximum

Maximum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

REAL32 RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60nA PMX Statistic Power (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60nA:0

60nA:11

PMX Statistic Power

Active Power Avg

Meaning

Max Subindex

Average active power during the last interval in W

60nA:12

60nA:13

60nA:14

60nA:15

60nA:16

Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Minimum active power in the last interval in W

Maximum active power in the last interval in W

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Power Avg Average apparent power during the last interval in VA REAL32

Apparent Power Max Maximum apparent power in the last interval in VA REAL32

Reactive Power Avg Average reactive power average during the last interval in var

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

60nA:17

60nA:18

60nA:19

Reactive Power Min Minimum reactive power in the last interval in var

Reactive Power Max Maximum reactive power in the last interval in var

Apparent Power Min Minimum apparent power in the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

163

Commissioning

Index F600 PMX Total Status

Index (hex) Name

F600:0

F600:01

F600:02

F600:03

F600:04

F600:05

PMX Total Status

System State

Grid Direction

Frequency Guard

Warning

Frequency Guard Error

Meaning

Max. subindex

Overall system state (as a logical disjunction of voltage guard errors, phase sequence, overvoltage, overcurrent and frequency guard errors)

Phase sequence L1 - L2 - L3 correctly detected (with clockwise 3-phase mains)

A warning limit of the frequency monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the frequency monitor has been breached.

Data type

UINT8

BOOLEAN

Flags

RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN

RO

RO

Neutral Current Guard

Warning

A warning limit of the neutral conductor current monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

F600:06

F600:07

F600:08

F600:09

F600:0A

F600:0B

F600:0C

F600:0F

F600:10

F600:11

Neutral Current Guard

Error

An error limit of the neutral conductor current monitor has been breached.

Active Power Guard

Warning

Active Power Guard

Error

A warning limit of the active power monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the active power monitor has been breached.

Apparent Power

Guard Warning

A warning limit of the apparent power monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

Apparent Power

Guard Error

Power Quality Guard

Warning

Power Quality Guard

Error

TxPDO State

An error limit of the apparent power monitor has been breached.

A warning limit of the PQF monitor has been breached.

RO

An error limit of the PQF monitor has been breached. BOOLEAN RO

TRUE for general error

TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Power Quality Factor Analog value of the voltage quality between 1.0 and

0 (see basic function principles - Power Quality Factor)

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x11 (17 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F602 PMX Total Advanced

Index (hex) Name

F602:0

Meaning

PMX Total Advanced Max. subindex

F602:01

F602:02

Unbalance Guard

Warning

Unbalance Guard Error

A warning limit of the unbalance monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the unbalance monitor has been breached.

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

Index F603 PMX Total Active

Index (hex) Name

F603:0 PMX Total Active

F603:12

F603:13

F603:14

Active Energy

Active Positive Energy

Active Negative Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Recorded active energy in mWh

Received active energy in mWh

Supplied active energy in mWh

Index F605 PMX Total Apparent

Index (hex) Name

F605:0

F605:12

F605:13

PMX Total Apparent

Apparent Energy

Apparent Positive Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Recorded apparent energy in mWh

Received apparent energy in mWh

F605:14 Apparent Negative

Energy

Supplied apparent energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

INT64 RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

Data type Flags

UINT8

INT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

UINT64 RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

164 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F607 PMX Total Reactive

Index (hex) Name

F607:0

F607:12

F607:13

PMX Total Reactive

Reactive Energy

Reactive Positive Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Recorded reactive energy in mWh

Received reactive energy in mWh

F607:14 Reactive Negative

Energy

Supplied reactive energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8

INT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

UINT64 RO

Index F60B PMX Total Statistic Power

Index (hex) Name

F60B:0 PMX Total Statistic

Power

F60B:11 Active Power Avg

F60B:12

F60B:13

F60B:14

F60B:15

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Average total active power during the last interval in

W

REAL32

Minimum total active power in the last interval in W REAL32 Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Apparent Power Avg

Maximum total active power in the last interval in W REAL32

Average total apparent power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

Apparent Power Min Minimum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

F60B:16

F60B:17

F60B:18

F60B:19

Apparent Power Max Maximum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

Reactive Power Avg Average total reactive power average during the last interval in Var

Reactive Power Min Minimum total reactive power in the last interval in

Var

Reactive Power Max Maximum total reactive power in the last interval in

Var

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F60C PMX Total Statistic PQF

Index (hex) Name

F60C:0

F60C:11

PMX Total Statistic

PQF

PQF Avg

Meaning

Max. subindex

F60C:12

F60C:13

PQF Min

PQF Max

Average value of the power quality factor during the last interval

Minimum power quality factor in the last interval

Maximum power quality factor in the last interval

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

165

Commissioning

Index F60D PMX Total Interval Energy

Index (hex) Name

F60D:0 PMX Total Interval

Energy

F60D:10 TxPDO Toggle

F60D:11

F60D:12

F60D:13

F60D:14

F60D:15

F60D:16

F60D:17

F60D:18

F60D:19

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Flags

RO

Active Energy

Active Energy

Positive

Active Energy Negative

Apparent Energy

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Recorded total active energy during the last interval in Wh

BOOLEAN

REAL32

Received total active energy during the last interval in

Wh

REAL32

Supplied total active energy during at last interval in

Wh

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Recorded total apparent energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32 RO

RO Apparent Energy

Positive

Apparent Energy

Negative

Reactive Energy

Received total apparent energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

Supplied total apparent energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

Recorded total reactive energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

Reactive Energy Positive

Received total reactive energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

Reactive Energy Negative

Supplied total reactive energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F612 PMX Total Active Reduced

Index (hex) Name

F612:0 PMX Total Active Reduced

F612:11 Active Power

F612:12 Active Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Active power in W

Active energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

INT64

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F613 PMX Total Apparent Reduced

Index (hex) Name

F613:0 PMX Total Apparent

Reduced

F613:11

F613:12

Apparent Power

Apparent Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Apparent power in VA

Apparent energy in mVAh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

INT64

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F614 PMX Total Reactive Reduced

Index (hex) Name

F614:0 PMX Total Reactive

Reduced

F614:11

F614:12

Reactive Power

Reactive Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Reactive power in var

Reactive energy in mvarh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

INT64

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F615 PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced

Index (hex) Name

F615:0

F615:10

PMX Total Interval

Energy Reduced

TxPDO Toggle

Meaning

Max. subindex

F615:11

F615:12

F615:13

Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Reactive Energy

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Balanced total effective energy in the last interval in

Wh

Balanced total apparent energy in the last interval in

VAh

Balanced total reactive energy in the last interval in var

BOOLEAN RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

166 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6.7.2.5

Output data

Index F701 PMX Interval

Index (hex) Name

F701:0

F701:01

PMX Interval

Reset Interval

Meaning

Max. subindex

Manual option for resetting the interval (see basic function principles – Statistical evaluation)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

6.7.2.6

Information and diagnostic data

Index 90n0 PMX info data voltage (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n0:0 PMX Info data Voltage

90n0:11 Voltage Peak

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

90n0:12

90n0:13

Voltage RMS Minimum

Voltage RMS Maximum

Peak value of the instantaneous voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Minimum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Maximum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 90n1 PMX info data current (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n1:0 PMX Info data Current

90n1:11 Current Peak

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

90n1:12

90n1:13

Current RMS Minimum

Current RMS Maximum

Peak value of the instantaneous current in the last interval in A

REAL32

REAL32 Minimum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

Maximum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 90n2 PMX info data power (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n2:0

90n2:11

90n2:12

90n2:13

Meaning

PMX Info data Power Max. subindex

Active Power Avg

Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Average active phase power during the last interval in W

Minimum active phase power during the last interval in W

Maximum active phase power during the last interval in W

90n2:14

90n2:15

90n2:16

90n2:17

90n2:18

90n2:19

90n2:1A

90n2:1B

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Power Avg Average apparent phase power during the last interval in VA

Apparent Power Min Minimum apparent phase power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Power Max Maximum apparent phase power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

Reactive Power Avg Average reactive phase power during the last interval in var

REAL32

REAL32 Reactive Power Min Minimum reactive phase power during the last interval in var

Reactive Power Max Maximum reactive phase power during the last interval in var

Phi Phase angle in degrees (between voltage U_Lx and the corresponding current I_Lx)

Phase angle Phase difference in degrees (between different voltages U_Lx and U_Ly)

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x1B (27 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

167

Commissioning

Index 90n3 PMX info data energy (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n3:0 PMX info data energy ch.1

90n3:11

90n3:12

90n3:13

90n3:14

90n3:15

90n3:16

Active Energy

Positive Active Energy

Negative Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Positive Apparent Energy

Negative Apparent

Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Recorded active phase energy in mWh

Received active phase energy in mWh

Supplied active phase energy in mWh

Recorded apparent phase energy in mWh

Received apparent phase energy in mWh

Supplied apparent phase energy in mWh

90n3:17

90n3:18

90n3:19

Reactive Energy

Positive Reactive Energy

Negative Reactive

Energy

Recorded reactive phase energy in mWh

Received reactive phase energy in mWh

Supplied reactive phase energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

Index A0n0 PMX Diag data (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

A0n0:0

A0n0:11

A0n0:12

PMX diag data ch.1

Saturation Time Voltage

Saturation Time Current

Meaning

Max. subindex

Time (in 0.1 ms) in which the terminal has measured an overvoltage.

Time (in 0.1 ms) in which the terminal has measured an overcurrent.

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F081 Download revision

Index (hex) Name

F081:0

F010:01

Download revision

Revision number

Meaning

Max. subindex

Configured revision of the terminal,

(see note)

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F80F PM Vendor data

Index (hex) Name

F80F:0 PMX Vendor data

F80F:11 Type

Meaning

Max. subindex

Vendor-specific data

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RW

Default

0x11 (17 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F902 PMX Total Info data Power

Index (hex) Name

F902:0 PMX Total Info data

Power

F902:11 Active Power Avg

F902:12

F902:13

F902:14

F902:15

F902:16

F902:17

F902:18

F902:19

Meaning

Max subindex

Average total active power during the last interval in

W

REAL32

Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Minimum total active power in the last interval in W

Maximum total active power in the last interval in W

Apparent Power Avg Average total apparent power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32 Apparent Power Min Minimum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

Apparent Power Max Maximum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

Reactive Power Avg Average total reactive power average during the last interval in var

Reactive Power Min Minimum total reactive power in the last interval in var

Reactive Power Max Maximum total reactive power in the last interval in var

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

168 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F903 PMX Total Info data Energy

Index (hex) Name

F903:0 PMX Total Info data

Energy

F903:11

F903:12

F903:13

F903:14

F903:15

F903:16

Active Energy

Positive Active Energy

Negative Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Positive Apparent Energy

Negative Apparent

Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Recorded total active energy in mWh

Received total active energy in mWh

Supplied total active energy in mWh

Recorded total apparent energy in mWh

Received total apparent energy in mWh

Supplied total apparent energy in mWh

F903:17

F903:18

F903:19

Reactive Energy

Positive Reactive Energy

Negative Reactive

Energy

Recorded total reactive energy in mWh

Received total reactive energy in mWh

Supplied total reactive energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Index F904 PMX Total Info data PQF

Index (hex) Name

F904:0 PMX Total Info data

PQF

F904:11 PQF Avg

Meaning

Max. subindex

F904:12

F904:13

PQF Min

PQF Max

Average value of the power quality factor during the last interval

Minimum power quality factor in the last interval

Maximum power quality factor in the last interval

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index FA00 PMX Diag data

Index (hex) Name

FA00:0 PMX Diag data

FA00:11

Meaning

Max. subindex

Min CPU Die Temperature

Minimum CPU temperature measured so far

FA00:12 Maximum CPU temperature measured so far

FA00:13

Max CPU Die Temperature

EBUS Voltage Current E-bus voltage

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.2.7

Standard objects

Standard objects (0x1000-0x1FFF)

The standard objects have the same meaning for all EtherCAT slaves.

Index 1000 Device type

Index (hex) Name

1000:0 Device type

Meaning

Device type of the EtherCAT slave: The Lo-Word contains the CoE profile used (5001). The Hi-Word contains the module profile according to the modular device profile.

Data type Flags

UINT32 RO

Default

0x01551389

(22352777 dec

)

Index 1008 Device name

Index (hex) Name

1008:0 Device name

Meaning

Device name of the EtherCAT slave

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

EL34xx

EL34xx Version: 1.5

169

Commissioning

Index 1009 Hardware version

Index (hex) Name

1009:0 Hardware version

Meaning

Hardware version of the EtherCAT slave

Index 100A Software Version

Index (hex) Name

100A:0 Software version

Meaning

Firmware version of the EtherCAT slave

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Index 100B Bootloader version

Index (hex) Name

100B:0 Bootloader version

Meaning

Bootloader version

Index 1018 Identity

Index (hex) Name

1018:0 Identity

1018:01

1018:02

Vendor ID

Product code

1018:03 Revision

1018:04 Serial number

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Meaning

Length of this object

Vendor ID of the EtherCAT slave

Product code of the EtherCAT slave

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

Revision number of the EtherCAT slave; the low word (bit 0-15) indicates the special terminal number, the high word (bit 16-31) refers to the device description

UINT32

Serial number of the EtherCAT slave; the low byte

(bit 0-7) of the low word contains the year of production, the high byte (bit 8-15) of the low word contains the week of production, the high word (bit 16-31) is 0

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x00000002 (2 dec

)

0x0D5F3052

(224342098 dec

)

0x00100000

(1048576 dec

) e.g. 0x00001E06

(KW 30/2006)

Index 10F0 Backup parameter

Index (hex) Name

10F0:0 Backup parameter

10F0:01 Checksum

Meaning

Length of this object

Checksum

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RW

Default

0x01

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 10F3 Diagnosis History

Index

10F3:0

10F3:01

10F3:02

10F3:03

10F3:04

10F3:05

10F3:06

...

10F3:15

Name

Diagnosis History

Meaning

Maximum subindex

Maximum Messages Maximum number of stored messages. A maximum of 50 messages can be stored

Newest Message

Newest Acknowledged Message

New Messages Available

Subindex of the latest message

Subindex of the last confirmed message

Indicates that a new message is available

Flags

Diagnosis Message

001

...

Diagnosis Message

016 not used

Message 1

...

Message 16

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT8 RO

UINT8

UINT8

RO

RW

BOOLEAN RO

UINT16

OCTET

STRING[28]

...

RW

RO

...

OCTET

STRING[28]

RO

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

{0}

...

{0}

Index 10F8 Actual Time Stamp

Index

10F8:0

Name

Actual Time Stamp

Meaning

Time stamp

Data type Flags

UINT64 RO

Default

0x00000000000000

00 (0 dec

)

170 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 10F9 Time Distribution Object

Index

10F9:0

10F9:01

Name

Time Distribution Object

Distributed Time

Value

Meaning

Max Subindex

Data type

UINT8

Object for time distribution by the EtherCAT Master INT64

Flags

RO

RW

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

Index 1601 Total RxPDO-Map Interval

Index (hex) Name

1601:0 Total RxPDO-Map Interval

1601:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping RxPDO 2

1601:02 SubIndex 002

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF701 (PMX Interval), entry 0x01 (Reset Interval))

2. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0xF701:01, 1

UINT32 RO 0x0000:00, 15

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Status (for L1, pp = 00; L2, pp = 0A; L3, pp = 14)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Status

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1App:01

1App:02

1App:03

1App:04

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (1 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x02 (Overvoltage))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x03 (Overcurrent))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x04 (Inaccurate Voltage))

1App:05 SubIndex 005

1App:06

1App:07

1App:08

1App:09

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x05 (Inaccurate Current))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x06 (Voltage Guard Warning))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x07 (Voltage Guard Error))

8. PDO Mapping entry (8 bits align)

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x09 (9 dec

)

0x0000:00, 1

0x60n0:02, 1**

0x60n0:03, 1**

0x60n0:04, 1**

0x60n0:05, 1**

0x60n0:06, 1**

0x60n0:07, 1**

0x0000:00, 8**

0x60n0:10, 1**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Energy (for L1, pp = 03; L2, pp = 0D; L3, pp = 17)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0

1App:01

1App:02

TxPDO-Map Energy

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x11 (Active Energy))

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

1App:03 SubIndex 003 3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x13 (Reactive Energy))

UINT32 RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x60n4:11, 64**

0x60n4:12, 64**

0x60n4:13, 64**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Statistic Voltage (for L1, pp = 06; L2, pp = 10; L3, pp = 1A)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Voltage

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1App:02

1App:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n8 (PMX Statistic

Voltage), entry 0x11 (Voltage Peak))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n8 (PMX Statistic

Voltage), entry 0x12 (Voltage RMS Minimum))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n8 (PMX Statistic

Voltage), entry 0x13 (Voltage RMS Maximum))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dez

)

0x60n8:11, 32**

0x60n8:12, 32**

0x60n8:13, 32**

EL34xx Version: 1.5

171

Commissioning

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Statistic Current (for L1, pp = 07; L2, pp = 11; L3, pp = 1B)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 L1 TxPDO-Map

Statistic Current

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 8

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

1App:02

1App:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n9 (PMX Statistic

Current), entry 0x11 (Current Peak))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n9 (PMX Statistic

Current), entry 0x12 (Current RMS Minimum))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n9 (PMX Statistic

Current), entry 0x13 (Current RMS Maximum))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dez

)

0x60n9:11, 32**

0x60n9:12, 32**

0x60n9:13, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Statistic Power (for L1, pp = 08; L2, pp = 12; L3, pp = 1C)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Power

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1App:02

1App:03

1App:04

1App:05

1App:06

1App:07

1App:08

1App:09

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x11 (Active Power Avg))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x12 (Active Power Min))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x13 (Active Power Max))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x14 (Apparent Power Avg))

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x15 (Apparent Power Max))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x16 (Reactive Power Avg))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x17 (Reactive Power Min))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x18 (Reactive Power Max))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x19 (Apparent Power Min))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x09 (9 dec

)

0x60nA:11, 32**

0x60nA:12, 32**

0x60nA:13, 32**

0x60nA:14, 32**

0x60nA:15, 32**

0x60nA:16, 32**

0x60nA:17, 32**

0x60nA:18, 32**

0x60nA:19, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

172 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1A1E Total TxPDO-Map Total Status

Index (hex) Name

1A1E:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Status

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 31

1A1E:01

1A1E:02

1A1E:03

1A1E:04

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x01 (System State))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x02 (Grid Direction))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x03 (Frequency Guard Warning))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x04 (Frequency Guard Error))

1A1E:05 SubIndex 005

1A1E:06

1A1E:07

1A1E:08

1A1E:09

1A1E:0A

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x05 (Neutral Current Guard Warning))

UINT32

UINT32 6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x06 (Neutral Current Guard Error))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x07 (Active Power Guard Warning))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x08 (Active Power Guard Error))

UINT32

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x09 (Apparent Power Guard Warning))

10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0A (Apparent Power Guard Error))

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

1A1E:0B

1A1E:0C

1A1E:0D

1A1E:0E

1A1E:0F

1A1E:10

SubIndex 011

SubIndex 012

SubIndex 013

SubIndex 014

SubIndex 015

SubIndex 016

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0B (Power Quality Guard Warning))

12. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0C (Power Quality Guard Error))

13. PDO Mapping entry (2 bits align)

14. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0F (TxPDO State))

15. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

16. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x11 (Power Quality Factor))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x10 (16 dec

)

0xF600:01, 1

0xF600:02, 1

0xF600:03, 1

0xF600:04, 1

0xF600:05, 1

0xF600:06, 1

0xF600:07, 1

0xF600:08, 1

0xF600:09, 1

0xF600:0A, 1

0xF600:0B, 1

0xF600:0C, 1

0x0000:00, 2

0xF600:0F, 1

0xF600:10, 1

0xF600:11, 32

Index 1A20 Total TxPDO-Map Total Advanced

Index (hex) Name

1A20:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Advanced

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 33

1A20:01

1A20:02

1A20:03

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x01 (Unbalance Guard Warning))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x02 (Unbalance Guard Error))

3. PDO Mapping entry (14 bits align)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0xF602:01, 1

0xF602:02, 1

0x0000:00, 14

Index 1A21 Total TxPDO-Map Total Active

Index (hex) Name

1A21:0

1A21:01

1A21:02

Total TxPDO-Map Total Active

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 34

1. PDO Mapping entry (32 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF603 (PMX Total

Active), entry 0x12 (Active Energy))

1A21:03 SubIndex 003

1A21:04 SubIndex 004

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF603 (PMX Total

Active), entry 0x13 (Active Positive Energy))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF603 (PMX Total

Active), entry 0x14 (Active Negative Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF603:12, 64

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

0xF603:13, 64

0xF603:14, 64

EL34xx Version: 1.5

173

Commissioning

Index 1A22 Total TxPDO-Map Total Apparent

Index (hex) Name

1A22:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Apparent

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 35

1A22:01

1A22:02

1A22:03

1A22:04

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (32 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF605 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF605 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x13 (Apparent Positive Energy))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF605 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x14 (Apparent Negative Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF605:12, 64

0xF605:13, 64

0xF605:14, 64

Index 1A23 Total TxPDO-Map Total Reactive

Index (hex) Name

1A23:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Reactive

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 36

1A23:01 SubIndex 001 1. PDO Mapping entry (32 bits align)

1A23:02 SubIndex 002

1A23:03

1A23:04

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x12 (Reactive Energy))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x13 (Reactive Positive Energy))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x14 (Reactive Negative Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF607:12, 64

0xF607:13, 64

0xF607:14, 64

Index 1A26 Total TxPDO-Map Total Statistic Power

Index (hex) Name

1A26:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Statistic Power

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 39

1A26:01 SubIndex 001

1A26:02

1A26:03

1A26:04

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x11 (Active Power Avg))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x12 (Active Power Min))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x13 (Active Power Max))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x14 (Apparent Power Avg))

1A26:05 SubIndex 005

1A26:06

1A26:07

1A26:08

1A26:09

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x15 (Apparent Power Min))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x16 (Apparent Power Max))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x17 (Reactive Power Avg))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x18 (Reactive Power Min))

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x19 (Reactive Power Max))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x09 (9 dec

)

0xF60B:11, 32

0xF60B:12, 32

0xF60B:13, 32

0xF60B:14, 32

0xF60B:15, 32

0xF60B:16, 32

0xF60B:17, 32

0xF60B:18, 32

0xF60B:19, 32

Index 1A27 Total TxPDO-Map Total Statistic PQF

Index (hex) Name

1A27:0

1A27:01

1A27:02

Total TxPDO-Map Total Statistic PQF

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 40

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60C (PMX Total

Statistic PQF), entry 0x11 (PQF Avg))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60C (PMX Total

Statistic PQF), entry 0x12 (PQF Min))

1A27:03 SubIndex 003 3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60C (PMX Total

Statistic PQF), entry 0x13 (PQF Max))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0xF60C:11, 32

0xF60C:12, 32

UINT32 RO 0xF60C:13, 32

174 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1A28 Total TxPDO-Map Total Interval Energy

Index (hex) Name

1A28:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Interval Energy

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 41

1A28:01

1A28:02

1A28:03

1A28:04

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x11 (Active Energy))

UINT32

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x12 (Active Energy Positive))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

1A28:05

1A28:06

1A28:07

1A28:08

1A28:09

1A28:0A

1A28:0B

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

SubIndex 011

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x13 (Active Energy Negative))

UINT32

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x14 (Apparent Energy))

UINT32

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x15 (Apparent Energy Positive))

UINT32

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x16 (Apparent Energy Negative))

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x17 (Reactive Energy))

UINT32

UINT32 10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total

Interval Energy), entry 0x18 (Reactive Energy Positive))

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total

Interval Energy), entry 0x19 (Reactive Energy Negative))

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x0B (11 dec

)

0x0000:00, 15

0xF60D:10, 1

0xF60D:11, 32

0xF60D:12, 32

0xF60D:13, 32

0xF60D:14, 32

0xF60D:15, 32

0xF60D:16, 32

0xF60D:17, 32

0xF60D:18, 32

0xF60D:19, 32

Index 1A29 Total TxPDO-Map Active Reduced

Index (hex) Name

1A29:0

1A29:01

1A29:02

Total TxPDO-Map Active Reduced

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 35

1. PDO Mapping entry (Alignet))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF612 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x12 (Active Reduced))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF612:12, 64

Index 1A2A Total TxPDO-Map Apparent Reduced

Index (hex) Name

1A2A:0

1A2A:01

1A2A:02

Total TxPDO-Map Apparent Reduced

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 35

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF613 (PMX Total

Apparent Reduced), entry 0x11 (Apparent Power))

2. . PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF613 (PMX Total

Apparent Reduced), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0xF613:11, 32

0xF613:12, 64

Index 1A2B Total TxPDO-Map Reactive Reduced

Index (hex) Name

1A2B:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Reactive Reduced

1A2B:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 36

1A2B:02 SubIndex 002

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF614 (PMX Total

Reactive Reduced), entry 0x11 (Reactive Power))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF614 (PMX Total

Reactive Reduced), entry 0x12 (Reactive Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0xF614:11, 32

0xF614:12, 64

EL34xx Version: 1.5

175

Commissioning

Index 1A2C Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy Reduced

Index (hex) Name

1A2C:0 Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy Reduced

1A2C:01

1A2C:02

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

1A2C:03

1A2C:04

1A2C:05

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 36

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (align) UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF615 (PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

UINT32

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF615 (PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced), entry 0x11 (Active Energy))

UINT32

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF615 (PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF615 (PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced), entry 0x13 (reactive Energy))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x05 (5 dez

)

0x0000:00, 15

0xF615:10, 1

0xF615:11, 32

0xF615:12, 32

0xF615:13, 32

Index 1C00 Sync manager type

Index (hex) Name

1C00:0

1C00:01

1C00:02

1C00:03

Sync manager type

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1C00:04 SubIndex 004

Meaning

Length of this object

Sync-Manager Type Channel 1: Mailbox Write

Sync-Manager Type Channel 2: Mailbox Read

Sync-Manager Type Channel 3: Process Data Write

(Outputs)

Sync-Manager Type Channel 4: Process Data Read

(Inputs)

Data type

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x04 (4 dec

)

Index 1C12 RxPDO assign

Index (hex) Name

1C12:0

1C12:01

RxPDO assign

SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Assign Outputs

1. allocated RxPDO (contains the index of the associated RxPDO mapping object)

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT16

RW

RW

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x1601 (5633 dec

)

176 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1C13 TxPDO assign

Index (hex) Name

1C13:0

1C13:01

TxPDO assign

SubIndex 001

1C13:02

1C13:03

1C13:04

1C13:05

1C13:06

1C13:07

1C13:08

1C13:09

1C13:0A

1C13:0B

1C13:0C

1C13:0D

1C13:0E

1C13:0F

1C13:10

1C13:11

1C13:12

1C13:13

1C13:14

1C13:15

1C13:16

1C13:17

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

SubIndex 011

SubIndex 012

SubIndex 013

SubIndex 014

SubIndex 015

SubIndex 016

SubIndex 017

SubIndex 018

SubIndex 019

SubIndex 020

SubIndex 021

SubIndex 022

SubIndex 023

Meaning

PDO Assign Inputs

1. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT16

2. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

3. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW 4. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

5. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

6. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

7. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

8. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

9. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16 10. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

11. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

12. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

13. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW 14. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

15. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

16. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

17. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

18. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

19. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

20. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

21. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

22. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

23. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x1A00 (6656 dec

)

0x1A0A (6666 dec

)

0x1A14 (6676 dec

)

0x1A1E (6686 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

177

Commissioning

Index 1C32 SM output parameter

Index

1C32:0

1C32:01

1C32:02

1C32:03

1C32:04

1C32:05

Name Meaning

SM output parameter Synchronization parameters for the outputs

Sync mode Current synchronization mode:

0: Free Run

1: Synchron with SM 2 Event

Cycle time

Shift time

Sync modes supported

2: DC-Mode - Synchron with SYNC0 Event

3: DC-Mode - Synchron with SYNC1 Event

Cycle time (in ns):

Free Run: Cycle time of the local timer

Synchron with SM 2 Event: Master cycle time

DC mode: SYNC0/SYNC1 Cycle Time

Time between SYNC0 event and output of the outputs (in ns, DC mode only)

Supported synchronization modes:

Bit 0 = 1: free run is supported

Data type

UINT8

UINT16

UINT32

UINT32

UINT16

Bit 1 = 1: synchronous with SM 2 event is supported

Bit 2-3 = 01: DC mode is supported

Bit 4-5 = 10: Output shift with SYNC1 event (only DC mode)

Bit 14 = 1: dynamic times (measurement through writing of 1C32:08)

Minimum cycle time Minimum cycle time (in ns) UINT32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RO

RO

RO

1C32:06

1C32:07

1C32:08

1C32:09

1C32:0B

1C32:0C

1C32:0D

Calc and copy time

Minimum delay time

Command

Minimum time between SYNC0 and SYNC1 event (in ns, DC mode only)

UINT32

0: Measurement of the local cycle time is stopped

UINT32

UINT16

1: Measurement of the local cycle time is started

The entries 1C32:03, 1C32:05, 1C32:06, 1C32:09,

1C33:03, 1C33:06, 1C33:09 are updated with the maximum measured values.

For a subsequent measurement the measured values are reset

Maximum delay time Time between SYNC1 event and output of the outputs (in ns, DC mode only)

SM event missed counter

Number of missed SM events in OPERATIONAL (DC mode only)

UINT32

UINT16

Cycle exceeded counter

Number of occasions the cycle time was exceeded in

OPERATIONAL (cycle was not completed in time or the next cycle began too early)

UINT16

Shift too short counter Number of occasions that the interval between

SYNC0 and SYNC1 event was too short (DC mode only)

UINT16

RO

RO

RW

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x20 (32 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0016E360

(1500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0805 (2053 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

178 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

1C33:03

1C33:04

1C33:05

1C33:06

1C33:07

1C33:08

1C33:09

1C33:0B

1C33:0C

1C33:0D

Index 1C33 SM input parameter

Index (hex) Name

1C33:0

1C33:01

SM input parameter

Sync mode

Meaning

Synchronization parameters for the inputs

Current synchronization mode:

0: Free Run

1: Synchron with SM 3 Event (no outputs available)

1C33:02 Cycle time

2: DC - Synchron with SYNC0 Event

3: DC - Synchron with SYNC1 Event

34: Synchron with SM 2 event (outputs available) as 1C32:02

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT16

RO

RW

UINT32 RW

Default

0x20 (32 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Shift time

Sync modes supported

Time between SYNC0 event and reading of the inputs (in ns, only DC mode)

Supported synchronization modes:

Bit 0: free run is supported

Bit 1: Synchron with SM 2 Event is supported (outputs available)

UINT32

UINT16

Bit 1: Synchron with SM 3 Event is supported (no outputs available)

Bit 2-3 = 01: DC mode is supported

Bit 4-5 = 01: Input shift through local event (outputs available)

Bit 4-5 = 10: Input shift with SYNC1 event (no outputs available)

Bit 14 = 1: dynamic times (measurement through writing of 1C32:08 or 1C33:08)

Minimum cycle time as 1C32:05 UINT32

Calc and copy time

Minimum delay time

Command

Time between reading of the inputs and availability of the inputs for the master (in ns, only DC mode)

UINT32 as 1C32:08

Maximum delay time Time between SYNC1 event and reading of the inputs (in ns, only DC mode)

UINT32

UINT16

UINT32

SM event missed counter

Cycle exceeded counter as 1C32:11 as 1C32:12

Shift too short counter as 1C32:13

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RW

RO

0x0016E360

(1500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0805 (2053 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Index F000 Modular device profile

Index (hex) Name

F000:0

Meaning

Modular device profile Largest subindex of this object

F000:01 Module index distance

Index distance of the objects of the individual channels

F000:02 Maximum number of modules

Number of channels

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT16 RW

UINT16 RW

Default

0x02

0x0010 (16 dec

)

0x0003 (3 dec

)

Index F008 Code word

Index (hex) Name

F008:0 Code word

Meaning reserved

Data type Flags

UINT32 RW

Default

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Code Word

The vendor reserves the authority for the basic calibration of the terminals. The code word is therefore at present reserved.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

179

Commissioning

Index F010 Module List

Index (hex) Name

F010:0

F010:01

F010:02

F010:03

Module list

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Meaning Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x00000155 (341 dec

)

0x00000155 (341 dec

)

0x00000155 (341 dec

)

6.7.2.8

Command object

Index FB00 PMX Command

The command object is used for triggering an action in the terminal. The command is started by writing subindex 1 (request). Write access is disabled until the current command is completed.

Index (hex) Name

FB00:0

FB00:01

PM Command

Request

FB00:02

FB00:03

Status

Response

Meaning

Largest subindex of this object

Byte 0 - service request data

4 hex

Clear energy

Byte 1 - channel selection all channels 00 hex

01 hex

02 hex

03 hex

Byte 0

Channel 1

Channel 2

Channel 3 reserved

Byte 0 reserved

Byte 1 reserved

Byte 2-n reserved

Data type Flags

UINT8

OCTET-

STRING [2]

RO

RW

UINT8 RW

OCTET-

STRING [2]

RW

Default

0x03

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

180 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6.7.3

EL3443-00xx

6.7.3.1

Restore object

Index 1011 Restore default parameters

Index

(hex)

1011:0

Name Meaning

Restore default parameters [ }  289]

Restore default parameters

1011:01 SubIndex 001 If this object is set to " 0x64616F6C" in the set value dialog, all backup objects are reset to their delivery state.

Data type Flags Default

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.3.2

Configuration data

Index 80n0 PMX settings (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n0:0

80n0:11

PMX Settings

Voltage Transformer

Ratio

80n0:12

80n0:13

Current Transformer

Ratio

Current Transformer

Delay

Meaning

Max. subindex

If a voltage transformer is used, its transmission ratio can be entered here.

The ratio of the current transformer used can be entered here.

Here you can enter a possible time delay of the current transformers in milliseconds.

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 80n1 PMX Guard Settings (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n1:0 PMX Guard Settings

Meaning

Max. subindex

80n1:11 Voltage Guard Min

Error

Lower limit value for a voltage error message

80n1:12

80n1:13

80n1:14

80n1:15

80n1:16

80n1:17

80n1:18

Voltage Guard Min

Warning

Voltage Guard Max

Warning

Lower limit value for a voltage warning message

Upper limit value for a voltage warning message

Voltage Guard Max

Error

Upper limit value for a voltage error message

Current Guard Min Error

Lower limit value for a current error message

Lower limit value for a current warning message Current Guard Min

Warning

Current Guard Max

Warning

Current Guard Max

Error

Upper limit value for a current warning message

Upper limit value for a current error message

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x14 (20dec)

0x40000000

(1073741824 dec

)

0x434F0000

(1129250816 dec

)

0x437D0000

(1132265472 dec

)

0x438B0000

(1133182976 dec

)

0xBF866666

(-1081711002 dec

)

0xBF800000

(-1082130432 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x3F866666

(1065772646 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

181

Commissioning

Index 80n2 PMX User Scale (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n2:0

80n2:01

80n2:11

80n2:12

Meaning

PMX User Scale Ch.1 Max. subindex

User Calibration Enable

User Calibration Voltage Offset

User Calibration Voltage Gain

Set to true to enable user calibration data.

Value in V

Factor (without unit)

80n2:13 Value in A

80n2:14

80n2:15

User Calibration Current Offset

User Calibration Current Gain

User Calibration

Phase Offset

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F800 PMX Settings

Index (hex) Name

F800:0

F800:01

F800:11

F800:12

F800:13

PMX Settings

Reset Interval

Reference

Frequency Source

Meaning

Max. subindex

Manual restart of the measurement and statistics interval

Timing reference for the RMS calculation permitted values:

0 25..65 Hz (default)

1

2

25..400 Hz

12..45 Hz

Source of the system frequency

Data type

UINT8

BOOLEAN

UINT32

Set to "Current" if a current is to be measured without an applied voltage.

permitted values:

0

1

Voltage (default)

Current

Measurement Range Filter setting for determining the fundamental UINT32

BIT1

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

RW

F800:14

F800:15

Power Calculation

Threshold

Inaccurate Threshold

Voltage permitted values:

0 Channel 1 (default)

1 Channel 2

2 Channel 3

Noise reduction:

Here you can enter a minimum limit value in percent for the power calculation, below which all values are zeroed.

Limit value for the warning bit: Inaccurate Voltage

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

F800:16 Inaccurate Threshold

Current

Limit value for the warning bit: Inaccurate Current REAL32 RW

Default

0x16 (22 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x3FDC28F6

(1071393014 dec

)

0x3BC49BA6

(1002740646 dec

)

Index F801 PMX Total Settings PQF

Index (hex) Name

F801:0 PMX Total Settings

PQF

F801:11

F801:12

F801:13

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Nominal voltage A nominal voltage value or set value is required to calculate the power quality factor (for details see basic function principles).

REAL32

Nominal Frequency A nominal frequency or set value is required to calculate the power quality factor (for details see basic function principles).

REAL32

PQF Dataset UINT32 permitted values:

0: default

1: default + unbalace

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x43660000

(1130758144 dec

)

0x42480000

(1112014848 dec

)

0x00000001 (0 dec

)

182 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Index F802 PMX Guard Settings

Commissioning

EL34xx Version: 1.5

183

Commissioning

Index (hex) Name

F802:0 PMX Guard Settings

Meaning

Max. subindex

F802:11 Frequency Guard Min

Error

Lower limit value for a frequency error message

F802:12

F802:13

F802:14

F802:15

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

Frequency Guard Min

Warning

Frequency Guard

Max Warning

Lower limit value for a frequency warning message

Upper limit value for a frequency warning message

Frequency Guard

Max Error

Upper limit value for a frequency error message

Neutral Current Guard

Min Error

Lower limit value for an error message of the neutral conductor current

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

F802:16

F802:17

F802:18

F802:19

F802:1A

F802:1B

F802:1C

F802:1D

F802:1E

F802:1F

F802:20

F802:21

F802:22

F802:23

F802:24

F802:25

F802:26

F802:27

Neutral Current Guard

Min Warning

Neutral Current Guard

Max Warning

Neutral Current Guard

Max Error

Active Power Guard

Min Error

Active Power Guard

Min Warning

Active Power Guard

Max Warning

Active Power Guard

Max Error

Apparent Power

Guard Min Error

Lower limit value for a warning message of the neutral conductor current

Upper limit value for a warning message of the neutral conductor current

Upper limit value for an error message of the neutral conductor current

Lower limit value for an active power error message

Lower limit value for an active power warning message

Upper limit value for an active power warning message

Upper limit value for an active power error message REAL32

Lower limit value for an apparent power error message

Apparent Power

Guard Min Warning

Apparent Power

Guard Max Warning

Lower limit value for an apparent power warning message

Upper limit value for an apparent power warning message

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Power

Guard Max Error

Upper limit value for an apparent power error message

REAL32

PQF Guard Min Error Lower limit value for a power quality factor error message

REAL32

PQF Guard Min

Warning

Lower limit value for a power quality factor warning message

REAL32

PQF Guard Max

Warning

Unbalance Guard Min

Error

Upper limit value for a power quality factor warning message

PQF Guard Max Error Upper limit value for a power quality factor error message

REAL32

Lower limit value for an error message due to voltage imbalance

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32 Unbalance Guard Min

Warning

Lower limit value for a warning message due to voltage imbalance

Unbalance Guard

Max Warning

Upper limit value for a warning message due to voltage imbalance

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

EL3453

1,050000

(1,050000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,050000

(5,000000e-002)

0,800000

(8,000000e-001)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3423, EL3453

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3443

2,000000

(2,000000e+000)

Default

0x28 (40 dec

)

47,000000

(4,700000e+001)

49,500000

(4,950000e+001)

50,500000

(5,050000e+001)

52,000000

(5,200000e+001)

EL3423, EL3443

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3453

-1,050000

(-1,050000e+000)

EL3423, EL3443

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3453

-1,000000

(-1,000000e+000)

EL3423, EL3443

0,006000

(6,000000e-003)

EL3453

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

EL3423, EL3443

0,030000

(3,000000e-002)

184 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index (hex) Name

F802:28 Unbalance Guard

Max Error

Meaning

Upper limit value for an error message due to voltage imbalance

Data type Flags

REAL32 RW

Default

EL3423, EL3453

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3443

3,000000

(3,000000e+000)

Index F803 PMX Time Settings

Index (hex) Name

F803:0 PMX Time Settings

F803:11

Meaning

Max. subindex

Measurement Mode permitted values:

F803:12

F803:13

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RW

0

Measurement Interval Time in seconds to automatic restart of the measurement and statistics interval

Actual System Time Shows the current system time of the terminal. Write access to the object is possible in order to change the system time.

UINT32

STRING

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.3.3

Configuration data (vendor-specific)

Index 80nF PMX vendor data (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80nF:0

80nF:11

80nF:12

PMX Vendor data

Calibration Voltage

Offset

Calibration Voltage

Gain

80nF:13

80nF:14

80nF:15

80nF:16

Calibration Voltage

Phase Offset

Calibration Current

Offset

Calibration Current

Gain

Calibration Current

Phase Offset

Meaning

Max. subindex

Value in V

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Value in A

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x16 (22 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.3.4

Input data

Index 60n0 PMX status (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n0:0

60n0:01

PMX Status

Voltage Sign Bit

60n0:02

60n0:03

60n0:04

60n0:05

60n0:06

60n0:07

6000:10

Meaning

Max. subindex

Indicates the sign of the current sine wave voltage:

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

Overvoltage

Overcurrent

Inaccurate Voltage

Inaccurate Current

Voltage Guard Warning

1 = U > 0V

0 = U < 0V

Maximum measurable voltage is exceeded.

BOOLEAN RO

Maximum measurable current is exceeded.

BOOLEAN RO

The measured voltage value is smaller than the value entered in CoE object "F800:15 Inaccurate Threshold

Voltage".

BOOLEAN RO

The measured current value is smaller than the value entered in CoE object "F800:16 Inaccurate Threshold

Current".

BOOLEAN RO

A warning limit of the voltage monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO Voltage Guard Error An error limit of the voltage monitor has been breached.

TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

BOOLEAN RO

Default

0x10 (16 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

185

Commissioning

Index 60n1 PMX Basic (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n1:0

60n1:11

60n1:12

PMX Basic

Voltage

Current

Meaning

 Max. Subindex

 RMS value of the voltage in V

 RMS value of the current in A

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60n2 PMX Power (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n2:0 PMX Power

60n2:11 Active power

60n2:12

60n2:13

60n2:14

Apparent Power

Reactive Power

Power Factor

Meaning

 Max Subindex

 Active power in W

 Apparent power in VA

 Reactive power in var

 Power factor

Index 60n4 PMX Energy (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n4:0 PMX Energy

60n4:11

60n4:12

60n4:13

Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Reactive Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Active energy in mWh

Apparent energy in mVAh

Reactive energy in mvarh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

Index 60n6 PMX Timing (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n6:0 PMX Timing

60n6:12 Voltage Last Zero

Crossing

Meaning

Max Subindex

Last detected voltage zero crossing as distributed clock time

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT64 RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

Index 60n7 PMX Advanced (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n7:0

60n7:10

PMX Advanced

TxPDO Toggle

60n7:11

60n7:12

60n7:13

60n7:14

Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion

Current Distortion

Factor

Current Total Harmonic Distortion

Cos phi

Meaning

 Max Subindex

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Data type

UINT8

 "Total Harmonic Distortion" is the distortion factor of the voltage. It indicates the ratio of the harmonic components of an oscillation relative to its fundamental in %.

REAL32

The "Current Distortion Factor" is also referred to as

TDD (Total Demand Distortion). It indicates the ratio between the current harmonics and the maximum current (EL3443: 1A and EL3443-0010: 5A). Specified in % of the maximum current.

REAL32

 "Total Harmonic Distortion" is the distortion factor of the current. It indicates the ratio of the harmonic components of an oscillation relative to its fundamental in

%.

REAL32

Phase angle of the fundamental wave in degrees REAL32

Flags

RO

BOOLEAN RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60n8 PMX Statistic Voltage (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n8:0

Meaning

PMX Statistic Voltage Max Subindex

60n8:11 Voltage Peak

60n8:12

60n8:13

Voltage RMS Minimum

Voltage RMS Maximum

Data type

UINT8

Peak value of the instantaneous voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Minimum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Maximum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

186 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 60n9 PMX Statistic Current (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n9:0

60n9:11

60n9:12

60n9:13

Current Peak

Current RMS Minimum

Current RMS Maximum

Meaning

PMX Statistic Current Max Subindex

Peak value of the instantaneous current in the last interval in A

Minimum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

Maximum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60nA PMX Statistic Power (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60nA:0

60nA:11

PMX Statistic Power

Active Power Avg

Meaning

Max Subindex

Average active power during the last interval in W

60nA:12

60nA:13

60nA:14

60nA:15

60nA:16

60nA:17

60nA:18

60nA:19

Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Minimum active power in the last interval in W

Maximum active power in the last interval in W

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Power Avg Average apparent power during the last interval in VA REAL32

Apparent Power Max Maximum apparent power in the last interval in VA REAL32

Reactive Power Avg Average reactive power average during the last interval in var

REAL32

Reactive Power Min Minimum reactive power in the last interval in var

Reactive Power Max Maximum reactive power in the last interval in var

Apparent Power Min Minimum apparent power in the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60nB PMX Classic (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

600B:0 PMX Classic

600B:10 TxPDO Toggle

600B:11

600B:12

600B:13

600B:14

600B:15

600B:16

Voltage

Current

Frequency

Active Power

Apparent Power

Reactive Power

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

BOOLEAN

RMS value of the voltage in 0.001 V

RMS value of the current in 0.0001 A

Frequency of the fundamental in 0.001 Hz

INT32

INT32

INT32

Active power in 0.001 W

Apparent power in 0.001 VA

Reactive power in 0.001 var

INT32

INT32

INT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Flags

RO

RO

Default

0x16 (22 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

187

Commissioning

Index F600 PMX Total Status

Index (hex) Name

F600:0

F600:01

F600:02

F600:03

F600:04

F600:05

PMX Total Status

System State

Grid Direction

Frequency Guard

Warning

Frequency Guard Error

Meaning

Max. subindex

Overall system state (as a logical disjunction of voltage guard errors, phase sequence, overvoltage, overcurrent and frequency guard errors)

Phase sequence L1 - L2 - L3 correctly detected (with clockwise 3-phase mains)

A warning limit of the frequency monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the frequency monitor has been breached.

Data type

UINT8

BOOLEAN

Flags

RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN

RO

RO

Neutral Current Guard

Warning

A warning limit of the neutral conductor current monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

F600:06

F600:07

F600:08

F600:09

F600:0A

F600:0B

F600:0C

F600:0F

F600:10

F600:11

Neutral Current Guard

Error

An error limit of the neutral conductor current monitor has been breached.

Active Power Guard

Warning

Active Power Guard

Error

A warning limit of the active power monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the active power monitor has been breached.

Apparent Power

Guard Warning

A warning limit of the apparent power monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

Apparent Power

Guard Error

Power Quality Guard

Warning

Power Quality Guard

Error

TxPDO State

An error limit of the apparent power monitor has been breached.

A warning limit of the PQF monitor has been breached.

RO

An error limit of the PQF monitor has been breached. BOOLEAN RO

TRUE for general error

TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Power Quality Factor Analog value of the voltage quality between 1.0 and

0 (see basic function principles - Power Quality Factor)

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x11 (17 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F601 PMX Total Basic

Index (hex) Name

F601:0 PMX Total Basic

F601:11

F601:12

F601:13

Frequency

Power Factor

Calculated Neutral

Line Current

Meaning

Max. subindex

Frequency in Hz

Power factor

Calculated RMS value of the neutral conductor current in A

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F602 PMX Total Advanced

Index (hex) Name

F602:0

Meaning

PMX Total Advanced Max. subindex

F602:01 Unbalance Guard

Warning

A warning limit of the unbalance monitor has been breached.

F602:02

F602:10

Unbalance Guard Error

TxPDO Toggle

An error limit of the unbalance monitor has been breached.

F602:11

F602:12

F602:13

Max Voltage Harmonic Distortion

Max Current Harmonic Distortion

Max Current Distortion Factor

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Maximum distortion factor of all three phase voltages in %.

Maximum distortion factor of all three phase currents in %

Maximum "Total Demand Distortion" value of all three phases in %

F602:14 Voltage Unbalance Ratio between negative and positive voltage system in %

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

188 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F603 PMX Total Active

Index (hex) Name

F603:0

F603:11

F603:12

F603:13

F603:14

PMX Total Active

Active Power

Active Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Active power in W

Recorded active energy in mWh

Active Positive Energy Received active energy in mWh

Active Negative Energy

Supplied active energy in mWh

Index F605 PMX Total Apparent

Index (hex) Name

F605:0

F605:11

F605:12

F605:13

PMX Total Apparent

Apparent Power

Apparent Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Balanced apparent power in VA

Recorded apparent energy in mWh

F605:14

Apparent Positive Energy

Apparent Negative

Energy

Received apparent energy in mWh

Supplied apparent energy in mWh

Index F607 PMX Total Reactive

Index (hex) Name

F607:0 PMX Total Reactive

Meaning

Max. subindex

F607:11

F607:12

F607:13

Reactive Power

Reactive Energy

Balanced reactive power in Var

Recorded reactive energy in mWh

Received reactive energy in mWh

F607:14

Reactive Positive Energy

Reactive Negative

Energy

Supplied reactive energy in mWh

Data type Flags Default

UINT8

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

RO

0x14 (20 dec

)

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

Data type Flags

UINT8

INT64

INT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

UINT64 RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

INT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

UINT64 RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

Index F609 PMX Total L-L Voltages

Index (hex) Name

F609:0 PMX Total L-L Voltages

F609:11 L1-L2 Voltage

Meaning

Max. subindex

F609:12

F609:13

L2-L3 Voltage

L3-L1 Voltage

RMS value of the phase-to-phase voltage between

L1 and L2 in V

RMS value of the phase-to-phase voltage between

L2 and L3 in V

RMS value of the phase-to-phase voltage between

L3 and L1 in V

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags Default

RO 0x13 (19 dec

)

RO

RO

RO

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F60A PMX Variant Value In

Index (hex) Name

F60A:0

Meaning

PMX Variant Value In Max. subindex

F60A:10 TxPDO Toggle

F60A:11

F60A:12

Index 1 REAL

Value 1 REAL

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Acknowledge for variable output value 1 variable output value channel 1

F60A:13

F60A:14

F60A:15

F60A:16

F60A:17

F60A:18

Index 2 REAL

Value 2 REAL

Index 3 REAL

Value 3 REAL

Index 4 ULINT

Value 4 ULINT

Acknowledge for variable output value 2 variable output value channel 2

Acknowledge for variable output value 3 variable output value channel 3

Acknowledge for variable output value 4 variable output value channel 4

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

UINT16

REAL32

UINT16

REAL32

UINT16

REAL32

UINT16

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x18 (24 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

189

Commissioning

Index F60B PMX Total Statistic Power

Index (hex) Name

F60B:0 PMX Total Statistic

Power

F60B:11

F60B:12

F60B:13

F60B:14

F60B:15

F60B:16

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Active Power Avg

Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Average total active power during the last interval in

W

REAL32

Minimum total active power in the last interval in W REAL32

Maximum total active power in the last interval in W REAL32

REAL32 Apparent Power Avg Average total apparent power during the last interval in VA

Apparent Power Min Minimum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

Apparent Power Max Maximum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

F60B:17

F60B:18

F60B:19

Reactive Power Avg Average total reactive power average during the last interval in Var

Reactive Power Min Minimum total reactive power in the last interval in

Var

Reactive Power Max Maximum total reactive power in the last interval in

Var

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F60C PMX Total Statistic PQF

Index (hex) Name

F60C:0 PMX Total Statistic

PQF

F60C:11 PQF Avg

Meaning

Max. subindex

F60C:12

F60C:13

PQF Min

PQF Max

Average value of the power quality factor during the last interval

Minimum power quality factor in the last interval

Maximum power quality factor in the last interval

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F60D PMX Total Interval Energy

Index (hex) Name

F60D:0

F60D:10

PMX Total Interval

Energy

TxPDO Toggle

F60D:11

F60D:12

F60D:13

F60D:14

F60D:15

F60D:16

F60D:17

F60D:18

F60D:19

Active Energy

Active Energy

Positive

Active Energy Negative

Apparent Energy

Apparent Energy

Positive

Apparent Energy

Negative

Reactive Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Flags

RO

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Recorded total active energy during the last interval in Wh

BOOLEAN

REAL32

Received total active energy during the last interval in

Wh

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Supplied total active energy during at last interval in

Wh

REAL32 RO

RO Recorded total apparent energy during the last interval in Wh

Received total apparent energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

REAL32

Supplied total apparent energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

Recorded total reactive energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Reactive Energy Positive

Received total reactive energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

Reactive Energy Negative

Supplied total reactive energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F612 PMX Total Active Reduced

Index (hex) Name

F612:0 PMX Total Active Reduced

F612:11

F612:12

Active Power

Active Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Active power in W

Active energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

INT64

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

190 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F613 PMX Total Apparent Reduced

Index (hex) Name

F613:0 PMX Total Apparent

Reduced

F613:11

F613:12

Apparent Power

Apparent Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Apparent power in VA

Apparent energy in mVAh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

INT64

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F614 PMX Total Reactive Reduced

Index (hex) Name

F614:0

F614:11

F614:12

PMX Total Reactive

Reduced

Reactive Power

Reactive Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Reactive power in var

Reactive energy in mvarh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

INT64

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F615 PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced

Index (hex) Name

F615:0 PMX Total Interval

Energy Reduced

F615:10 TxPDO Toggle

Meaning

Max. subindex

F615:11

F615:12

F615:13

Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Reactive Energy

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Balanced total effective energy in the last interval in

Wh

Balanced total apparent energy in the last interval in

VAh

Balanced total reactive energy in the last interval in var

BOOLEAN RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.3.5

Output data

Index F700 PMX Variant Value Out

Index (hex) Name

F700:0 PMX Variant Value

Out

F700:11 Index 1 REAL

Meaning

Max. subindex

F700:12

F700:13

F700:14

Index 2 REAL

Index 3 REAL

Index 4 ULINT

Request for variable output value 1 (REAL)

Can be used for all non-energy values (details see settings)

Request for variable output value 2 (REAL)

Can be used for all non-energy values (details see settings)

Request for variable output value 3 (REAL)

Can be used for all non-energy values (details see settings)

Request for variable output value 4 (ULINT)

Can be used for all energy values (which are output as ULINT): 45-59 and 1069-1083

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Index F701 PMX Interval

Index (hex) Name

F701:0 PMX Interval

F701:01 Reset Interval

Meaning

Max. subindex

Manual option for resetting the interval (see basic function principles – Statistical evaluation)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

191

Commissioning

6.7.3.6

Information and diagnostic data

Index 90n0 PMX info data voltage (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n0:0

90n0:11

PMX Info data Voltage

Voltage Peak

90n0:12

90n0:13

Voltage RMS Minimum

Voltage RMS Maximum

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Peak value of the instantaneous voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Minimum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Maximum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 90n1 PMX info data current (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n1:0

90n1:11

PMX Info data Current

Current Peak

90n1:12

90n1:13

Current RMS Minimum

Current RMS Maximum

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Peak value of the instantaneous current in the last interval in A

REAL32

REAL32 Minimum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

Maximum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 90n2 PMX info data power (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n2:0

90n2:11

90n2:12

Meaning

PMX Info data Power Max. subindex

Active Power Avg

Active Power Min

Average active phase power during the last interval in W

Minimum active phase power during the last interval in W

90n2:13

90n2:14

90n2:15

90n2:16

90n2:17

90n2:18

90n2:19

90n2:1A

90n2:1B

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

Active Power Max Maximum active phase power during the last interval in W

Apparent Power Avg Average apparent phase power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Power Min Minimum apparent phase power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

Apparent Power Max Maximum apparent phase power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

Reactive Power Avg Average reactive phase power during the last interval in var

REAL32

REAL32 Reactive Power Min Minimum reactive phase power during the last interval in var

Reactive Power Max Maximum reactive phase power during the last interval in var

Phi Phase angle in degrees (between voltage U_Lx and the corresponding current I_Lx)

REAL32

REAL32

Phase angle Phase difference in degrees (between different voltages U_Lx and U_Ly)

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x1B (27 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

192 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 90n3 PMX info data energy (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n3:0 PMX info data energy ch.1

90n3:11

90n3:12

90n3:13

90n3:14

90n3:15

90n3:16

Active Energy

Positive Active Energy

Negative Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Positive Apparent Energy

Negative Apparent

Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Recorded active phase energy in mWh

Received active phase energy in mWh

Supplied active phase energy in mWh

Recorded apparent phase energy in mWh

Received apparent phase energy in mWh

Supplied apparent phase energy in mWh

90n3:17

90n3:18

90n3:19

Reactive Energy

Positive Reactive Energy

Negative Reactive

Energy

Recorded reactive phase energy in mWh

Received reactive phase energy in mWh

Supplied reactive phase energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

Index 90n4 PMX Harmonic Voltage (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n4:0 PMX Harmonic Voltage Ch.1

90n4:01 Harmonic 0

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

90n4:02

90n4:03

90n4:04

90n4:2A

Harmonic 1

Harmonic 2

Harmonic 3

Harmonic 41

DC component of the oscillation in % of the fundamental wave

Fundamental wave

Second harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

Third harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

41st harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x2A (42 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 90n5 PMX Harmonic Current (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n5:0 PMX Harmonic Voltage Ch.1

90n5:01 Harmonic 0

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

90n5:02

90n5:03

90n5:04

90n5:2A

Harmonic 1

Harmonic 2

Harmonic 3

Harmonic 41

DC component of the oscillation in % of the fundamental wave

Fundamental wave

2nd harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

3rd harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

41st harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x2A (42 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index A0n0 PMX Diag data (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

A0n0:0 PMX diag data ch.1

Meaning

Max. subindex

A0n0:11 Saturation Time Voltage

Time (in 0.1 ms) in which the terminal has measured an overvoltage.

A0n0:12 Saturation Time Current

Time (in 0.1 ms) in which the terminal has measured an overcurrent.

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RO

UINT32 RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F081 Download revision

Index (hex) Name

F081:0 Download revision

F010:01 Revision number

Meaning

Max. subindex

Configured revision of the terminal,

(see note)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RW

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

193

Commissioning

Index F80F PM Vendor data

Index (hex) Name

F80F:0

F80F:11

PMX Vendor data

Type

Meaning

Max. subindex

Vendor-specific data

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

Default

0x11 (17 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F902 PMX Total Info data Power

Index (hex) Name

F902:0 PMX Total Info data

Power

F902:11

F902:12

F902:13

F902:14

F902:15

F902:16

Meaning

Max subindex

Data type

UINT8

Active Power Avg

Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Average total active power during the last interval in

W

REAL32

Minimum total active power in the last interval in W REAL32

Maximum total active power in the last interval in W REAL32

REAL32 Apparent Power Avg Average total apparent power during the last interval in VA

Apparent Power Min Minimum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

Apparent Power Max Maximum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

F902:17

F902:18

F902:19

Reactive Power Avg Average total reactive power average during the last interval in var

Reactive Power Min Minimum total reactive power in the last interval in var

Reactive Power Max Maximum total reactive power in the last interval in var

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F903 PMX Total Info data Energy

Index (hex) Name

F903:0 PMX Total Info data

Energy

F903:11

F903:12

F903:13

F903:14

F903:15

Active Energy

Positive Active Energy

Negative Active Energy

Apparent Energy

F903:16

F903:17

F903:18

Positive Apparent Energy

Negative Apparent

Energy

Reactive Energy

F903:19

Positive Reactive Energy

Negative Reactive

Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Recorded total active energy in mWh

Received total active energy in mWh

Supplied total active energy in mWh

Recorded total apparent energy in mWh

Received total apparent energy in mWh

Supplied total apparent energy in mWh

Recorded total reactive energy in mWh

Received total reactive energy in mWh

Supplied total reactive energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

Index F904 PMX Total Info data PQF

Index (hex) Name

F904:0 PMX Total Info data

PQF

F904:11 PQF Avg

Meaning

Max. subindex

F904:12

F904:13

PQF Min

PQF Max

Average value of the power quality factor during the last interval

Minimum power quality factor in the last interval

Maximum power quality factor in the last interval

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

194 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index FA00 PMX Diag data

Index (hex) Name

FA00:0

FA00:11

FA00:12

FA00:13

PMX Diag data

Min CPU Die Temperature

Max CPU Die Temperature

EBUS Voltage

Meaning

Max. subindex

Minimum CPU temperature measured so far

Maximum CPU temperature measured so far

Current E-bus voltage

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RO

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.3.7

Standard objects

Standard objects (0x1000-0x1FFF)

The standard objects have the same meaning for all EtherCAT slaves.

Index 1000 Device type

Index (hex) Name

1000:0 Device type

Meaning

Device type of the EtherCAT slave: The Lo-Word contains the CoE profile used (5001). The Hi-Word contains the module profile according to the modular device profile.

Data type Flags

UINT32 RO

Default

0x01551389

(22352777 dec

)

Index 1008 Device name

Index (hex) Name

1008:0 Device name

Meaning

Device name of the EtherCAT slave

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

EL34xx

Index 1009 Hardware version

Index (hex) Name

1009:0 Hardware version

Meaning

Hardware version of the EtherCAT slave

Index 100A Software Version

Index (hex) Name

100A:0 Software version

Meaning

Firmware version of the EtherCAT slave

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Index 100B Bootloader version

Index (hex) Name

100B:0 Bootloader version

Meaning

Bootloader version

Index 1018 Identity

Index (hex) Name

1018:0 Identity

1018:01

1018:02

Vendor ID

Product code

1018:03 Revision

1018:04 Serial number

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Meaning

Information for identifying the slave

Vendor ID of the EtherCAT slave

Product code of the EtherCAT slave

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

Revision number of the EtherCAT slave; the low word (bit 0-15) indicates the special terminal number, the high word (bit 16-31) refers to the device description

UINT32

Serial number of the EtherCAT slave; the low byte

(bit 0-7) of the low word contains the year of production, the high byte (bit 8-15) of the low word contains the week of production, the high word (bit 16-31) is 0

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x00000002 (2 dec

)

0x0D733052

(225652818 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

) e.g. 0x00001E06

(KW 30/2006)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

195

Commissioning

Index 10F0 Backup parameter

Index (hex) Name

10F0:0

10F0:01

Backup parameter

Checksum

Meaning

Length of this object

Checksum

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

Default

0x01

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 10F3 Diagnosis History

Index

10F3:0

10F3:01

10F3:02

10F3:03

10F3:04

10F3:05

10F3:06

...

10F3:15

Name

Newest Acknowledged Message

Meaning

Diagnosis History Maximum subindex

Maximum Messages Maximum number of stored messages. A maximum of 50 messages can be stored

Newest Message Subindex of the latest message

Subindex of the last confirmed message

Indicates that a new message is available New Messages Available

Flags

Diagnosis Message

001 not used

Message 1

...

Diagnosis Message

016

...

Message 16

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT8

RO

RO

UINT8

UINT8

RO

RW

BOOLEAN RO

UINT16 RW

OCTET

STRING[28]

RO

...

OCTET

STRING[28]

...

RO

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

{0}

...

{0}

Index 10F8 Actual Time Stamp

Index

10F8:0

Name

Actual Time Stamp

Meaning

Time stamp

Data type Flags

UINT64 RO

Default

0x00000000000000

00 (0 dec

)

Index 10F9 Time Distribution Object

Index

10F9:0

10F9:01

Name

Time Distribution Object

Distributed Time

Value

Meaning

Max Subindex

Data type

UINT8

Object for time distribution by the EtherCAT Master INT64

Flags

RO

RW

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

Index 1600 Total RxPDO-Map Outputs Device

Index (hex) Name

1600:0 Total RxPDO-Map

Outputs Device

1600:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping RxPDO 1

1600:02

1600:03

1600:04

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x7030 (PMX Variant

Value Out), entry 0x11 (Index 1 REAL))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x7030 (PMX Variant

Value Out), entry 0x12 (Index 2 REAL))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x7030 (PMX Variant

Value Out), entry 0x13 (Index 3 REAL))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x7030 (PMX Variant

Value Out), entry 0x14 (Index 4 ULINT))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0xF700:11, 16

0xF700:12, 16

0xF700:13, 16

0xF700:14, 16

Index 1601 Total RxPDO-Map Interval

Index (hex) Name

1601:0

1601:01

Total RxPDO-Map Interval

SubIndex 001

1601:02 SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping RxPDO 2

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF701 (PMX Interval), entry 0x01 (Reset Interval))

2. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0xF701:01, 1

0x0000:00, 15

196 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Status (for L1, pp = 00; L2, pp = 0A; L3, pp = 14)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0

1App:01

1App:02

TxPDO-Map Status

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (2 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x03 (Overcurrent))

1App:03 SubIndex 003

1App:04

1App:05

1App:06

1App:07

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x04 (Inaccurate Voltage))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x05 (Inaccurate Current))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x06 (Voltage Guard Warning))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x07 (Voltage Guard Error))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x08 (Current Guard Warning))

1App:08

1App:09

1App:0A

1App:0B

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

SubIndex 011

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x09 (Current Guard Error))

9. PDO Mapping entry (6 bits align)

10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x0B (11 dec

)

0x60n0:01, 1**

0x60n0:02, 1**

0x60n0:03, 1**

0x60n0:04, 1**

0x60n0:05, 1**

0x60n0:06, 1**

0x60n0:07, 1**

0x60n0:08, 1**

0x60n0:09, 1**

0x00n0:00, 6**

0x60n0:10, 1**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Basic (for L1, pp = 01; L2, pp = 0B; L3, pp = 15)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Basic

1App:01 SubIndex 001

1App:02 SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n1 (PMX Basic), entry 0x11 (Voltage))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n1 (PMX Basic), entry 0x12 (Current))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x60n1:11, 32**

0x60n1:12, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Power (for L1, pp = 02; L2, pp = 0C; L3, pp = 16)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0

1App:01

1App:02

TxPDO-Map Power

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n2 (PMX Power), entry 0x11 (Active Power))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n2 (PMX Power), entry 0x12 (Apparent Power))

1App:03

1App:04

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n2 (PMX Power), entry 0x13 (Reactive Power))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n2 (PMX Power), entry 0x14 (Power Factor))

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dez

)

0x60n2:11, 32**

0x60n2:12, 32**

0x60n2:13, 32**

0x60n2:14, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Energy (for L1, pp = 03; L2, pp = 0D; L3, pp = 17)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0

1App:01

1App:02

TxPDO-Map Energy

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x11 (Active Energy))

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

1App:03 SubIndex 003 3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x13 (Reactive Energy))

UINT32 RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x60n4:11, 64**

0x60n4:12, 64**

0x60n4:13, 64**

EL34xx Version: 1.5

197

Commissioning

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Timing (for L1, pp = 04; L2, pp = 0E; L3, pp = 18)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Timing

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n6 (PMX Timing), entry 0x12 (Voltage Last Zero Crossing))

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x60n6:12, 64**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Advanced (for L1, pp = 05; L2, pp = 0F; L3, pp = 19)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Advanced

1App:01 SubIndex 001

1App:02 SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

RO

1App:03

1App:04

1App:05

1App:06

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x11 (Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x12 (Current Distortion Factor))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x13 (Current Total Harmonic Distortion))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x14 (Cos Phi))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x00n0:00, 15**

0x60n7:10, 1**

0x60n7:11, 32**

0x60n7:12, 32**

0x60n7:13, 32**

0x60n7:14, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Statistic Voltage (for L1, pp = 06; L2, pp = 10; L3, pp = 1A)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Voltage

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1App:02

1App:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n8 (PMX Statistic

Voltage), entry 0x11 (Voltage Peak))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n8 (PMX Statistic

Voltage), entry 0x12 (Voltage RMS Minimum))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n8 (PMX Statistic

Voltage), entry 0x13 (Voltage RMS Maximum))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dez

)

0x60n8:11, 32**

0x60n8:12, 32**

0x60n8:13, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Statistic Current (for L1, pp = 07; L2, pp = 11; L3, pp = 1B)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0

1App:01

L1 TxPDO-Map

Statistic Current

SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 8

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

1App:02

1App:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n9 (PMX Statistic

Current), entry 0x11 (Current Peak))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n9 (PMX Statistic

Current), entry 0x12 (Current RMS Minimum))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n9 (PMX Statistic

Current), entry 0x13 (Current RMS Maximum))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dez

)

0x60n9:11, 32**

0x60n9:12, 32**

0x60n9:13, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

198 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Statistic Power (for L1, pp = 08; L2, pp = 12; L3, pp = 1C)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Power

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1App:02

1App:03

1App:04

1App:05

1App:06

1App:07

1App:08

1App:09

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x11 (Active Power Avg))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x12 (Active Power Min))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x13 (Active Power Max))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x14 (Apparent Power Avg))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x15 (Apparent Power Max))

UINT32

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x16 (Reactive Power Avg))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x17 (Reactive Power Min))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x18 (Reactive Power Max))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x19 (Apparent Power Min))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x09 (9 dec

)

0x60nA:11, 32**

0x60nA:12, 32**

0x60nA:13, 32**

0x60nA:14, 32**

0x60nA:15, 32**

0x60nA:16, 32**

0x60nA:17, 32**

0x60nA:18, 32**

0x60nA:19, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Classic (for L1, pp = 09; L2, pp = 13; L3, pp = 1D)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Classic

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x08 (8 dec

)

1App:01

1App:02

1App:03

1App:04

1App:05

1App:06

1App:07

1App:08

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x11 (Voltage))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x12 (Current))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x13 (Frequency))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x14 (Active Power))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x15 (Apparent Power))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x16 (Reactive Power))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

0x00n0:00, 15**

0x60nB:10, 1**

0x60nB:11, 32**

0x60nB:12, 32**

0x60nB:13, 32**

0x60nB:14, 32**

0x60nB:15, 32**

0x60nB:16, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

199

Commissioning

Index 1A1E Total TxPDO-Map Total Status

Index (hex) Name

1A1E:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Status

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 31

1A1E:01

1A1E:02

1A1E:03

1A1E:04

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x01 (System State))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x02 (Grid Direction))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x03 (Frequency Guard Warning))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x04 (Frequency Guard Error))

1A1E:05 SubIndex 005

1A1E:06

1A1E:07

1A1E:08

1A1E:09

1A1E:0A

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x05 (Neutral Current Guard Warning))

UINT32

UINT32 6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x06 (Neutral Current Guard Error))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x07 (Active Power Guard Warning))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x08 (Active Power Guard Error))

UINT32

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x09 (Apparent Power Guard Warning))

10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0A (Apparent Power Guard Error))

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

1A1E:0B

1A1E:0C

1A1E:0D

1A1E:0E

1A1E:0F

1A1E:10

SubIndex 011

SubIndex 012

SubIndex 013

SubIndex 014

SubIndex 015

SubIndex 016

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0B (Power Quality Guard Warning))

12. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0C (Power Quality Guard Error))

13. PDO Mapping entry (2 bits align)

14. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0F (TxPDO State))

15. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

16. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x11 (Power Quality Factor))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x10 (16 dec

)

0xF600:01, 1

0xF600:02, 1

0xF600:03, 1

0xF600:04, 1

0xF600:05, 1

0xF600:06, 1

0xF600:07, 1

0xF600:08, 1

0xF600:09, 1

0xF600:0A, 1

0xF600:0B, 1

0xF600:0C, 1

0x0000:00, 2

0xF600:0F, 1

0xF600:10, 1

0xF600:11, 32

Index 1A1F Total TxPDO-Map Total Basic

Index (hex) Name

1A1F:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Basic

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 32

1A1F:01

1A1F:02

1A1F:03

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF601 (PMX Grid Basic), entry 0x11 (Frequency))

UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF601 (PMX Grid Basic), entry 0x12 (Power Factor))

UINT32

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF601 (PMX Grid Basic), entry 0x13 (Calculated Neutral Line Current))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0xF601:11, 32

0xF601:12, 32

0xF601:13, 32

200 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1A20 Total TxPDO-Map Advanced

Index (hex) Name

1A20:0 Total TxPDO-Map Advanced

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 33

1A20:01 SubIndex 001

1A20:02 SubIndex 002

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Grid Advanced), entry 0x11 (Max Voltage Harmonic Distortion))

UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Grid Advanced), entry 0x12 (Max Current Harmonic Distortion))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

1A20:03

1A20:04

1A20:05

1A20:06

1A20:07

1A20:08

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Grid Advanced), entry 0x13 (Max Current Distortion Factor))

UINT32

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Grid Advanced), entry 0x14 (Voltage Unbalance))

UINT32

UINT32 5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x11 (Max Voltage Harmonic Distortion))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x12 (Max Current Harmonic Distortion))

UINT32

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x13 (Max Current Distortion Factor))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x14 (Voltage Unbalance))

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x08 (8 dec

)

0xF602:01, 1

0xF602:02, 1

0x0000:00, 13

0xF602:10, 1

0xF602:11, 32

0xF602:12, 32

0xF602:13, 32

0xF602:14, 32

Index 1A21 Total TxPDO-Map Total Active

Index (hex) Name

1A21:0

1A21:01

1A21:02

Total TxPDO-Map Total Active

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 34

1. PDO Mapping entry (32 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF603 (PMX Total

Active), entry 0x12 (Active Energy))

1A21:03 SubIndex 003

1A21:04 SubIndex 004

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF603 (PMX Total

Active), entry 0x13 (Active Positive Energy))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF603 (PMX Total

Active), entry 0x14 (Active Negative Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF603:12, 64

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

0xF603:13, 64

0xF603:14, 64

Index 1A22 Total TxPDO-Map Apparent

Index (hex) Name

1A22:0 Total TxPDO-Map Apparent

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 35

1A22:01 SubIndex 001 1. PDO Mapping entry (32 bits align)

1A22:02 SubIndex 002

1A22:03

1A22:04

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF605 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF605 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x13 (Apparent Positive Energy))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF605 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x14 (Apparent Negative Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF605:12, 64

0xF605:13, 64

0xF605:14, 64

Index 1A23 Total TxPDO-Map Reactive

Index (hex) Name

1A23:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Reactive

1A23:01

1A23:02

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 36

1A23:03

1A23:04

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (32 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x12 (Reactive Energy))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x13 (Reactive Positive Energy))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x14 (Reactive Negative Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF607:12, 64

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

0xF607:13, 64

0xF607:14, 64

EL34xx Version: 1.5

201

Commissioning

Index 1A24 Total TxPDO-Map Total L-L Voltage

Index (hex) Name

1A24:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total L-L Voltage

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 37

1A24:01 SubIndex 001

1A24:02

1A24:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF609 (PMX Grid L-L

Voltages), entry 0x11 (L1-L2 Voltage))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF609 (PMX Grid L-L

Voltages), entry 0x12 (L2-L3 Voltage))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF609 (PMX Grid L-L

Voltages), entry 0x13 (L3-L1 Voltage))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0xF609:11, 32

0xF609:12, 32

0xF609:13, 32

Index 1A25 Total TxPDO-Map Variant Value In

Index (hex) Name

1A25:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Variant Value In

1A25:01

1A25:02

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 38

1A25:03

1A25:04

1A25:05

1A25:06

1A25:07

1A25:08

1A25:09

1A25:0A

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x11 (Index 1 REAL))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x12 (Value 1 REAL))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x13 (Index 2 REAL))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x14 (Value 2 REAL))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x13 (Index 3 REAL))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x16 (Value 3 REAL))

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x17 (Index 4 ULINT))

UINT32

10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x18 (Value 4 ULINT))

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x0A (10 dec

)

0x0000:00, 15

0xF60A:10, 1

0xF60A:11, 16

0xF60A:12, 32

0xF60A:13, 16

0xF60A:14, 32

0xF60A:15, 16

0xF60A:16, 32

0xF60A:17, 16

0xF60A:18, 64

Index 1A26 Total TxPDO-Map Statistic Power

Index (hex) Name

1A26:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Statistic Power

1A26:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 39

1A26:02

1A26:03

1A26:04

1A26:05

1A26:06

1A26:07

1A26:08

1A26:09

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x11 (Active Power Avg))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x12 (Active Power Min))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x13 (Active Power Max))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x14 (Apparent Power Avg))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x15 (Apparent Power Min))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x16 (Apparent Power Max))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x17 (Reactive Power Avg))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x18 (Reactive Power Min))

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x19 (Reactive Power Max))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x09 (9 dec

)

0xF60B:11, 32

0xF60B:12, 32

0xF60B:13, 32

0xF60B:14, 32

0xF60B:15, 32

0xF60B:16, 32

0xF60B:17, 32

0xF60B:18, 32

0xF60B:19, 32

202 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1A27 Total TxPDO-Map Statistic PQF

Index (hex) Name

1A27:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Statistic PQF

1A27:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 40

1A27:02

1A27:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60C (PMX Total

Statistic PQF), entry 0x11 (PQF Avg))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60C (PMX Total

Statistic PQF), entry 0x12 (PQF Min))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60C (PMX Total

Statistic PQF), entry 0x13 (PQF Max))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0xF60C:11, 32 UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

UINT32 RO

0xF60C:12, 32

0xF60C:13, 32

Index 1A28 Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy

Index (hex) Name

1A28:0 Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy

1A28:01

1A28:02

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

1A28:03

1A28:04

1A28:05

1A28:06

1A28:07

1A28:08

1A28:09

1A28:0A

1A28:0B

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

SubIndex 011

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 41

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x11 (Active Energy))

UINT32

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x12 (Active Energy Positive))

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x13 (Active Energy Negative))

UINT32

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x14 (Apparent Energy))

UINT32

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x15 (Apparent Energy Positive))

UINT32

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x16 (Apparent Energy Negative))

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x17 (Reactive Energy))

UINT32

UINT32 10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total

Interval Energy), entry 0x18 (Reactive Energy Positive))

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total

Interval Energy), entry 0x19 (Reactive Energy Negative))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x0B (11 dec

)

0x0000:00, 15

0xF60D:10, 1

0xF60D:11, 32

0xF60D:12, 32

0xF60D:13, 32

0xF60D:14, 32

0xF60D:15, 32

0xF60D:16, 32

0xF60D:17, 32

0xF60D:18, 32

0xF60D:19, 32

Index 1A29 Total TxPDO-Map Active Reduced

Index (hex) Name

1A29:0

1A29:01

1A29:02

Total TxPDO-Map Active Reduced

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 35

1. PDO Mapping entry (Alignet))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF612 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x12 (Active Reduced))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF612:12, 64

Index 1A2A Total TxPDO-Map Apparent Reduced

Index (hex) Name

1A2A:0

1A2A:01

1A2A:02

Total TxPDO-Map Apparent Reduced

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 35

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF613 (PMX Total

Apparent Reduced), entry 0x11 (Apparent Power))

2. . PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF613 (PMX Total

Apparent Reduced), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0xF613:11, 32

0xF613:12, 64

EL34xx Version: 1.5

203

Commissioning

Index 1A2B Total TxPDO-Map Reactive Reduced

Index (hex) Name

1A2B:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Reactive Reduced

1A2B:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 36

1A2B:02 SubIndex 002

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF614 (PMX Total

Reactive Reduced), entry 0x11 (Reactive Power))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF614 (PMX Total

Reactive Reduced), entry 0x12 (Reactive Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0xF614:11, 32

0xF614:12, 64

Index 1A2C Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy Reduced

Index (hex) Name

1A2C:0 Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy Reduced

1A2C:01 SubIndex 001

1A2C:02 SubIndex 002

1A2C:03

1A2C:04

1A2C:05

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 36

1. PDO Mapping entry (align)

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF615 (PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

UINT32

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF615 (PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced), entry 0x11 (Active Energy))

UINT32

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF615 (PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF615 (PMX Total Interval Energy Reduced), entry 0x13 (reactive Energy))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x05 (5 dez

)

0x0000:00, 15

0xF615:10, 1

0xF615:11, 32

0xF615:12, 32

0xF615:13, 32

Index 1C00 Sync manager type

Index (hex) Name

1C00:0 Sync manager type

1C00:01

1C00:02

1C00:03

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1C00:04 SubIndex 004

Meaning

Length of this object

Sync-Manager Type Channel 1: Mailbox Write

Sync-Manager Type Channel 2: Mailbox Read

Sync-Manager Type Channel 3: Process Data Write

(Outputs)

Sync-Manager Type Channel 4: Process Data Read

(Inputs)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

RW

RW

RW

UINT8 RW

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x04 (4 dec

)

Index 1C12 RxPDO assign

Index (hex) Name

1C12:0 RxPDO assign

1C12:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Assign Outputs

Data type

UINT8

1. allocated RxPDO (contains the index of the associated RxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

Flags

RW

RW

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x1601 (5633 dec

)

204 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Index 1C13 TxPDO assign

Commissioning

EL34xx Version: 1.5

205

Commissioning

1C13:18

1C13:19

1C13:1A

1C13:1B

1C13:1C

1C13:1D

1C13:1E

1C13:1F

1C13:20

1C13:0F

1C13:10

1C13:11

1C13:12

1C13:13

1C13:14

1C13:15

1C13:16

1C13:17

1C13:06

1C13:07

1C13:08

1C13:09

1C13:0A

1C13:0B

1C13:0C

1C13:0D

1C13:0E

Index (hex) Name

1C13:0 TxPDO assign

1C13:01 Subindex 001

1C13:02

1C13:03

Subindex 002

Subindex 003

1C13:04

1C13:05

Subindex 004

Subindex 005

Subindex 006

Subindex 007

Subindex 008

Subindex 009

Subindex 010

Subindex 011

Subindex 012

Subindex 013

Subindex 014

Subindex 024

Subindex 025

Subindex 026

Subindex 027

Subindex 028

Subindex 029

Subindex 030

Subindex 031

Subindex 032

Subindex 015

Subindex 016

Subindex 017

Subindex 018

Subindex 019

Subindex 020

Subindex 021

Subindex 022

Subindex 023

Meaning

PDO Assign Inputs

Data type

UINT8

1. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

Flags

RW

RW

RW 2. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

3. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

4. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

5. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

6. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

7. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

8. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

9. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

10. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW 11. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

12. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

13. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

14. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

15. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

16. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

17. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

18. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

19. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

20. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

21. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

22. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

23. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

24. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

25. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

26. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

27. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

28. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

29. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

30. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

31. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

32. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x0A (10 dec

)

0x1A00 (6656 dec

)

0x1A01 (6657 dec

)

0x1A02 (6658 dec

)

0x1A0A (6666 dec

)

0x1A0B (6667 dec

)

0x1A0C (6668 dec

)

0x1A14 (6676 dec

)

0x1A15 (6677 dec

)

0x1A16 (6678 dec

)

0x1A1E (6686 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

206 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Index (hex) Name

1C13:21 Subindex 033

1C13:22 Subindex 034

1C13:23

1C13:24

1C13:25

1C13:26

1C13:27

1C13:28

1C13:29

Subindex 035

Subindex 036

Subindex 037

Subindex 038

Subindex 039

Subindex 040

Subindex 041

Commissioning

Meaning

33. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

34. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

Data type Flags

UINT16 RW

UINT16 RW

35. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16 RW

RW 36. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

37. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

38. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

39. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

40. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

41. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

207

Commissioning

Index 1C32 SM output parameter

Index

1C32:0

1C32:01

1C32:02

1C32:03

1C32:04

1C32:05

Name Meaning

SM output parameter Synchronization parameters for the outputs

Sync mode Current synchronization mode:

0: Free Run

1: Synchron with SM 2 Event

Cycle time

Shift time

Sync modes supported

2: DC-Mode - Synchron with SYNC0 Event

3: DC-Mode - Synchron with SYNC1 Event

Cycle time (in ns):

Free Run: Cycle time of the local timer

Synchron with SM 2 Event: Master cycle time

DC mode: SYNC0/SYNC1 Cycle Time

Time between SYNC0 event and output of the outputs (in ns, DC mode only)

Supported synchronization modes:

Bit 0 = 1: free run is supported

Data type

UINT8

UINT16

UINT32

UINT32

UINT16

Bit 1 = 1: synchronous with SM 2 event is supported

Bit 2-3 = 01: DC mode is supported

Bit 4-5 = 10: Output shift with SYNC1 event (only DC mode)

Bit 14 = 1: dynamic times (measurement through writing of 1C32:08)

Minimum cycle time Minimum cycle time (in ns) UINT32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RO

RO

RO

1C32:06

1C32:07

1C32:08

1C32:09

1C32:0B

1C32:0C

1C32:0D

Calc and copy time

Minimum delay time

Command

Minimum time between SYNC0 and SYNC1 event (in ns, DC mode only)

UINT32

0: Measurement of the local cycle time is stopped

UINT32

UINT16

1: Measurement of the local cycle time is started

The entries 1C32:03, 1C32:05, 1C32:06, 1C32:09,

1C33:03, 1C33:06, 1C33:09 are updated with the maximum measured values.

For a subsequent measurement the measured values are reset

Maximum delay time Time between SYNC1 event and output of the outputs (in ns, DC mode only)

SM event missed counter

Number of missed SM events in OPERATIONAL (DC mode only)

UINT32

UINT16

Cycle exceeded counter

Number of occasions the cycle time was exceeded in

OPERATIONAL (cycle was not completed in time or the next cycle began too early)

UINT16

Shift too short counter Number of occasions that the interval between

SYNC0 and SYNC1 event was too short (DC mode only)

UINT16

RO

RO

RW

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x20 (32 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0016E360

(1500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0805 (2053 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

208 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

1C33:03

1C33:04

1C33:05

1C33:06

1C33:07

1C33:08

1C33:09

1C33:0B

1C33:0C

1C33:0D

Index 1C33 SM input parameter

Index (hex) Name

1C33:0

1C33:01

SM input parameter

Sync mode

Meaning

Synchronization parameters for the inputs

Current synchronization mode:

0: Free Run

1: Synchron with SM 3 Event (no outputs available)

1C33:02 Cycle time

2: DC - Synchron with SYNC0 Event

3: DC - Synchron with SYNC1 Event

34: Synchron with SM 2 event (outputs available) as 1C32:02

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT16

RO

RW

UINT32 RW

Default

0x20 (32 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Shift time

Sync modes supported

Time between SYNC0 event and reading of the inputs (in ns, only DC mode)

Supported synchronization modes:

Bit 0: free run is supported

Bit 1: Synchron with SM 2 Event is supported (outputs available)

UINT32

UINT16

Bit 1: Synchron with SM 3 Event is supported (no outputs available)

Bit 2-3 = 01: DC mode is supported

Bit 4-5 = 01: Input shift through local event (outputs available)

Bit 4-5 = 10: Input shift with SYNC1 event (no outputs available)

Bit 14 = 1: dynamic times (measurement through writing of 1C32:08 or 1C33:08)

Minimum cycle time as 1C32:05 UINT32

Calc and copy time

Minimum delay time

Command

Time between reading of the inputs and availability of the inputs for the master (in ns, only DC mode)

UINT32 as 1C32:08

Maximum delay time Time between SYNC1 event and reading of the inputs (in ns, only DC mode)

UINT32

UINT16

UINT32

SM event missed counter

Cycle exceeded counter as 1C32:11 as 1C32:12

Shift too short counter as 1C32:13

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RW

RO

0x0016E360

(1500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0805 (2053 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Index F000 Modular device profile

Index (hex) Name

F000:0

Meaning

Modular device profile Largest subindex of this object

F000:01 Module index distance

Index distance of the objects of the individual channels

F000:02 Maximum number of modules

Number of channels

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT16 RW

UINT16 RW

Default

0x02

0x0010 (16 dec

)

0x0003 (3 dec

)

Index F008 Code word

Index (hex) Name

F008:0 Code word

Meaning reserved

Data type Flags

UINT32 RW

Default

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Code Word

The vendor reserves the authority for the basic calibration of the terminals. The code word is therefore at present reserved.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

209

Commissioning

Index F010 Module List

Index (hex) Name

F010:0

F010:01

F010:02

F010:03

Module list

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Meaning Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x00000155 (341 dec

)

0x00000155 (341 dec

)

0x00000155 (341 dec

)

6.7.3.8

Command object

Index FB00 PMX Command

The command object is used for triggering an action in the terminal. The command is started by writing subindex 1 (request). Write access is disabled until the current command is completed.

Index (hex) Name

FB00:0

FB00:01

PM Command

Request

FB00:02

FB00:03

Status

Response

Meaning

Largest subindex of this object

Byte 0 - service request data

4 hex

Clear energy

Byte 1 - channel selection all channels 00 hex

01 hex

02 hex

03 hex

Byte 0

Channel 1

Channel 2

Channel 3 reserved

Byte 0 reserved

Byte 1 reserved

Byte 2-n reserved

Data type Flags

UINT8

OCTET-

STRING [2]

RO

RW

UINT8 RW

OCTET-

STRING [2]

RW

Default

0x03

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

210 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6.7.4

EL3453

6.7.4.1

Restore object

Index 1011 Restore default parameters

Index

(hex)

1011:0

Name Meaning

Restore default parameters [ }  289]

Restore default parameters

1011:01 SubIndex 001 If this object is set to " 0x64616F6C" in the set value dialog, all backup objects are reset to their delivery state.

Data type Flags Default

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.4.2

Configuration data

Index 80n0 PMX settings (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n0:0

80n0:11

PMX Settings

Voltage Transformer

Ratio

80n0:12

80n0:13

80n0:14

Current Transformer

Ratio

Current Transformer

Delay

Current Range

80n0:15 Voltage Source

Meaning

Max. subindex

If a voltage transformer is used, its transmission ratio can be entered here.

The ratio of the current transformer used can be entered here.

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

REAL32 RW

Here you can enter a possible time delay of the current transformers in milliseconds.

Selection Current range

100: 100 mA

1000: 1 A

5000: 5 A

Selection Voltage Source:

0: Channel 1

1: Channel 2

2: Channel 3

REAL32

UINT32

UINT32

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

1 A (1000)

Channel 1 (0)

Index 80n1 PMX Guard Settings (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n1:0

80n1:11

80n1:12

PMX Guard Settings

Voltage Guard Min

Error

Voltage Guard Min

Warning

Meaning

Max. subindex

Lower limit value for a voltage error message

Lower limit value for a voltage warning message

80n1:13

80n1:14

80n1:15

80n1:16

80n1:17

80n1:18

Voltage Guard Max

Warning

Upper limit value for a voltage warning message

Voltage Guard Max

Error

Upper limit value for a voltage error message

Current Guard Min Error

Lower limit value for a current error message

Current Guard Min

Warning

Lower limit value for a current warning message

Upper limit value for a current warning message Current Guard Max

Warning

Current Guard Max

Error

Upper limit value for a current error message

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x14 (20dec)

0x40000000

(1073741824 dec

)

0x434F0000

(1129250816 dec

)

0x437D0000

(1132265472 dec

)

0x438B0000

(1133182976 dec

)

0xBF866666

(-1081711002 dec

)

0xBF800000

(-1082130432 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x3F866666

(1065772646 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

211

Commissioning

Index 80n2 PMX User Scale (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n2:0

80n2:01

80n2:11

80n2:12

Meaning

PMX User Scale Ch.1 Max. subindex

User Calibration Enable

User Calibration Voltage Offset

User Calibration Voltage Gain

Set to true to enable user calibration data.

Value in V

Factor (without unit)

80n2:13 Value in A

80n2:14

80n2:15

User Calibration Current Offset

User Calibration Current Gain

User Calibration

Phase Offset

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F800 PMX Settings

Index (hex) Name

F800:0

F800:01

F800:02

F800:11

F800:12

F800:13

F800:14

F800:15

PMX Settings

Reset Interval

Enable Static Fund

Frequency

Reference

Meaning

Max. subindex

Manual restart of the measurement and statistics interval

Fixation of the fundamental frequency for harmonic calculation

Timing reference for the RMS calculation

Data type

UINT8

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

UINT32

Set to "Current" if a current is to be measured without an applied voltage.

permitted values:

0

1

Voltage (default)

Current

Measurement Range Filter setting for determining the fundamental UINT32

Frequency Source

Power Calculation

Threshold

Inaccurate Threshold

Voltage

1

2 permitted values:

0 25..65 Hz (default)

25..400 Hz

12..45 Hz

Source of the system frequency

1

2 permitted values:

0 Channel 1 (default)

Channel 2

Channel 3

Noise reduction:

Here you can enter a minimum limit value in percent for the power calculation, below which all values are zeroed.

Limit value for the warning bit: Inaccurate Voltage

BIT1

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

F800:16 REAL32 RW

F800:17

Inaccurate Threshold

Current

Filter Length

Limit value for the warning bit: Inaccurate Current

Filter length of the RMS value calculation:

0: Disable

1: 2 Samples

2: 3 Samples

3: 4 Samples

4: 5 Samples

5: 6 Samples

UINT32 RW

Default

0x17 (23 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x3FDC28F6

(1071393014 dec

)

0x3BC49BA6

(1002740646 dec

)

Disable (0)

212 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F801 PMX Total Settings PQF

Index (hex) Name

F801:0 PMX Total Settings

PQF

F801:11

F801:12

F801:13

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Nominal voltage A nominal voltage value or set value is required to calculate the power quality factor (for details see basic function principles).

REAL32

Nominal Frequency A nominal frequency or set value is required to calculate the power quality factor (for details see basic function principles).

REAL32

PQF Dataset UINT32 permitted values:

0: default

1: default + unbalace

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x43660000

(1130758144 dec

)

0x42480000

(1112014848 dec

)

0x00000001 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

213

Commissioning

Index F802 PMX Guard Settings

214 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index (hex) Name

F802:0 PMX Guard Settings

Meaning

Max. subindex

F802:11 Frequency Guard Min

Error

Lower limit value for a frequency error message

F802:12

F802:13

F802:14

F802:15

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

Frequency Guard Min

Warning

Frequency Guard

Max Warning

Lower limit value for a frequency warning message

Upper limit value for a frequency warning message

Frequency Guard

Max Error

Upper limit value for a frequency error message

Neutral Current Guard

Min Error

Lower limit value for an error message of the neutral conductor current

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

F802:16

F802:17

F802:18

F802:19

F802:1A

F802:1B

F802:1C

F802:1D

F802:1E

F802:1F

F802:20

F802:21

F802:22

F802:23

F802:24

F802:25

F802:26

F802:27

Neutral Current Guard

Min Warning

Neutral Current Guard

Max Warning

Neutral Current Guard

Max Error

Active Power Guard

Min Error

Active Power Guard

Min Warning

Active Power Guard

Max Warning

Active Power Guard

Max Error

Apparent Power

Guard Min Error

Lower limit value for a warning message of the neutral conductor current

Upper limit value for a warning message of the neutral conductor current

Upper limit value for an error message of the neutral conductor current

Lower limit value for an active power error message

Lower limit value for an active power warning message

Upper limit value for an active power warning message

Upper limit value for an active power error message REAL32

Lower limit value for an apparent power error message

Apparent Power

Guard Min Warning

Apparent Power

Guard Max Warning

Lower limit value for an apparent power warning message

Upper limit value for an apparent power warning message

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Power

Guard Max Error

Upper limit value for an apparent power error message

REAL32

PQF Guard Min Error Lower limit value for a power quality factor error message

REAL32

PQF Guard Min

Warning

Lower limit value for a power quality factor warning message

REAL32

PQF Guard Max

Warning

Unbalance Guard Min

Error

Upper limit value for a power quality factor warning message

PQF Guard Max Error Upper limit value for a power quality factor error message

REAL32

Lower limit value for an error message due to voltage imbalance

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32 Unbalance Guard Min

Warning

Lower limit value for a warning message due to voltage imbalance

Unbalance Guard

Max Warning

Upper limit value for a warning message due to voltage imbalance

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

EL3453

1,050000

(1,050000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,050000

(5,000000e-002)

0,800000

(8,000000e-001)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3423, EL3453

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3443

2,000000

(2,000000e+000)

Default

0x28 (40 dec

)

47,000000

(4,700000e+001)

49,500000

(4,950000e+001)

50,500000

(5,050000e+001)

52,000000

(5,200000e+001)

EL3423, EL3443

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3453

-1,050000

(-1,050000e+000)

EL3423, EL3443

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3453

-1,000000

(-1,000000e+000)

EL3423, EL3443

0,006000

(6,000000e-003)

EL3453

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

EL3423, EL3443

0,030000

(3,000000e-002)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

215

Commissioning

Index (hex) Name

F802:28 Unbalance Guard

Max Error

Meaning

Upper limit value for an error message due to voltage imbalance

Data type Flags

REAL32 RW

Default

EL3423, EL3453

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

EL3443

3,000000

(3,000000e+000)

Index F803 PMX Time Settings

Index (hex) Name

F803:0 PMX Time Settings

F803:11

Meaning

Max. subindex

Measurement Mode permitted values:

F803:12

F803:13

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RW

0

Measurement Interval Time in seconds to automatic restart of the measurement and statistics interval

Actual System Time Shows the current system time of the terminal. Write access to the object is possible in order to change the system time.

UINT32

STRING

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F804 PMX Settings Neutral Current

Index (hex) Name

F804:0

F804:12

F804:13

F804:14

PMX Settings Neutral

Current

Current Transformer

Ratio

Current Transformer

Delay

Current Range

Meaning

Max. subindex

The transmission ratio of the current transformer used can be entered here.

A possible time delay of the current transformers in milliseconds can be entered here.

Selection of the current measuring range:

100: 100 mA

1000: 1 A

5000: 5 A

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

UINT32

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

1 A (1000)

Index F804 PMX Settings Neutral Current

Index (hex) Name

F804:0 PMX Settings Neutral

Current

F804:12

F804:13

Meaning

Max. subindex

Measurement Mode permitted values:

0

Measurement Interval Time in seconds to automatic restart of the measurement and statistics interval

F804:14 Actual System Time Shows the current system time of the terminal. Write access to the object is possible in order to change the system time.

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

STRING

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

216 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6.7.4.3

Configuration data (vendor-specific)

Index 80nF PMX vendor data (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80nF:0

80nF:11

80nF:12

PMX Vendor data

Calibration Voltage

Offset

Calibration Voltage

Gain

80nF:13

80nF:14

80nF:15

80nF:16

80nF:17

Calibration Voltage

Phase Offset

Calibration Current

Offset

Calibration Current

Gain

Calibration Current

Phase Offset

Calibration Current 1

Offset

80nF:18

80nF:19

80nF:1A

80nF:1B

80nF:1C

Calibration Current 1

Gain

Calibration Current 1

Phase Offset

Calibration Current 2

Offset

Calibration Current 2

Gain

Calibration Current 2

Phase Offset

Meaning

Max. subindex

Value in V

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Value in A

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Value in A

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Value in A

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x1C (28 dez

)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

6.7.4.4

Input data

Index 60n0 PMX status (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n0:0 PMX Status

60n0:01 Voltage Sign Bit

60n0:02

60n0:03

60n0:04

60n0:05

60n0:06

60n0:07

6000:10

Meaning

Max. subindex

Indicates the sign of the current sine wave voltage:

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

Overvoltage

Overcurrent

1 = U > 0V

0 = U < 0V

Maximum measurable voltage is exceeded.

Maximum measurable current is exceeded.

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

Inaccurate Voltage

Inaccurate Current

The measured voltage value is smaller than the value entered in CoE object "F800:15 Inaccurate Threshold

Voltage".

BOOLEAN RO

The measured current value is smaller than the value entered in CoE object "F800:16 Inaccurate Threshold

Current".

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO Voltage Guard Warning

A warning limit of the voltage monitor has been breached.

Voltage Guard Error An error limit of the voltage monitor has been breached.

TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

RO

RO

Default

0x10 (16 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

Index 60n1 PMX Basic (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n1:0

60n1:11

60n1:12

PMX Basic

Voltage

Current

Meaning

 Max. Subindex

 RMS value of the voltage in V

 RMS value of the current in A

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

217

Commissioning

Index 60n2 PMX Power (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n2:0

60n2:11

60n2:12

60n2:13

60n2:14

PMX Power

Active power

Apparent Power

Reactive Power

Power Factor

Meaning

 Max Subindex

 Active power in W

 Apparent power in VA

 Reactive power in var

 Power factor

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60n3 PMX Power Fundamental (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n3:0

60n3:11

60n3:12

PMX Power Fundamental

Meaning

 Max. subindex

Active power Fund  Active power in W

Apparent Power Fund  Apparent power in VA

60n3:13 Reactive Power Fund  Reactive power in var

Index 60n4 PMX Energy (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n4:0 PMX Energy

60n4:11

60n4:12

60n4:13

Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Reactive Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Active energy in mWh

Apparent energy in mVAh

Reactive energy in mvarh

Index 60n5 PMX Energy (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n5:0 PMX Energy Fundamental

60n5:11

60n5:12

60n5:13

Active Energy Fund

Apparent Energy

Fund

Meaning

Max. subindex

Active energy fundamental in mWh

Apparent energy fundamental in mVAh

Reactive Energy Fund Reactive energy fundamental in mvarh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

INT64

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

RO

Index 60n6 PMX Timing (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n6:0

60n6:12

60n6:12

PMX Timing

Voltage Last Zero

Crossing

Current Last Zero

Crossing

Meaning

Max Subindex

Last detected voltage zero crossing as distributed clock time

Last detected current zero crossing as distributed clock time

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT64

RO

RO

UINT64 RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

Index 60n7 PMX Advanced (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n7:0

60n7:10

PMX Advanced

TxPDO Toggle

60n7:11

60n7:12

60n7:13

60n7:14

Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion

Current Distortion

Factor

Current Total Harmonic Distortion

Cos phi

Meaning Data type Flags

 Max Subindex

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

UINT8

BOOLEAN RO

 "Total Harmonic Distortion" is the distortion factor of the voltage. It indicates the ratio of the harmonic components of an oscillation relative to its fundamental in %.

REAL32

The "Current Distortion Factor" is also referred to as

TDD (Total Demand Distortion). It indicates the ratio between the current harmonics and the maximum current (EL3443: 1A and EL3443-0010: 5A). Specified in % of the maximum current.

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO  "Total Harmonic Distortion" is the distortion factor of the current. It indicates the ratio of the harmonic components of an oscillation relative to its fundamental in

%.

REAL32

Phase angle of the fundamental wave in degrees REAL32 RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

218 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 60n8 PMX Statistic Voltage (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n8:0

60n8:11

60n8:12

60n8:13

Voltage Peak

Voltage RMS Minimum

Voltage RMS Maximum

Meaning

PMX Statistic Voltage Max Subindex

Peak value of the instantaneous voltage in the last interval in V

Minimum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

Maximum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60n9 PMX Statistic Current (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n9:0

60n9:11

60n9:12

Meaning

PMX Statistic Current Max Subindex

Current Peak

Current RMS Minimum

Peak value of the instantaneous current in the last interval in A

Minimum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

60n9:13 Current RMS Maximum

Maximum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

REAL32 RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60nA PMX Statistic Power (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60nA:0 PMX Statistic Power

Meaning

Max Subindex

60nA:11 Active Power Avg Average active power during the last interval in W

60nA:12

60nA:13

60nA:14

60nA:15

60nA:16

Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Apparent Power Avg

Apparent Power Max

Reactive Power Avg

Minimum active power in the last interval in W

Maximum active power in the last interval in W

Average apparent power during the last interval in VA REAL32

Maximum apparent power in the last interval in VA

Average reactive power average during the last interval in var

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

60nA:17

60nA:18

60nA:19

Reactive Power Min Minimum reactive power in the last interval in var

Reactive Power Max Maximum reactive power in the last interval in var

Apparent Power Min Minimum apparent power in the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 60nB PMX Classic (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

600B:0 PMX Classic

600B:10 TxPDO Toggle

600B:11

600B:12

600B:13

600B:14

600B:15

600B:16

Voltage

Current

Frequency

Active Power

Apparent Power

Reactive Power

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

BOOLEAN

RMS value of the voltage in 0.001 V

RMS value of the current in 0.0001 A

Frequency of the fundamental in 0.001 Hz

Active power in 0.001 W

Apparent power in 0.001 VA

Reactive power in 0.001 var

INT32

INT32

INT32

INT32

INT32

INT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x16 (22 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

219

Commissioning

Index F600 PMX Total Status

Index (hex) Name

F600:0

F600:01

F600:02

F600:03

F600:04

F600:05

PMX Total Status

System State

Grid Direction

Frequency Guard

Warning

Frequency Guard Error

Meaning

Max. subindex

Overall system state (as a logical disjunction of voltage guard errors, phase sequence, overvoltage, overcurrent and frequency guard errors)

Phase sequence L1 - L2 - L3 correctly detected (with clockwise 3-phase mains)

A warning limit of the frequency monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the frequency monitor has been breached.

Data type

UINT8

BOOLEAN

Flags

RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN

RO

RO

Neutral Current Guard

Warning

A warning limit of the neutral conductor current monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

F600:06

F600:07

F600:08

F600:09

F600:0A

F600:0B

F600:0C

F600:0F

F600:10

F600:11

Neutral Current Guard

Error

An error limit of the neutral conductor current monitor has been breached.

Active Power Guard

Warning

Active Power Guard

Error

A warning limit of the active power monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the active power monitor has been breached.

Apparent Power

Guard Warning

A warning limit of the apparent power monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

Apparent Power

Guard Error

Power Quality Guard

Warning

Power Quality Guard

Error

TxPDO State

An error limit of the apparent power monitor has been breached.

A warning limit of the PQF monitor has been breached.

RO

An error limit of the PQF monitor has been breached. BOOLEAN RO

TRUE for general error

TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Power Quality Factor Analog value of the voltage quality between 1.0 and

0 (see basic function principles - Power Quality Factor)

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x11 (17 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F601 PMX Total Basic

Index (hex) Name

F601:0 PMX Total Basic

F601:11

F601:12

F601:14

Frequency

Power Factor

Calculated Error Current

F601:15

F601:16

Meaning

Max. subindex

Frequency in Hz

Power factor

Calculated residual current

(I_L1 + I_L2 + I_L3 + I_N + I_Err = 0) in A

Neutral line Current Measured RMS value of neutral current in A

ROCOF Rate of change of frequency (ROCOF or df/dt) in Hz/ s

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F602 PMX Total Advanced

Index (hex) Name

F602:0

F602:01

F602:02

F602:10

Meaning

PMX Total Advanced Max. subindex

Unbalance Guard

Warning

Unbalance Guard Error

TxPDO Toggle

A warning limit of the unbalance monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the unbalance monitor has been breached.

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

F602:11

F602:12

F602:13

F602:14

Max Voltage Harmonic Distortion

Max Current Harmonic Distortion

Max Current Distortion Factor

Voltage Unbalance

Data type

UINT8

Flags

RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

Maximum distortion factor of all three phase voltages in %.

REAL32

Maximum distortion factor of all three phase currents in %

Maximum "Total Demand Distortion" value of all three phases in %

Ratio between negative and positive voltage system in %

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

220 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F603 PMX Total Active

Index (hex) Name

F603:0

F603:11

F603:12

F603:13

F603:14

PMX Total Active

Active Power

Active Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Active power in W

Recorded active energy in mWh

Active Positive Energy Received active energy in mWh

Active Negative Energy

Supplied active energy in mWh

Index F605 PMX Total Apparent

Index (hex) Name

F605:0 PMX Total Apparent

Meaning

Max. subindex

F605:11

F605:12

F605:13

Apparent Power

Apparent Energy

Apparent Positive Energy

Balanced apparent power in VA

Recorded apparent energy in mWh

Received apparent energy in mWh

F605:14 Apparent Negative

Energy

Supplied apparent energy in mWh

Data type Flags Default

UINT8

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

RO

0x14 (20 dec

)

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

Index F604 PMX Total Active Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

F604:0 PMX Total Active

Fundamental

F604:11

F604:12

Meaning

Max. subindex

Active Power Fund Active power of the fundamental oscillation in W

Active Energy Fund Balanced active energy fundamental oscillation in mWh

F604:13

F604:14

Active Positive Energy Fund

Active Negative Energy Fund

Related active energy of the fundamental oscillation in mWh

Active energy fed into the system of the fundamental oscillation in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

INT64

INT64

INT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

INT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

UINT64 RO

Index F606 PMX Total Apparent Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

F606:0 PMX Total Apparent

Fundamental

F606:11

Meaning

Max. subindex

Apparent Power Fund Apparent power fundamental in VA

F606:12

F606:13

F606:14

Apparent Energy

Apparent Positive Energy

Apparent Negative

Energy

Recorded apparent energy in mWh

Received apparent energy in mWh

Supplied apparent energy in mWh

Index F607 PMX Total Reactive

Index (hex) Name

F607:0

F607:11

F607:12

F607:13

F607:14

PMX Total Reactive

Reactive Power

Reactive Energy

Reactive Positive Energy

Reactive Negative

Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Balanced reactive power in Var

Recorded reactive energy in mWh

Received reactive energy in mWh

Supplied reactive energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

INT64

INT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

UINT64 RO

Data type Flags

UINT8

INT64

INT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

UINT64 RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

221

Commissioning

Index F608 PMX Total Reactive Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

F608:0 PMX Total Reactive

Fundamental

F608:11

F608:12

F608:13

F608:14

Meaning

Max. subindex

Reactive Power Fund Balanced reactive power of the fundamental oscillation in Var

Reactive Energy

Reactive Positive Energy

Recorded reactive energy in mWh

Received reactive energy in mWh

Reactive Negative

Energy

Supplied reactive energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

Index F609 PMX Total L-L Voltages

Index (hex) Name

F609:0 PMX Total L-L Voltages

F609:11 L1-L2 Voltage

Meaning

Max. subindex

F609:12

F609:13

L2-L3 Voltage

L3-L1 Voltage

RMS value of the phase-to-phase voltage between

L1 and L2 in V

RMS value of the phase-to-phase voltage between

L2 and L3 in V

RMS value of the phase-to-phase voltage between

L3 and L1 in V

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags Default

RO 0x13 (19 dec

)

RO

RO

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

RO 0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F60A PMX Variant Value In

Index (hex) Name

F60A:0

Meaning

PMX Variant Value In Max. subindex

F60A:10 TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

F60A:11

F60A:12

Index 1 REAL

Value 1 REAL

Acknowledge for variable output value 1 variable output value channel 1

F60A:13

F60A:14

F60A:15

F60A:16

F60A:17

F60A:18

Index 2 REAL

Value 2 REAL

Index 3 REAL

Value 3 REAL

Index 4 ULINT

Value 4 ULINT

Acknowledge for variable output value 2 variable output value channel 2

Acknowledge for variable output value 3 variable output value channel 3

Acknowledge for variable output value 4 variable output value channel 4

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

UINT16

REAL32

UINT16

REAL32

UINT16

REAL32

UINT16

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x18 (24 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Index F60B PMX Total Statistic Power

Index (hex) Name

F60B:0 PMX Total Statistic

Power

F60B:11 Active Power Avg

F60B:12

F60B:13

F60B:14

F60B:15

F60B:16

F60B:17

F60B:18

F60B:19

Meaning

Max. subindex

Average total active power during the last interval in

W

REAL32

Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Minimum total active power in the last interval in W

Maximum total active power in the last interval in W

Apparent Power Avg Average total apparent power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32 Apparent Power Min Minimum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

Apparent Power Max Maximum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

Reactive Power Avg Average total reactive power average during the last interval in Var

Reactive Power Min Minimum total reactive power in the last interval in

Var

Reactive Power Max Maximum total reactive power in the last interval in

Var

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

222 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F60C PMX Total Statistic PQF

Index (hex) Name

F60C:0 PMX Total Statistic

PQF

F60C:11 PQF Avg

Meaning

Max. subindex

F60C:12

F60C:13

PQF Min

PQF Max

Average value of the power quality factor during the last interval

Minimum power quality factor in the last interval

Maximum power quality factor in the last interval

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F60D PMX Total Interval Energy

Index (hex) Name

F60D:0 PMX Total Interval

Energy

F60D:10 TxPDO Toggle

F60D:11

F60D:12

F60D:13

F60D:14

F60D:15

F60D:16

F60D:17

F60D:18

F60D:19

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Flags

RO

Active Energy

The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Recorded total active energy during the last interval in Wh

BOOLEAN

REAL32

Active Energy

Positive

Active Energy Negative

Apparent Energy

Received total active energy during the last interval in

Wh

REAL32

REAL32 Supplied total active energy during at last interval in

Wh

Recorded total apparent energy during the last interval in Wh

Received total apparent energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

REAL32 Apparent Energy

Positive

Apparent Energy

Negative

Supplied total apparent energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

Reactive Energy

Reactive Energy Positive

Recorded total reactive energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

Received total reactive energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

Reactive Energy Negative

Supplied total reactive energy during the last interval in Wh

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F60E PMX Total Interval Energy Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

F60E:0 PMX Total Interval

Energy Fundamental

F60E:10

F60E:11

F60E:12

F60E:13

Meaning

Max. subindex

TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Active Energy Fund Balanced total effective energy of the fundamental in the last interval in Wh

Active Energy Positive Fund

Total active energy related of the fundamental in the last interval in Wh

Active Energy Negative Fund

Total active energy of the fundamental in the last interval fed in Wh

F60E:14

F60E:15

F60E:16

F60E:17

F60E:18

F60E:19

Data type

UINT8

BOOLEAN

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Energy

Fund

Balanced total apparent energy of the fundamental in the last interval in VA

Apparent Energy Positive Fund

Total apparent energy related of the fundamental in the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Energy

Negative Fund

Total apparent energy of the fundamental in the last interval fed in VA

Reactive Energy Fund Balanced total reactive energy of the fundamental in the last interval in var

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32 Reactive Energy Positive Fund

Total reactive energy related of the fundamental in the last interval in var

Reactive Energy Negative Fund

Total reactive energy of the fundamental in the last interval fed in var

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

223

Commissioning

Index F60F PMX Total System Angles

Index (hex) Name

F60F:0 PMX Total System

Angles

F60F:11

F60F:12

F60F:13

F60F:14

F60F:15

Voltage Angle L1 L2

Voltage Angle L1 L3

Current Angle L1

Current Angle L2

Current Angle L3

Meaning

Max. subindex

Angle between the phase voltages of L1 and L2

Angle between the phase voltages of L1 and L3

Phase angle of the current of L1

Phase angle of the current of L2

Phase angle of the current of L3

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F610 PMX Total System

Index (hex) Name

F610:0 PMX Total System

F610:11 Positive Sequence

F610:12

F610:13

Meaning

Max. subindex

Voltage of the co-system

Negative Sequence Voltage of the opposing system

Zero Sequence Zero system voltage

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F611 PMX Total Statistic Power Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

F611:0

F611:10

F611:11

PMX Total Statistic

Power Fundamental

Active Power Avg

Fund

Active Power Min

Fund

F611:12

F611:13

F611:14

F611:15

F611:16

Active Power Max

Fund

Apparent Power Avg

Fund

Apparent Power Min

Fund

Apparent Power Max

Fund

Reactive Power Avg

Fund

F611:17

F611:18

Reactive Power Min

Fund

Reactive Power Max

Fund

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Average total active power of the fundamental of the last interval in W

Total active power minimum of the fundamental in the last interval in W

Total active power maximum of the fundamental in the last interval in W

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Average total apparent power of the fundamental of the last interval in VA

Total apparent power minimum of the fundamental in the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

Total apparent power maximum of the fundamental in the last interval in VA

REAL32

Average total reactive power of the fundamental of the last interval in var

REAL32

REAL32 Total reactive power minimum of the fundamental in the last interval in var

Total reactive power maximum of the fundamental in the last interval in var

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x18 (24 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

6.7.4.5

Output data

Index F700 PMX Variant Value Out

Index (hex) Name

F700:0 PMX Variant Value

Out

F700:11 Index 1 REAL

Meaning

Max. subindex

F700:12

F700:13

F700:14

Index 2 REAL

Index 3 REAL

Index 4 ULINT

Request for variable output value 1 (REAL)

Can be used for all non-energy values (details see settings)

Request for variable output value 2 (REAL)

Can be used for all non-energy values (details see settings)

Request for variable output value 3 (REAL)

Can be used for all non-energy values (details see settings)

Request for variable output value 4 (ULINT)

Can be used for all energy values (which are output as ULINT): 45-59 and 1069-1083

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x14 (20 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

224 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F701 PMX Interval

Index (hex) Name

F701:0

F701:01

PMX Interval

Reset Interval

Meaning

Max. subindex

Manual option for resetting the interval (see basic function principles – Statistical evaluation)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

6.7.4.6

Information and diagnostic data

Index 90n0 PMX info data voltage (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n0:0 PMX Info data Voltage

90n0:11 Voltage Peak

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

90n0:12

90n0:13

Voltage RMS Minimum

Voltage RMS Maximum

Peak value of the instantaneous voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Minimum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

Maximum RMS value of the voltage in the last interval in V

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 90n1 PMX info data current (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n1:0 PMX Info data Current

90n1:11 Current Peak

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

90n1:12

90n1:13

Current RMS Minimum

Current RMS Maximum

Peak value of the instantaneous current in the last interval in A

REAL32

REAL32 Minimum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

Maximum RMS value of the current in the last interval in A

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 90n2 PMX info data power (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n2:0

Meaning

PMX Info data Power Max. subindex

90n2:11

90n2:12

90n2:13

90n2:14

Active Power Avg

Active Power Min

Average active phase power during the last interval in W

Minimum active phase power during the last interval in W

Active Power Max Maximum active phase power during the last interval in W

Apparent Power Avg Average apparent phase power during the last interval in VA

90n2:15

90n2:16

90n2:17

90n2:18

90n2:19

90n2:1A

90n2:1B

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Apparent Power Min Minimum apparent phase power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

Apparent Power Max Maximum apparent phase power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

Reactive Power Avg Average reactive phase power during the last interval in var

REAL32

Reactive Power Min Minimum reactive phase power during the last interval in var

REAL32

REAL32 Reactive Power Max Maximum reactive phase power during the last interval in var

Phi

Phase angle

Phase angle in degrees (between voltage U_Lx and the corresponding current I_Lx)

Phase difference in degrees (between different voltages U_Lx and U_Ly)

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x1B (27 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

225

Commissioning

Index 90n3 PMX info data energy (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n3:0 PMX info data energy ch.1

90n3:11

90n3:12

90n3:13

90n3:14

90n3:15

90n3:16

Active Energy

Positive Active Energy

Negative Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Positive Apparent Energy

Negative Apparent

Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Recorded active phase energy in mWh

Received active phase energy in mWh

Supplied active phase energy in mWh

Recorded apparent phase energy in mWh

Received apparent phase energy in mWh

Supplied apparent phase energy in mWh

90n3:17

90n3:18

90n3:19

Reactive Energy

Positive Reactive Energy

Negative Reactive

Energy

Recorded reactive phase energy in mWh

Received reactive phase energy in mWh

Supplied reactive phase energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

Index 90n4 PMX Harmonic Voltage (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n4:0 PMX Harmonic Voltage Ch.1

90n4:01 Harmonic 0

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

90n4:02

90n4:03

90n4:04

90n4:40

Harmonic 1

Harmonic 2

Harmonic 3

Harmonic 63

DC component of the oscillation in % of the fundamental wave

Fundamental wave

2nd harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

3rd harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

63rd harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x40 (64 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dez

)

Index 90n5 PMX Harmonic Current (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n5:0 PMX Harmonic Voltage Ch.1

90n5:01 Harmonic 0

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

90n5:02

90n5:03

90n5:04

90n5:40

Harmonic 1

Harmonic 2

Harmonic 3

Harmonic 63

DC component of the oscillation in % of the fundamental wave

Fundamental wave

2nd harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

3rd harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

63rd harmonic in % of the fundamental wave

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x2A (42 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 90n6 PMX Info data Fundamental (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

90n6:0 PMX Info data Fundamental Ch.1

90n6:10

90n6:11

Voltage Fundamental

RMS

Voltage Fundamental

Frequency

Meaning

Max. subindex

Effective voltage of the fundamental wave from the harmonic calculation

Frequency of the fundamental voltage wave from the harmonic calculation

90n6:12

90n6:13

Current Fundamental

RMS

Current Fundamental

Frequency

Effective current of the fundamental wave from the harmonic calculation

Frequency of the fundamental current wave from the harmonic calculation

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0.000000

(0.000000e+000)

0.000000

(0.000000e+000)

0.000000

(0.000000e+000)

0.000000

(0.000000e+000)

226 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index A0n0 PMX Diag data (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

A0n0:0

A0n0:11

A0n0:12

PMX diag data ch.1

Saturation Time Voltage

Saturation Time Current

Meaning

Max. subindex

Time (in 0.1 ms) in which the terminal has measured an overvoltage.

Time (in 0.1 ms) in which the terminal has measured an overcurrent.

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x12 (18 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F081 Download revision

Index (hex) Name

F081:0

F010:01

Download revision

Revision number

Meaning

Max. subindex

Configured revision of the terminal,

(see note)

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F80F PMX vendor data (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

F80F:0 PMX Vendor data

F80F:11

F80F:12

F80F:13

Type

Calibration Current

Offset

Calibration Current

Gain

F80F:14

F80F:15

F80F:16

F80F:17

Calibration Current

Phase Offset

Calibration Current 1

Offset

Calibration Current 1

Gain

Calibration Current 1

Phase Offset

F80F:18

F80F:19

F80F:1A

Calibration Current 2

Offset

Calibration Current 2

1 Gain

Calibration Current 2

Phase Offset

Meaning

Max. subindex

Vendor-specific data

Value in A

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Value in A

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Value in A

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

REAL32

RW

RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x1A (26 dez

)

0x00000000

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

1,000000

(1,000000e+000)

0,000000

(0,000000e+000)

Index F902 PMX Total Info data Power

Index (hex) Name

F902:0 PMX Total Info data

Power

F902:11 Active Power Avg

F902:12

F902:13

F902:14

F902:15

F902:16

F902:17

F902:18

F902:19

Meaning

Max. subindex

Average total active power during the last interval in

W

REAL32

Active Power Min

Active Power Max

Minimum total active power in the last interval in W

Maximum total active power in the last interval in W

Apparent Power Avg Average total apparent power during the last interval in VA

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32 Apparent Power Min Minimum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

Apparent Power Max Maximum total apparent power in the last interval in

VA

Reactive Power Avg Average total reactive power average during the last interval in var

Reactive Power Min Minimum total reactive power in the last interval in var

Reactive Power Max Maximum total reactive power in the last interval in var

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

227

Commissioning

Index F903 PMX Total Info data Energy

Index (hex) Name

F903:0 PMX Total Info data

Energy

F903:11

F903:12

F903:13

F903:14

F903:15

F903:16

Active Energy

Positive Active Energy

Negative Active Energy

Apparent Energy

Positive Apparent Energy

Negative Apparent

Energy

Meaning

Max. subindex

Recorded total active energy in mWh

Received total active energy in mWh

Supplied total active energy in mWh

Recorded total apparent energy in mWh

Received total apparent energy in mWh

Supplied total apparent energy in mWh

F903:17

F903:18

F903:19

Reactive Energy

Positive Reactive Energy

Negative Reactive

Energy

Recorded total reactive energy in mWh

Received total reactive energy in mWh

Supplied total reactive energy in mWh

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

INT64

UINT64

UINT64

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Index F904 PMX Total Info data PQF

Index (hex) Name

F904:0 PMX Total Info data

PQF

F904:11 PQF Avg

Meaning

Max. subindex

F904:12

F904:13

PQF Min

PQF Max

Average value of the power quality factor during the last interval

Minimum power quality factor in the last interval

Maximum power quality factor in the last interval

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F905 PMX Total Info data Power Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

F905:0 PMX Grid Info data

Power Fundamental

F905:11

F905:12

Active Power Avg

Fund

Active Power Min

Fund

F905:13 Active Power Max

Fund

F905:14

F905:15

F905:16

F905:17

F905:18

F905:19

Apparent Power Avg

Fund

Apparent Power Min

Fund

Apparent Power Max

Fund

Reactive Power Avg

Fund

Reactive Power Min

Fund

Reactive Power Max

Fund

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Total active power average of fundamental oscillation of the last interval in W

REAL32

Total active power minimum of fundamental oscillation in the last interval in W

REAL32

Total active power maximum of fundamental oscillation in the last interval in W

REAL32

Total apparent power average of fundamental oscillation of the last interval in VA

REAL32

Total apparent power minimum of fundamental oscillation of the last interval in VA

REAL32

Total apparent power maximum of fundamental oscillation of the last interval in VA

REAL32

Total reactive power average of fundamental oscillation of the last interval in var

REAL32

Total reactive power minimum of fundamental oscillation of the last interval in var

REAL32

Total reactive power maximum of fundamental oscillation of the last interval in var

REAL32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x19 (25 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index FA00 PMX Diag data

Index (hex) Name

FA00:0 PMX Diag data

FA00:11

FA00:12

FA00:13

Meaning

Max. subindex

Min CPU Die Temperature

Minimum CPU temperature measured so far

Maximum CPU temperature measured so far Max CPU Die Temperature

EBUS Voltage Current E-bus voltage

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

228 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

6.7.4.7

Standard objects

Index 1000 Device type

Index (hex) Name

1000:0 Device type

Meaning

Device type of the EtherCAT slave: The Lo-Word contains the CoE profile used (5001). The Hi-Word contains the module profile according to the modular device profile.

Data type Flags

UINT32 RO

Default

0x01551389

(22352777 dec

)

Index 1008 Device name

Index (hex) Name

1008:0 Device name

Meaning

Device name of the EtherCAT slave

Index 1009 Hardware version

Index (hex) Name

1009:0 Hardware version

Meaning

Hardware version of the EtherCAT slave

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

EL34xx

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Index 100A Software Version

Index (hex) Name

100A:0 Software version

Meaning

Firmware version of the EtherCAT slave

Index 100B Bootloader version

Index (hex) Name

100B:0 Bootloader version

Meaning

Bootloader version

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Index 1018 Identity

Index (hex) Name

1018:0 Identity

1018:01 Vendor ID

1018:02 Product code

1018:03 Revision

1018:04 Serial number

Meaning

Information for identifying the slave

Vendor ID of the EtherCAT slave

Product code of the EtherCAT slave

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

Revision number of the EtherCAT slave; the low word (bit 0-15) indicates the special terminal number, the high word (bit 16-31) refers to the device description

UINT32

Serial number of the EtherCAT slave; the low byte

(bit 0-7) of the low word contains the year of production, the high byte (bit 8-15) of the low word contains the week of production, the high word (bit 16-31) is 0

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x00000002 (2 dec

)

0x0D733052

(225652818 dez

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

) e.g. 0x00001E06

(KW 30/2006)

Index 10F0 Backup parameter

Index (hex) Name

10F0:0

10F0:01

Backup parameter

Checksum

Meaning

Length of this object

Checksum

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

Default

0x01

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

229

Commissioning

Index 10F3 Diagnosis History

Index

10F3:0

10F3:01

10F3:02

10F3:03

10F3:04

10F3:05

10F3:06

...

10F3:15

Name

Newest Acknowledged Message

Meaning

Diagnosis History Maximum subindex

Maximum Messages Maximum number of stored messages. A maximum of 50 messages can be stored

Newest Message Subindex of the latest message

Subindex of the last confirmed message

Indicates that a new message is available New Messages Available

Flags

Diagnosis Message

001 not used

Message 1

...

Diagnosis Message

016

...

Message 16

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT8

RO

RO

UINT8

UINT8

RO

RW

BOOLEAN RO

UINT16 RW

OCTET

STRING[28]

RO

...

OCTET

STRING[28]

...

RO

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

{0}

...

{0}

Index 10F8 Actual Time Stamp

Index

10F8:0

Name

Actual Time Stamp

Meaning

Time stamp

Data type Flags

UINT64 RO

Default

0x00000000000000

00 (0 dec

)

Index 1600 Total RxPDO-Map Outputs Device

Index (hex) Name

1600:0

1600:01

Total RxPDO-Map

Outputs Device

SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping RxPDO 1

1600:02

1600:03

1600:04

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x7030 (PMX Variant

Value Out), entry 0x11 (Index 1 REAL))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x7030 (PMX Variant

Value Out), entry 0x12 (Index 2 REAL))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x7030 (PMX Variant

Value Out), entry 0x13 (Index 3 REAL))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x7030 (PMX Variant

Value Out), entry 0x14 (Index 4 ULINT))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0xF700:11, 16

0xF700:12, 16

0xF700:13, 16

0xF700:14, 16

Index 1601 Total RxPDO-Map Interval

Index (hex) Name

1601:0 Total RxPDO-Map Interval

1601:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping RxPDO 2

1601:02 SubIndex 002

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF701 (PMX Interval), entry 0x01 (Reset Interval))

2. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0xF701:01, 1

UINT32 RO 0x0000:00, 15

230 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Status (for L1, pp = 00; L2, pp = 0C; L3, pp = 18)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0

1App:01

1App:02

1App:03

TxPDO-Map Status

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x01 (Voltage Sign Bit))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x02 (Overvoltage))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x03 (Overcurrent))

1App:04 SubIndex 004

1App:05

1App:06

1App:07

1App:08

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x04 (Inaccurate Voltage))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x05 (Inaccurate Current))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x06 (Voltage Guard Warning))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x07 (Voltage Guard Error))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x08 (Current Guard Warning))

1App:09

1App:0A

1App:0B

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

SubIndex 011

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x09 (Current Guard Error))

10. PDO Mapping entry (6 bits align)

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x0B (11 dez

)

0x60n0:01, 1**

0x60n0:02, 1**

0x60n0:03, 1**

0x60n0:04, 1**

0x60n0:05, 1**

0x60n0:06, 1**

0x60n0:07, 1**

0x60n0:08, 1**

0x60n0:09, 1**

0x00n0:00, 6**

0x60n0:10, 1**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Basic (for L1, pp = 01; L2, pp = 0D; L3, pp = 19)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Basic

1App:01 SubIndex 001

1App:02 SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n1 (PMX Basic), entry 0x11 (Voltage))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n1 (PMX Basic), entry 0x12 (Current))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x60n1:11, 32**

0x60n1:12, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Power (for L1, pp = 02; L2, pp = 0E; L3, pp = 1A)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0

1App:01

1App:02

TxPDO-Map Power

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n2 (PMX Power), entry 0x11 (Active Power))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n2 (PMX Power), entry 0x12 (Apparent Power))

1App:03

1App:04

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n2 (PMX Power), entry 0x13 (Reactive Power))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n2 (PMX Power), entry 0x14 (Power Factor))

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dez

)

0x60n2:11, 32**

0x60n2:12, 32**

0x60n2:13, 32**

0x60n2:14, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

231

Commissioning

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Power Fundamental (for L1, pp = 03; L2, pp = 0F; L3, pp = 1B)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Power

Fundamental

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RO

Default

0x03 (3 dez

)

0x60n3:11, 32**

1App:02

1App:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 001

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n3 (PMX Power

Fundamental), entry 0x11 (Active Power Fund))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n3 (PMX Power

Fundamental), entry 0x12 (Apparent Power Fund))

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n3 (PMX Power

Fundamental), entry 0x13 (Reactive Power Fund))

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

0x60n3:12, 32**

0x60n3:13, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Energy (for L1, pp = 04; L2, pp = 10; L3, pp = 1C)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Energy

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x11 (Active Energy))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

1App:02

1App:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

UINT32

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x13 (Reactive Energy))

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x60n4:11, 64**

0x60n4:12, 64**

0x60n4:13, 64**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Energy Fundamental (for L1, pp = 05; L2, pp = 11; L3, pp = 1D)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0

1App:01

TxPDO-Map Energy

Fundamental

SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x60n4:11, 64**

1App:02

1App:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x11 (Active Energy))

UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

UINT32

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n4 (PMX Energy), entry 0x13 (Reactive Energy))

UINT32

RO

RO

0x60n4:12, 64**

0x60n4:13, 64**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Timing (for L1, pp = 06; L2, pp = 12; L3, pp = 1E)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Timing

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n6 (PMX Timing), entry 0x12 (Voltage Last Zero Crossing))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x60n6:12, 64**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

232 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Advanced (for L1, pp = 07; L2, pp = 13; L3, pp = 1F)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Advanced

1App:01

1App:02

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

RO

1App:03

1App:04

1App:05

1App:06

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x11 (Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x12 (Current Distortion Factor))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x13 (Current Total Harmonic Distortion))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n7 (PMX Advanced), entry 0x14 (Cos Phi))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x00n0:00, 15**

0x60n7:10, 1**

0x60n7:11, 32**

0x60n7:12, 32**

0x60n7:13, 32**

0x60n7:14, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Statistic Voltage (for L1, pp = 08; L2, pp = 14; L3, pp = 20)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Voltage

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1App:02

1App:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n8 (PMX Statistic

Voltage), entry 0x11 (Voltage Peak))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n8 (PMX Statistic

Voltage), entry 0x12 (Voltage RMS Minimum))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n8 (PMX Statistic

Voltage), entry 0x13 (Voltage RMS Maximum))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dez

)

0x60n8:11, 32**

0x60n8:12, 32**

0x60n8:13, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Statistic Current (for L1, pp = 09; L2, pp = 15; L3, pp = 21)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 L1 TxPDO-Map

Statistic Current

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 8

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

RO

1App:02

1App:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n9 (PMX Statistic

Current), entry 0x11 (Current Peak))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n9 (PMX Statistic

Current), entry 0x12 (Current RMS Minimum))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n9 (PMX Statistic

Current), entry 0x13 (Current RMS Maximum))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dez

)

0x60n9:11, 32**

0x60n9:12, 32**

0x60n9:13, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

233

Commissioning

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Statistic Power (for L1, pp = 0A; L2, pp = 16; L3, pp = 22)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Statistic

Power

1App:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1App:02

1App:03

1App:04

1App:05

1App:06

1App:07

1App:08

1App:09

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x11 (Active Power Avg))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x12 (Active Power Min))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x13 (Active Power Max))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x14 (Apparent Power Avg))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x15 (Apparent Power Max))

UINT32

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x16 (Reactive Power Avg))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x17 (Reactive Power Min))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x18 (Reactive Power Max))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nA (PMX Statistic

Power), entry 0x19 (Apparent Power Min))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x09 (9 dez

)

0x60nA:11, 32**

0x60nA:12, 32**

0x60nA:13, 32**

0x60nA:14, 32**

0x60nA:15, 32**

0x60nA:16, 32**

0x60nA:17, 32**

0x60nA:18, 32**

0x60nA:19, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Classic (for L1, pp = 0B; L2, pp = 17; L3, pp = 23)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0 TxPDO-Map Classic

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x08 (8 dec

)

1App:01

1App:02

1App:03

1App:04

1App:05

1App:06

1App:07

1App:08

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x11 (Voltage))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x12 (Current))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x13 (Frequency))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x14 (Active Power))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x15 (Apparent Power))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60nB (PMX Classic), entry 0x16 (Reactive Power))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

0x00n0:00, 15**

0x60nB:10, 1**

0x60nB:11, 32**

0x60nB:12, 32**

0x60nB:13, 32**

0x60nB:14, 32**

0x60nB:15, 32**

0x60nB:16, 32**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

234 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1A24 Total TxPDO-Map Status

Index (hex) Name

1A24:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Status

1A24:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 31

1A24:02

1A24:03

1A24:04

1A24:05

1A24:06

1A24:07

1A24:08

1A24:09

1A24:0A

1A24:0B

1A24:0C

1A24:0D

1A24:0E

1A24:0F

1A24:10

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

SubIndex 011

SubIndex 012

SubIndex 013

SubIndex 014

SubIndex 015

SubIndex 016

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x01 (System State))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x02 (Grid Direction))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x03 (Frequency Guard Warning))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x04 (Frequency Guard Error))

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x09 (Apparent Power Guard Warning))

10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0A (Apparent Power Guard Error))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x05 (Neutral Current Guard Warning))

UINT32

UINT32 6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x06 (Neutral Current Guard Error))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x07 (Active Power Guard Warning))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x08 (Active Power Guard Error))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0B (Power Quality Guard Warning))

12. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0C (Power Quality Guard Error))

13. PDO Mapping entry (2 bits align)

14. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0F (TxPDO State))

15. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

16. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x11 (Power Quality Factor))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x10 (16 dec

)

0xF600:01, 1

0xF600:02, 1

0xF600:03, 1

0xF600:04, 1

0xF600:05, 1

0xF600:06, 1

0xF600:07, 1

0xF600:08, 1

0xF600:09, 1

0xF600:0A, 1

0xF600:0B, 1

0xF600:0C, 1

0x0000:00, 2

0xF600:0F, 1

0xF600:10, 1

0xF600:11, 32

Index 1A26 Total TxPDO-Map Advanced

Index (hex) Name

1A26:0 Total TxPDO-Map Advanced

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 33

1A26:01 SubIndex 001

1A26:02 SubIndex 002

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Grid Advanced), entry 0x11 (Max Voltage Harmonic Distortion))

UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Grid Advanced), entry 0x12 (Max Current Harmonic Distortion))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

1A26:03

1A26:04

1A26:05

1A26:06

1A26:07

1A26:08

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Grid Advanced), entry 0x13 (Max Current Distortion Factor))

UINT32

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Grid Advanced), entry 0x14 (Voltage Unbalance))

UINT32

UINT32 5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x11 (Max Voltage Harmonic Distortion))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x12 (Max Current Harmonic Distortion))

UINT32

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x13 (Max Current Distortion Factor))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x14 (Voltage Unbalance))

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x08 (8 dec

)

0xF602:01, 1

0xF602:02, 1

0x0000:00, 13

0xF602:10, 1

0xF602:11, 32

0xF602:12, 32

0xF602:13, 32

0xF602:14, 32

EL34xx Version: 1.5

235

Commissioning

Index 1A27 Total TxPDO-Map Active

Index (hex) Name

1A27:0 Total TxPDO-Map Active

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 34

1A27:01

1A27:02

1A27:03

1A27:04

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (32 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF603 (PMX Total

Active), entry 0x12 (Active Energy))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF603 (PMX Total

Active), entry 0x13 (Active Positive Energy))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF603 (PMX Total

Active), entry 0x14 (Active Negative Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF603:12, 64

0xF603:13, 64

UINT32 RO 0xF603:14, 64

Index 1A28 Total TxPDO-Map Active Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

1A28:0 Total TxPDO-Map Active Fundamental

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 34

1A28:01 SubIndex 001

1A28:02 SubIndex 002

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF604 (PMX Total

Active Fundamental), entry 0x11 (Active Power

Fund))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF604 (PMX Total

Active Fundamental), entry 0x12 (Active Energy

Fund))

1A28:03

1A28:04

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF604 (PMX Total

Active Fundamental), entry 0x13 (Active Positive Energy Fund))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF604 (PMX Total

Active Fundamental), entry 0x14 (Active Negative

Energy Fund))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dez

)

0xF604:11, 32

0xF604:12, 64

0xF604:13, 64

0xF604:14, 64

Index 1A29 Total TxPDO-Map Apparent

Index (hex) Name

1A29:0 Total TxPDO-Map Apparent

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 35

1A29:01

1A29:02

1A29:03

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1. PDO Mapping entry (32 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF605 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF605 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x13 (Apparent Positive Energy))

1A29:04 SubIndex 004 4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF605 (PMX Total

Apparent), entry 0x14 (Apparent Negative Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x0000:00, 32

0xF605:12, 64

0xF605:13, 64

0xF605:14, 64

Index 1A2A Total TxPDO-Map Apparent Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

1A2A:0 Total TxPDO-Map Apparent Fundamental

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 35

1A2A:01 SubIndex 001

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF606 (PMX Total

Apparent Fundamental), entry 0x11 (Apparent Power

Fund))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

1A2A:02 SubIndex 002 UINT32 RO

1A2A:03

1A2A:04

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF606 (PMX Total

Apparent Fundamental), entry 0x12 (Apparent Energy Fund))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF606 (PMX Total

Apparent Fundamental), entry 0x13 (Apparent Positive Energy Fund))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF606 (PMX Total

Apparent Fundamental), entry 0x14 (Apparent Negative Energy Fund))

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dez

)

0xF606:11, 32

0xF606:12, 64

0xF606:13, 64

0xF606:14, 64

236 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1A2B Total TxPDO-Map Reactive

Index (hex) Name

1A2B:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Reactive

1A2B:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 36

1A2B:02

1A2B:03

1A2B:04

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x11 (Reactive Power))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x12 (Reactive Energy))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x13 (Reactive Positive Energy))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF607 (PMX Total

Reactive), entry 0x14 (Reactive Negative Energy))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x04 (4 dez

)

0xF607:11, 32 UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO 0xF607:12, 64

0xF607:13, 64 UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO 0xF607:14, 64

Index 1A2C Total TxPDO-Map Reactive

Index (hex) Name

1A2C:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Reactive Fundamental

1A2C:01 SubIndex 001

1A2C:02

1A2C:03

1A2C:04

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 36

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF608 (PMX Total

Reactive Fundamental), entry 0x11 (Reactive Power

Fund))

UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF608 (PMX Total

Reactive Fundamental), entry 0x12 (Reactive Energy

Fund))

UINT32

UINT32 3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF608 (PMX Total

Reactive Fundamental), entry 0x13 (Reactive Positive Energy Fund))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF608 (PMX Total

Reactive Fundamental), entry 0x14 (Reactive Negative Energy Fund))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0xF608:11, 32

0xF608:12, 64

0xF608:13, 64

0xF608:14, 64

Index 1A2D Total TxPDO-Map L-L Voltage

Index (hex) Name

1A2D:0 Total TxPDO-Map L-L

Voltage

1A2D:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 37

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF609 (PMX Total L-

L Voltages), entry 0x11 (L1-L2 Voltage))

1A2D:02 SubIndex 002

1A2D:03 SubIndex 003

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF609 (PMX Total L-

L Voltages), entry 0x12 (L2-L3 Voltage))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF609 (PMX Total L-

L Voltages), entry 0x13 (L3-L1 Voltage))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dez

)

0xF609:11, 32

0xF609:12, 32

0xF609:13, 32

EL34xx Version: 1.5

237

Commissioning

Index 1A2E Total TxPDO-Map Variant Value In

Index (hex) Name

1A2E:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Variant Value In

1A2E:01

1A2E:02

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 38

1A2E:03

1A2E:04

1A2E:05

1A2E:06

1A2E:07

1A2E:08

1A2E:09

1A2E:0A

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x11 (Index 1 REAL))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x12 (Value 1 REAL))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x13 (Index 2 REAL))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x14 (Value 2 REAL))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x13 (Index 3 REAL))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x16 (Value 3 REAL))

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x17 (Index 4 ULINT))

UINT32

10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60A (PMX Variant

Value In), entry 0x18 (Value 4 ULINT))

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x0A (10 dec

)

0x0000:00, 15

0xF60A:10, 1

0xF60A:11, 16

0xF60A:12, 32

0xF60A:13, 16

0xF60A:14, 32

0xF60A:15, 16

0xF60A:16, 32

0xF60A:17, 16

0xF60A:18, 64

Index 1A2F Total TxPDO-Map Statistic Power

Index (hex) Name

1A2F:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Statistic Power

1A2F:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 39

1A2F:02

1A2F:03

1A2F:04

1A2F:05

1A2F:06

1A2F:07

1A2F:08

1A2F:09

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x11 (Active Power Avg))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x12 (Active Power Min))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x13 (Active Power Max))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x14 (Apparent Power Avg))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x15 (Apparent Power Min))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x16 (Apparent Power Max))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x17 (Reactive Power Avg))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x18 (Reactive Power Min))

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60B (PMX Total

Statistic Power), entry 0x19 (Reactive Power Max))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x09 (9 dec

)

0xF60B:11, 32

0xF60B:12, 32

0xF60B:13, 32

0xF60B:14, 32

0xF60B:15, 32

0xF60B:16, 32

0xF60B:17, 32

0xF60B:18, 32

0xF60B:19, 32

Index 1A30 Total TxPDO-Map Statistic PQF

Index (hex) Name

1A30:0

1A30:01

Total TxPDO-Map

Statistic PQF

SubIndex 001

1A30:02

1A30:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 40

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60C (PMX Total

Statistic PQF), entry 0x11 (PQF Avg))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60C (PMX Total

Statistic PQF), entry 0x12 (PQF Min))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60C (PMX Total

Statistic PQF), entry 0x13 (PQF Max))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0xF60C:11, 32 UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

UINT32 RO

0xF60C:12, 32

0xF60C:13, 32

238 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1A31 Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy

Index (hex) Name

1A31:0 Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy

1A31:01

1A31:02

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

1A31:03

1A31:04

1A31:05

1A31:06

1A31:07

1A31:08

1A31:09

1A31:0A

1A31:0B

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

SubIndex 011

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 41

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x11 (Active Energy))

UINT32

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x12 (Active Energy Positive))

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x13 (Active Energy Negative))

UINT32

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x14 (Apparent Energy))

UINT32

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x15 (Apparent Energy Positive))

UINT32

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x16 (Apparent Energy Negative))

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total Interval Energy), entry 0x17 (Reactive Energy))

UINT32

UINT32 10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total

Interval Energy), entry 0x18 (Reactive Energy Positive))

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60D (PMX Total

Interval Energy), entry 0x19 (Reactive Energy Negative))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x0B (11 dec

)

0x0000:00, 15

0xF60D:10, 1

0xF60D:11, 32

0xF60D:12, 32

0xF60D:13, 32

0xF60D:14, 32

0xF60D:15, 32

0xF60D:16, 32

0xF60D:17, 32

0xF60D:18, 32

0xF60D:19, 32

Index 1A32 Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

1A32:0 Total TxPDO-Map Interval Energy Fundamental

1A32:01

1A32:02

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

1A32:03

1A32:04

1A32:05

1A32:06

1A32:07

1A32:08

1A32:09

1A32:0A

1A32:0B

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

SubIndex 011

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 41

Data type

UINT8

1. PDO Mapping entry (15 bits align) UINT32

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x10 (TxPDO

Toggle Fund))

UINT32

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x11 (Active Energy Fund))

UINT32

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x12 (Active Energy Positive Fund))

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x13 (Active Energy Negative Fund))

UINT32

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x14 (Apparent

Energy Fund))

UINT32

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x15 (Apparent

Energy Positive Fund))

UINT32

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x16 (Apparent

Energy Negative Fund))

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x17 (Reactive

Energy Fund))

UINT32

UINT32 10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total

Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x18 (Reactive

Energy Positive Fund))

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60E (PMX Total

Interval Energy Fundamental), entry 0x19 (Reactive

Energy Negative Fund))

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x0B (11 dez

)

0x0000:00, 15

0xF60E:10, 1

0xF60E:11, 32

0xF60E:12, 32

0xF60E:13, 32

0xF60E:14, 32

0xF60E:15, 32

0xF60E:16, 32

0xF60E:17, 32

0xF60E:18, 32

0xF60E:19, 32

EL34xx Version: 1.5

239

Commissioning

Index 1A33 Total TxPDO-Map System Angles

Index (hex) Name

1A33:0 Total TxPDO-Map

System Angles

1A33:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 41

1A33:02

1A33:03

1A33:04

1A33:05

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60F (PMX Total

System Angles), entry 0x11 (Voltage Angle L1L2))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60F (PMX Total

System Angles), entry 0x12 (Voltage Angle L1L3))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60F (PMX Total

System Angles), entry 0x13 (Current Angle L1))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60F (PMX Total

System Angles), entry 0x14 (Current Angle L2))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF60F (PMX Total

System Angles), entry 0x15 (Current Angle L3))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

Default

0x05 (5 dez

)

0xF60F:11, 32 UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO 0xF60F:12, 32

0xF60F:13, 32 UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO 0xF60F:14, 32

UINT32 RO 0xF60F:15, 32

Index 1A34 Total TxPDO-Map System

Index (hex) Name

1A34:0 Total TxPDO-Map

System

1A34:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 41

1A34:02

1A34:03

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF610 (PMX Total

System ), entry 0x11 (Positive Sequence))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF610 (PMX Total

System ), entry 0x12 (Negative Sequence))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF610 (PMX Total

System ), entry 0x13 (Zero Sequence))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dez

)

0xF610:11, 32

0xF610:12, 32

UINT32 RO 0xF610:13, 32

Index 1A35 Total TxPDO-Map Statistic Power Fundamental

Index (hex) Name

1A35:0 Total TxPDO-Map

Statistic Power Fundamental

1A35:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 39

1A35:02

1A35:03

1A35:04

1A35:05

1A35:06

1A35:07

1A35:08

1A35:09

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF611 (PMX Total

Statistic Power Fundamental), entry 0x10 (Active

Power Avg Fund))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF611 (PMX Total

Statistic Power Fundamental), entry 0x11 (Active

Power Min Fund))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF611 (PMX Total

Statistic Power Fundamental), entry 0x12 (Active

Power Max Fund))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF611 (PMX Total

Statistic Power Fundamental), entry 0x13 (Apparent

Power Avg Fund))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF611 (PMX Total

Statistic Power Fundamental), entry 0x14 (Apparent

Power Min Fund))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF611 (PMX Total

Statistic Power Fundamental), entry 0x15 (Apparent

Power Max Fund))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF611 (PMX Total

Statistic Power Fundamental), entry 0x16 (Reactive

Power Avg Fund))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF611 (PMX Total

Statistic Power Fundamental), entry 0x17 (Reactive

Power Min))

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF611 (PMX Total

Statistic Power Fundamental), entry 0x18 (Reactive

Power Max))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x09 (9 dez

)

0xF611:10, 32

0xF611:11, 32

0xF611:12, 32

0xF611:13, 32

0xF611:14, 32

0xF611:15, 32

0xF611:16, 32

0xF611:17, 32

0xF611:18, 32

240 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1C00 Sync manager type

Index (hex) Name

1C00:0

1C00:01

1C00:02

1C00:03

Sync manager type

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1C00:04 SubIndex 004

Meaning

Length of this object

Sync-Manager Type Channel 1: Mailbox Write

Sync-Manager Type Channel 2: Mailbox Read

Sync-Manager Type Channel 3: Process Data Write

(Outputs)

Sync-Manager Type Channel 4: Process Data Read

(Inputs)

Data type

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x04 (4 dec

)

Index 1C12 RxPDO assign

Index (hex) Name

1C12:0 RxPDO assign

1C12:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Assign Outputs

Data type

UINT8

1. allocated RxPDO (contains the index of the associated RxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

Flags

RW

RW

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x1601 (5633 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

241

Commissioning

Index 1C13 TxPDO assign

242 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

1C13:18

1C13:19

1C13:1A

1C13:1B

1C13:1C

1C13:1D

1C13:1E

1C13:1F

1C13:20

1C13:0F

1C13:10

1C13:11

1C13:12

1C13:13

1C13:14

1C13:15

1C13:16

1C13:17

1C13:06

1C13:07

1C13:08

1C13:09

1C13:0A

1C13:0B

1C13:0C

1C13:0D

1C13:0E

Index (hex) Name

1C13:0 TxPDO assign

1C13:01 Subindex 001

1C13:02

1C13:03

Subindex 002

Subindex 003

1C13:04

1C13:05

Subindex 004

Subindex 005

Subindex 006

Subindex 007

Subindex 008

Subindex 009

Subindex 010

Subindex 011

Subindex 012

Subindex 013

Subindex 014

Subindex 024

Subindex 025

Subindex 026

Subindex 027

Subindex 028

Subindex 029

Subindex 030

Subindex 031

Subindex 032

Subindex 015

Subindex 016

Subindex 017

Subindex 018

Subindex 019

Subindex 020

Subindex 021

Subindex 022

Subindex 023

Commissioning

Meaning

PDO Assign Inputs

Data type

UINT8

1. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

Flags

RW

RW

RW 2. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

3. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

4. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

5. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

6. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

7. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

8. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

9. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

10. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW 11. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

12. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

13. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

14. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

15. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

16. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

17. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

18. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

19. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

20. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

21. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

22. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

23. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

24. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

25. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

26. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

27. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

28. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

29. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

30. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

31. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

32. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x0A (10 dec

)

0x1A00 (6656 dec

)

0x1A01 (6657 dec

)

0x1A02 (6658 dec

)

0x1A0A (6666 dec

)

0x1A0B (6667 dec

)

0x1A0C (6668 dec

)

0x1A14 (6676 dec

)

0x1A15 (6677 dec

)

0x1A16 (6678 dec

)

0x1A1E (6686 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

243

Commissioning

Index (hex) Name

1C13:21 Subindex 033

1C13:22 Subindex 034

1C13:23

1C13:24

1C13:25

1C13:26

1C13:27

1C13:28

1C13:29

Subindex 035

Subindex 036

Subindex 037

Subindex 038

Subindex 039

Subindex 040

Subindex 041

Meaning

33. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

34. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

Data type Flags

UINT16 RW

UINT16 RW

35. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16 RW

RW 36. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

37. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

38. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

39. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

40. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

41. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

244 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1C32 SM output parameter

Index

1C32:0

1C32:01

1C32:02

1C32:03

1C32:04

1C32:05

Name Meaning

SM output parameter Synchronization parameters for the outputs

Sync mode Current synchronization mode:

0: Free Run

1: Synchron with SM 2 Event

Cycle time

Shift time

Sync modes supported

2: DC-Mode - Synchron with SYNC0 Event

3: DC-Mode - Synchron with SYNC1 Event

Cycle time (in ns):

Free Run: Cycle time of the local timer

Synchron with SM 2 Event: Master cycle time

DC mode: SYNC0/SYNC1 Cycle Time

Time between SYNC0 event and output of the outputs (in ns, DC mode only)

Supported synchronization modes:

Bit 0 = 1: free run is supported

Data type

UINT8

UINT16

UINT32

UINT32

UINT16

Bit 1 = 1: synchronous with SM 2 event is supported

Bit 2-3 = 01: DC mode is supported

Bit 4-5 = 10: Output shift with SYNC1 event (only DC mode)

Bit 14 = 1: dynamic times (measurement through writing of 1C32:08)

Minimum cycle time Minimum cycle time (in ns) UINT32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RO

RO

RO

1C32:06

1C32:07

1C32:08

1C32:09

1C32:0B

1C32:0C

1C32:0D

Calc and copy time

Minimum delay time

Command

Minimum time between SYNC0 and SYNC1 event (in ns, DC mode only)

UINT32

0: Measurement of the local cycle time is stopped

UINT32

UINT16

1: Measurement of the local cycle time is started

The entries 1C32:03, 1C32:05, 1C32:06, 1C32:09,

1C33:03, 1C33:06, 1C33:09 are updated with the maximum measured values.

For a subsequent measurement the measured values are reset

Maximum delay time Time between SYNC1 event and output of the outputs (in ns, DC mode only)

SM event missed counter

Number of missed SM events in OPERATIONAL (DC mode only)

UINT32

UINT16

Cycle exceeded counter

Number of occasions the cycle time was exceeded in

OPERATIONAL (cycle was not completed in time or the next cycle began too early)

UINT16

Shift too short counter Number of occasions that the interval between

SYNC0 and SYNC1 event was too short (DC mode only)

UINT16

RO

RO

RW

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x20 (32 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0016E360

(1500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0805 (2053 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

245

Commissioning

1C33:03

1C33:04

1C33:05

1C33:06

1C33:07

1C33:08

1C33:09

1C33:0B

1C33:0C

1C33:0D

Index 1C33 SM input parameter

Index (hex) Name

1C33:0

1C33:01

SM input parameter

Sync mode

Meaning

Synchronization parameters for the inputs

Current synchronization mode:

0: Free Run

1: Synchron with SM 3 Event (no outputs available)

1C33:02 Cycle time

2: DC - Synchron with SYNC0 Event

3: DC - Synchron with SYNC1 Event

34: Synchron with SM 2 event (outputs available) as 1C32:02

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT16

RO

RW

UINT32 RW

Default

0x20 (32 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Shift time

Sync modes supported

Time between SYNC0 event and reading of the inputs (in ns, only DC mode)

Supported synchronization modes:

Bit 0: free run is supported

Bit 1: Synchron with SM 2 Event is supported (outputs available)

UINT32

UINT16

Bit 1: Synchron with SM 3 Event is supported (no outputs available)

Bit 2-3 = 01: DC mode is supported

Bit 4-5 = 01: Input shift through local event (outputs available)

Bit 4-5 = 10: Input shift with SYNC1 event (no outputs available)

Bit 14 = 1: dynamic times (measurement through writing of 1C32:08 or 1C33:08)

Minimum cycle time as 1C32:05 UINT32

Calc and copy time

Minimum delay time

Command

Time between reading of the inputs and availability of the inputs for the master (in ns, only DC mode)

UINT32 as 1C32:08

Maximum delay time Time between SYNC1 event and reading of the inputs (in ns, only DC mode)

UINT32

UINT16

UINT32

SM event missed counter

Cycle exceeded counter as 1C32:11 as 1C32:12

Shift too short counter as 1C32:13

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RW

RO

0x0016E360

(1500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0805 (2053 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

6.7.4.8

Command object

Index FB00 PMX Command

The command object is used for triggering an action in the terminal. The command is started by writing subindex 1 (request). Write access is disabled until the current command is completed.

246 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Index (hex) Name

FB00:0 PM Command

FB00:01 Request

FB00:02

FB00:03

Status

Response

00 hex

01 hex

02 hex

03 hex

Byte 0 reserved

Byte 0 reserved

Byte 1

Meaning

Largest subindex of this object

Byte 0 - service request data

4 hex

Clear energy

Byte 1 - channel selection all channels

Channel 1

Channel 2

Channel 3 reserved

Byte 2-n reserved

Commissioning

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

OCTET-

STRING [2]

RW

Default

0x03

0x0000 (0 dec

)

UINT8 RW

OCTET-

STRING [2]

RW

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

247

Commissioning

6.7.5

EL3483-00xx

6.7.5.1

Restore object

Index 1011 Restore default parameters

Index

(hex)

1011:0

Name Meaning

Restore default parameters [ }  289]

Restore default parameters

1011:01 SubIndex 001 If this object is set to " 0x64616F6C" in the set value dialog, all backup objects are reset to their delivery state.

Data type Flags Default

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.5.2

Configuration data

Index 80n0 PMX settings (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n0:0

80n0:11

PMX Settings

Voltage Transformer

Ratio

Meaning

Max. subindex

If a voltage transformer is used, its transmission ratio can be entered here.

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

Index 80n1 PMX Guard Settings (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80n1:0

80n1:11

80n1:12

PMX Guard Settings

Voltage Guard Min

Error

Voltage Guard Min

Warning

Meaning

Max. subindex

Lower limit value for a voltage error message

Lower limit value for a voltage warning message

80n1:13

80n1:14

Voltage Guard Max

Warning

Voltage Guard Max

Error

Upper limit value for a voltage warning message

Upper limit value for a voltage error message

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x14 (20dec)

0x40000000

(1073741824dec)

0x434F0000

(1129250816dec)

0x437D0000

(1132265472dec)

0x438B0000

(1133182976dec)

Index F800 PMX Settings

Index (hex) Name

F800:0 PMX Settings

F800:01

F800:12

Meaning

Max. subindex

Reset Interval Manual restart of the measurement and statistics interval

Measurement Range Filter setting for determining the fundamental

Data type

UINT8

BOOLEAN

UINT32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

F800:13

F800:15

Frequency Source

Inaccurate Threshold

Voltage

1

2 permitted values:

0 25..65 Hz (default)

25..400 Hz

12..45 Hz

Source of the system frequency

1

2 permitted values:

0 Channel 1 (default)

Channel 2

Channel 3

Limit value for the warning bit: Inaccurate

Voltage

BIT1

REAL32

RW

RW

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3FDC28F6

(1071393014 dec

)

248 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F801 PMX Total Settings PQF

Index (hex) Name

F801:0 PMX Total Settings

PQF

F801:11

F801:12

F801:13

Meaning

Max. subindex

Data type

UINT8

Nominal voltage A nominal voltage value or set value is required to calculate the power quality factor (for details see basic function principles).

REAL32

Nominal Frequency A nominal frequency or set value is required to calculate the power quality factor (for details see basic function principles).

REAL32

PQF Dataset UINT32 permitted values:

0: default

1: default + unbalace

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x43660000

(1130758144 dec

)

0x42480000

(1112014848 dec

)

0x00000001 (0 dec

)

Index F802 PMX Guard Settings

Index (hex) Name

F802:0

F802:11

F802:12

F802:13

PMX Guard Settings

Frequency Guard Min

Error

Frequency Guard Min

Warning

Frequency Guard

Max Warning

Meaning

Max. subindex

Lower limit value for a frequency error message

Upper limit value for a frequency warning message

Data type

UINT8

REAL32

Lower limit value for a frequency warning message REAL32

REAL32

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

F802:14 RW

F802:21

F802:22

F802:23

F802:24

Frequency Guard

Max Error

Upper limit value for a frequency error message REAL32

PQF Guard Min Error Lower limit value for a power quality factor error message

REAL32

REAL32 PQF Guard Min

Warning

PQF Guard Max

Warning

Lower limit value for a power quality factor warning message

Upper limit value for a power quality factor warning message

REAL32

PQF Guard Max Error Upper limit value for a power quality factor error message

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

F802:25

F802:26

F802:27

F802:28

Unbalance Guard Min

Error

Unbalance Guard Min

Warning

Unbalance Guard

Max Warning

Lower limit value for an error message due to voltage imbalance

REAL32

REAL32 Lower limit value for a warning message due to voltage imbalance

Upper limit value for a warning message due to voltage imbalance

REAL32

Unbalance Guard

Max Error

Upper limit value for an error message due to voltage imbalance

REAL32

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x28 (40 dec

)

0x423C0000

(1111228416 dec

)

0x42460000

(1111883776 dec

)

0x424A0000

(1112145920 dec

)

0x42500000

(1112539136 dec

)

0x3D4CCCCD

(1028443341 dec

)

0x3F4CCCCD

(1061997773 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.5.3

Configuration data (vendor-specific)

Index 80nF PMX vendor data (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

80nF:0

80nF:11

80nF:12

PMX Vendor data

Calibration Voltage

Offset

Calibration Voltage

Gain

80nF:13 Calibration Voltage

Phase Offset

Meaning

Max. subindex

Value in V

Factor (without unit)

Value in milliseconds

Data type Flags

UINT8

REAL32

RO

RW

REAL32

REAL32

RW

RW

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x3F800000

(1065353216 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

249

Commissioning

6.7.5.4

Input data

Index 60n0 PMX status (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n0:0

60n0:01

PMX Status

Voltage Sign Bit

60n0:02

60n0:03

60n0:04

60n0:05

60n0:06

60n0:07

6000:10

Meaning

Max. subindex

Indicates the sign of the current sine wave voltage:

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

1 = U > 0V

0 = U < 0V

Overvoltage

Overcurrent

Inaccurate Voltage

Inaccurate Current

Maximum measurable voltage is exceeded.

Maximum measurable current is exceeded.

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

The measured voltage value is smaller than the value entered in CoE object "F800:15 Inaccurate Threshold

Voltage".

BOOLEAN RO

The measured current value is smaller than the value entered in CoE object "F800:16 Inaccurate Threshold

Current".

BOOLEAN RO

A warning limit of the voltage monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO Voltage Guard Warning

Voltage Guard Error An error limit of the voltage monitor has been breached.

TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

RO

RO

Default

0x10 (16 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

Index 60n1*** PMX Basic (n = 0, 1, 2)

Index (hex) Name

60n1:0 PMX Basic

60n1:11 Voltage

Meaning

 Max. Subindex

 RMS value of the voltage in V

***) only for EL3483-0060

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

Default

0x11 (17 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

250 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index F600 PMX Total Status

Index (hex) Name

F600:0

F600:01

F600:02

F600:03

F600:04

F600:05

PMX Total Status

System State

Grid Direction

Frequency Guard

Warning

Frequency Guard Error

Meaning

Max. subindex

Overall system state (as a logical disjunction of voltage guard errors, phase sequence, overvoltage, overcurrent and frequency guard errors)

Phase sequence L1 - L2 - L3 correctly detected (with clockwise 3-phase mains)

A warning limit of the frequency monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the frequency monitor has been breached.

Data type

UINT8

BOOLEAN

Flags

RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN

RO

RO

Neutral Current Guard

Warning

A warning limit of the neutral conductor current monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

F600:06

F600:07

F600:08

F600:09

F600:0A

F600:0B

F600:0C

F600:0F

F600:10

F600:11

Neutral Current Guard

Error

An error limit of the neutral conductor current monitor has been breached.

Active Power Guard

Warning

Active Power Guard

Error

A warning limit of the active power monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the active power monitor has been breached.

Apparent Power

Guard Warning

A warning limit of the apparent power monitor has been breached.

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

Apparent Power

Guard Error

Power Quality Guard

Warning

Power Quality Guard

Error

TxPDO State

An error limit of the apparent power monitor has been breached.

A warning limit of the PQF monitor has been breached.

RO

An error limit of the PQF monitor has been breached. BOOLEAN RO

TRUE for general error

TxPDO Toggle The TxPDO toggle is toggled by the slave when the data of the associated TxPDO is updated.

Power Quality Factor Analog value of the voltage quality between 1.0 and

0 (see basic function principles - Power Quality Factor)

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

BOOLEAN

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x11 (17 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F602 PMX Total Advanced

Index (hex) Name

F602:0

Meaning

PMX Total Advanced Max. subindex

F602:01

F602:02

Unbalance Guard

Warning

Unbalance Guard Error

A warning limit of the unbalance monitor has been breached.

An error limit of the unbalance monitor has been breached.

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

BOOLEAN RO

BOOLEAN RO

Default

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

6.7.5.5

Information and diagnostic data

Index A0n0 PMX Diag data (for ch.1, n = 0; ch.2, n = 1; ch.3, n = 2)

Index (hex) Name

A0n0:0 PMX diag data ch.1

Meaning

Max. subindex

A0n0:11 Saturation Time Voltage

Time (in 0.1 ms) in which the terminal has measured an overvoltage.

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RO

Default

0x11 (17 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F081 Download revision

Index (hex) Name

F081:0 Download revision

F010:01 Revision number

Meaning

Max. subindex

Configured revision of the terminal,

(see note)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RW

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

251

Commissioning

Index F80F PM Vendor data

Index (hex) Name

F80F:0

F80F:11

PMX Vendor data

Type

Meaning

Max. subindex

Vendor-specific data

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

RO

RW

Default

0x11 (17 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index F904 PMX Total Info data PQF

Index (hex) Name

F904:0 PMX Total Info data

PQF

F904:11 PQF Avg

Meaning

Max. subindex

F904:12

F904:13

PQF Min

PQF Max

Average value of the power quality factor during the last interval

Minimum power quality factor in the last interval

Maximum power quality factor in the last interval

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index FA00 PMX Diag data

Index (hex) Name

FA00:0 PMX Diag data

FA00:11

Meaning

Max. subindex

Min CPU Die Temperature

Minimum CPU temperature measured so far

FA00:12 Maximum CPU temperature measured so far

FA00:13

Max CPU Die Temperature

EBUS Voltage Current E-bus voltage

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

REAL32 RO

REAL32

REAL32

RO

RO

Default

0x13 (19 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

6.7.5.6

Standard objects

Standard objects (0x1000-0x1FFF)

The standard objects have the same meaning for all EtherCAT slaves.

Index 1000 Device type

Index (hex) Name

1000:0 Device type

Meaning

Device type of the EtherCAT slave: The Lo-Word contains the CoE profile used (5001). The Hi-Word contains the module profile according to the modular device profile.

Data type Flags

UINT32 RO

Default

0x01551389

(22352777 dec

)

Index 1008 Device name

Index (hex) Name

1008:0 Device name

Meaning

Device name of the EtherCAT slave

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

EL34xx

Index 1009 Hardware version

Index (hex) Name

1009:0 Hardware version

Meaning

Hardware version of the EtherCAT slave

Index 100A Software Version

Index (hex) Name

100A:0 Software version

Meaning

Firmware version of the EtherCAT slave

Index 100B Bootloader version

Index (hex) Name

100B:0 Bootloader version

Meaning

Bootloader version

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

Data type Flags

STRING RO

Default

252 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1018 Identity

Index (hex) Name

1018:0

1018:01

1018:02

Identity

Vendor ID

Product code

1018:03

1018:04

Revision

Serial number

Meaning

Information for identifying the slave

Vendor ID of the EtherCAT slave

Product code of the EtherCAT slave

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x00000002 (2 dec

)

0x0D9B3052

(228274258 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

) Revision number of the EtherCAT slave; the low word (bit 0-15) indicates the special terminal number, the high word (bit 16-31) refers to the device description

UINT32

Serial number of the EtherCAT slave; the low byte

(bit 0-7) of the low word contains the year of production, the high byte (bit 8-15) of the low word contains the week of production, the high word (bit 16-31) is 0

UINT32 RO 0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 10F0 Backup parameter

Index (hex) Name

10F0:0 Backup parameter

10F0:01 Checksum

Meaning

Length of this object

Checksum

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RW

Default

0x01

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Index 10F3 Diagnosis History

Index

10F3:0

10F3:01

10F3:02

10F3:03

10F3:04

10F3:05

10F3:06

...

10F3:15

Name

Diagnosis History

Meaning

Maximum subindex

Maximum Messages Maximum number of stored messages. A maximum of 50 messages can be stored

Newest Message

Newest Acknowledged Message

Subindex of the latest message

Subindex of the last confirmed message

Indicates that a new message is available New Messages Available

Flags

Diagnosis Message

001 not used

Message 1

...

Diagnosis Message

016

...

Message 16

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT8 RO

UINT8

UINT8

RO

RW

BOOLEAN RO

UINT16

OCTET

STRING[28]

RW

RO

...

OCTET

STRING[28]

...

RO

...

{0}

Default

0x15 (21 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

{0}

Index 10F8 Actual Time Stamp

Index

10F8:0

Name

Actual Time Stamp

Meaning

Time stamp

Data type Flags

UINT64 RO

Default

0x00000000000000

00 (0 dec

)

EL34xx Version: 1.5

253

Commissioning

Index 1App TxPDO-Map Status (for L1, pp = 00; L2, pp = 0A; L3, pp = 14)

Index (hex) Name

1App:0

1App:01

1App:02

TxPDO-Map Status

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (1 bits align)

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x02 (Overvoltage))

1App:03 SubIndex 003

1App:04

1App:05

1App:06

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

SubIndex 006

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x03 (Overcurrent))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x04 (Inaccurate Voltage))

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x05 (Inaccurate Current))

6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x06 (Voltage Guard Warning))

1App:07

1App:08

1App:09

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x07 (Voltage Guard Error))

8. PDO Mapping entry (8 bits align)

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x60n0 (PMX Status), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x09 (9 dec

)

0x0000:00, 1

0x60n0:02, 1**

0x60n0:03, 1**

0x60n0:04, 1**

0x60n0:05, 1**

0x60n0:06, 1**

0x60n0:07, 1**

0x0000:00, 8**

0x60n0:10, 1**

**) for L1, n = 0; L2, n = 1; L3, n = 2)

Index 1A01*** L1 TxPDO-Map Status

Index (hex) Name

1A01:0 L1 TxPDO-Map Status

1A01:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x6001 (PMX Basic), entry 0x01 (Voltage))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RO

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x6001:11, 32

***) only for EL3483-0060

Index 1A0B*** L2 TxPDO-Map Status

Index (hex) Name

1A0B:0 L2 TxPDO-Map Status

1A0B:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x6011 (PMX Basic), entry 0x01 (Voltage))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RO

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x6011:11, 32

***) only for EL3483-0060

Index 1A15*** L3 TxPDO-Map Status

Index (hex) Name

1A15:0 L3 TxPDO-Map Status

1A15:01 SubIndex 001

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0x6021 (PMX Basic), entry 0x01 (Voltage))

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32 RO

Default

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x6021:11, 32

***) only for EL3483-0060

254 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

Index 1A1E Total TxPDO-Map Total Status

Index (hex) Name

1A1E:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Status

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 31

1A1E:01

1A1E:02

1A1E:03

1A1E:04

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x01 (System State))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x02 (Grid Direction))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x03 (Frequency Guard Warning))

4. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x04 (Frequency Guard Error))

1A1E:05 SubIndex 005

1A1E:06

1A1E:07

1A1E:08

1A1E:09

1A1E:0A

SubIndex 006

SubIndex 007

SubIndex 008

SubIndex 009

SubIndex 010

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

5. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x05 (Neutral Current Guard Warning))

UINT32

UINT32 6. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x06 (Neutral Current Guard Error))

7. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x07 (Active Power Guard Warning))

8. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x08 (Active Power Guard Error))

UINT32

UINT32

9. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x09 (Apparent Power Guard Warning))

10. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0A (Apparent Power Guard Error))

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

1A1E:0B

1A1E:0C

1A1E:0D

1A1E:0E

1A1E:0F

1A1E:10

SubIndex 011

SubIndex 012

SubIndex 013

SubIndex 014

SubIndex 015

SubIndex 016

11. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0B (Power Quality Guard Warning))

12. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0C (Power Quality Guard Error))

13. PDO Mapping entry (2 bits align)

14. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x0F (TxPDO State))

15. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x10 (TxPDO Toggle))

16. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF600 (PMX Total

Status), entry 0x11 (Power Quality Factor))

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x10 (16 dec

)

0xF600:01, 1

0xF600:02, 1

0xF600:03, 1

0xF600:04, 1

0xF600:05, 1

0xF600:06, 1

0xF600:07, 1

0xF600:08, 1

0xF600:09, 1

0xF600:0A, 1

0xF600:0B, 1

0xF600:0C, 1

0x0000:00, 2

0xF600:0F, 1

0xF600:10, 1

0xF600:11, 32

Index 1A20 Total TxPDO-Map Total Advanced

Index (hex) Name

1A20:0 Total TxPDO-Map Total Advanced

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 33

1A20:01

1A20:02

1A20:03

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x01 (Unbalance Guard Warning))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF602 (PMX Total

Advanced), entry 0x02 (Unbalance Guard Error))

3. PDO Mapping entry (14 bits align)

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0xF602:01, 1

0xF602:02, 1

0x0000:00, 14

Index 1A24*** Total TxPDO-Map Total L-L Voltage

Index (hex) Name

1A24:0

1A24:01

1A24:02

1A24:03

Total TxPDO-Map Total L-L Voltage

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Meaning

PDO Mapping TxPDO 37

1. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF609 (PMX Grid L-L

Voltages), entry 0x11 (L1-L2 Voltage))

2. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF609 (PMX Grid L-L

Voltages), entry 0x12 (L2-L3 Voltage))

3. PDO Mapping entry (object 0xF609 (PMX Grid L-L

Voltages), entry 0x13 (L3-L1 Voltage))

Data type

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

Flags

RO

RO

RO

RO

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0xF609:11, 32

0xF609:12, 32

0xF609:13, 32

***) only for EL3483-0060

EL34xx Version: 1.5

255

Commissioning

Index 1C00 Sync manager type

Index (hex) Name

1C00:0

1C00:01

1C00:02

1C00:03

Sync manager type

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

1C00:04 SubIndex 004

Meaning

Length of this object

Sync-Manager Type Channel 1: Mailbox Write

Sync-Manager Type Channel 2: Mailbox Read

Sync-Manager Type Channel 3: Process Data Write

(Outputs)

Sync-Manager Type Channel 4: Process Data Read

(Inputs)

Data type

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

UINT8

Flags

RO

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x01 (1 dec

)

0x02 (2 dec

)

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x04 (4 dec

)

Index 1C12 RxPDO assign

Index (hex) Name

1C12:0 RxPDO assign

Meaning

PDO Assign Outputs

Data type Flags

UINT8 RW

Default

0x00 (0 dec

)

Index 1C13 TxPDO assign

Index (hex) Name

1C13:0 TxPDO assign

1C13:01 SubIndex 001

1C13:02

1C13:03

1C13:04

1C13:05

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

SubIndex 004

SubIndex 005

Meaning

PDO Assign Inputs

Data type

UINT8

1. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

Flags

RW

RW

2. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16 RW

3. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

4. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

5. allocated TxPDO (contains the index of the associated TxPDO mapping object)

UINT16

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x04 (4 dec

)

0x1A00 (6656 dec

)

0x1A0A (6666 dec

)

0x1A14 (6676 dec

)

0x1A1E (6686 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

256 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Commissioning

1C33:03

1C33:04

1C33:05

1C33:06

1C33:07

1C33:08

1C33:09

1C33:0B

1C33:0C

1C33:0D

Index 1C33 SM input parameter

Index (hex) Name

1C33:0

1C33:01

SM input parameter

Sync mode

Meaning

Synchronization parameters for the inputs

Current synchronization mode:

0: Free Run

1: Synchron with SM 3 Event (no outputs available)

1C33:02 Cycle time

2: DC - Synchron with SYNC0 Event

3: DC - Synchron with SYNC1 Event

34: Synchron with SM 2 event (outputs available) as 1C32:02

Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT16

RO

RW

UINT32 RW

Default

0x20 (32 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Shift time

Sync modes supported

Time between SYNC0 event and reading of the inputs (in ns, only DC mode)

Supported synchronization modes:

Bit 0: free run is supported

Bit 1: Synchron with SM 2 Event is supported (outputs available)

UINT32

UINT16

Bit 1: Synchron with SM 3 Event is supported (no outputs available)

Bit 2-3 = 01: DC mode is supported

Bit 4-5 = 01: Input shift through local event (outputs available)

Bit 4-5 = 10: Input shift with SYNC1 event (no outputs available)

Bit 14 = 1: dynamic times (measurement through writing of 1C32:08 or 1C33:08)

Minimum cycle time as 1C32:05 UINT32

Calc and copy time

Minimum delay time

Command

Time between reading of the inputs and availability of the inputs for the master (in ns, only DC mode)

UINT32 as 1C32:08

Maximum delay time Time between SYNC1 event and reading of the inputs (in ns, only DC mode)

UINT32

UINT16

UINT32

SM event missed counter

Cycle exceeded counter as 1C32:11 as 1C32:12

Shift too short counter as 1C32:13

UINT16

UINT16

UINT16

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RO

RW

RO

0x0016E360

(1500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0805 (2053 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x0007A120

(500000 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00000384 (900 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x0000 (0 dec

)

Index F000 Modular device profile

Index (hex) Name

F000:0

Meaning

Modular device profile Largest subindex of this object

F000:01 Module index distance

Index distance of the objects of the individual channels

F000:02 Maximum number of modules

Number of channels

Data type Flags

UINT8 RO

UINT16 RW

UINT16 RW

Default

0x02

0x0010 (16 dec

)

0x0003 (3 dec

)

Index F008 Code word

Index (hex) Name

F008:0 Code word

Meaning reserved

Data type Flags

UINT32 RW

Default

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

Code Word

The vendor reserves the authority for the basic calibration of the terminals. The code word is therefore at present reserved.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

257

Commissioning

Index F010 Module List

Index (hex) Name

F010:0

F010:01

F010:02

F010:03

Module list

SubIndex 001

SubIndex 002

SubIndex 003

Meaning Data type Flags

UINT8

UINT32

UINT32

UINT32

RW

RW

RW

RW

Default

0x03 (3 dec

)

0x00000155 (341 dec

)

0x00000155 (341 dec

)

0x00000155 (341 dec

)

6.7.5.7

Command object

Index FB00 PMX Command

The command object is used for triggering an action in the terminal. The command is started by writing subindex 1 (request). Write access is disabled until the current command is completed.

Index (hex) Name

FB00:0

FB00:01

PM Command

Request

FB00:02

FB00:03

Status

Response

Meaning

Largest subindex of this object

Byte 0 - service request data

4 hex

Clear energy

Byte 1 - channel selection all channels 00 hex

01 hex

02 hex

03 hex

Byte 0

Channel 1

Channel 2

Channel 3 reserved

Byte 0 reserved

Byte 1 reserved

Byte 2-n reserved

Data type Flags

UINT8

OCTET-

STRING [2]

RO

RW

UINT8 RW

OCTET-

STRING [2]

RW

Default

0x03

0x0000 (0 dec

)

0x00 (0 dec

)

0x00000000 (0 dec

)

258 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

7 Application examples

Application examples

EL34xx Version: 1.5

259

Application examples

7.1

Power measurement on motor with 2 or 3 current transformers

WARNING

WARNING: Risk of electric shock!

If you do not connect terminal point N with the neutral conductor of your mains supply, you have to earth terminal point N, in order to avoid dangerous overvoltages in the event of a fault with a current transformer!

NOTE

Attention! Risk of device damage!

Avoid confusing the current and voltage circuit during connection, since the direct connection of mains voltage to the terminal points for the current transformers (typical input resistance 220 mΩ) would destroy the power measurement terminal!

EL3443

• The voltage is measured via the connections L1, L2 and L3.

• The current is measured with two current transformers [ }  29] via the connections I

L1

and I

L2

.

• The sum of all currents in the 3-phase mains network is 0. The value in circuit I

L3

can be obtained accordingly by wiring the EL3443.

Fig. 161: EL3443, Power measurement with 2 current transformers on a motor

In the circuit shown above (Fig. EL3443, power measurement with 2 current transformers on a motor ), ensure that the three-phase system is either earth-free or has an earthed star point. Alternatively a transformer can be included in a Yy0 circuit.

EL3453

• The voltage is measured via the connections L1, L2 and L3.

• The current is measured with three current transformers [ }  29] via the connections I

L1

, I

L2

.and I

L3

260 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Application examples

Fig. 162: EL3453, Power measurement with 3 current transformers on a motor

In the circuit shown above (Fig. EL3453, Power measurement with 3 current transformers on a motor ), ensure that the three-phase system is either earth-free or has an earthed star point. Alternatively a transformer can be included in a Yy0 circuit.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

261

Application examples

7.2

Power measurement at a machine

WARNING

WARNING: Risk of electric shock!

Bring the Bus Terminal system into a safe, voltage-free state before starting mounting, disassembly or wiring of the Bus Terminals!

NOTE

Attention! Risk of device damage!

Avoid confusing the current and voltage circuit during connection, since the direct connection of mains voltage to the terminal points for the current transformers (typical input resistance 100 mΩ) would destroy the power measurement terminal!

EL3443

• The voltage is measured via connections L1, L2, L3 and N.

• The current is measured via three

current transformers [ }  29]

and the connections I

L1

, I

L2

, I

L3

and I

N

(star point of the current transformers).

Fig. 163: EL3443, power measurement at a machine

Negative power values

If negative power values are measured on a circuit, please check whether the associated current transformer circuit is connected correctly.

EL3453

• The voltage is measured via connections L1, L2, L3 and N.

• The current is measured via 4

current transformers [ }  29]

and the connections I

L1

, I

L2

, I

L3

and I

N

(star point of the current transformers).

262 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Application examples

Fig. 164: EL3453, power measurement at a machine

Negative power values

If negative power values are measured on a circuit, please check whether the associated current transformer circuit is connected correctly.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

263

Application examples

7.3

Power measurement in a single-phase mains network with ohmic consumers

• The voltage is measured via connections L1, L2, L3 and N.

• The current is measured via three

current transformers [ }  29]

and the connections I

L1

, I

L2

, I

L3

and I

N

(star point of the current transformers).

WARNING

WARNING: Risk of electric shock!

Bring the Bus Terminal system into a safe, voltage-free state before starting mounting, disassembly or wiring of the Bus Terminals!

NOTE

Attention! Risk of device damage!

Avoid confusing the current and voltage circuit during connection, since the direct connection of mains voltage to the terminal points for the current transformers (typical input resistance 220 mΩ) would destroy the power measurement terminal!

Fig. 165: Power measurement at ohmic consumers

264 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Application examples

7.4

Power measurement at a fieldbus station

WARNING

Risk of injury through electric shock and damage to the device!

Bring the Bus Terminal system into a safe, voltage-free state before starting mounting, disassembly or wiring of the Bus Terminals!

The example illustrates power measurement at three circuits of the fieldbus station. The terminal measures the:

• Power consumption of the Bus Coupler and E-bus supply

• Power consumption of the power contacts

• Power consumption AS-i over the AS-i potential feed terminal (EL9520)

NOTE

Note rated current!

In the example, the special type EL3443-0010 is used with an extended current measuring range

(5 A max.). The standard EL3443 type is not suitable for this application example because the current measuring range is too small (1 A)!

Fig. 166: Application example - power measurement at a fieldbus station

EL34xx Version: 1.5

265

Application examples

7.5

Power measurement at three-phase motors controlled by a frequency converter

WARNING

Risk of injury through electric shock and damage to the device!

Bring the Bus Terminal system into a safe, voltage-free state before starting mounting, disassembly or wiring of the Bus Terminals!

The example illustrates power measurement at several three-phase motors that are controlled by a frequency converter (AC converter), e.g. at a conveyor system. Each motor is monitored by a EL3443.

Fig. 167: Application example with frequency converter

The electrical isolation of the three-phase-transformer (Yy0) operated by the voltage circuit of the power measurement terminals enables measurement after the frequency converter.

Measuring error in the lower frequency range

If the power measurement takes place after the frequency converter, a larger measuring error is possible in the lower frequency range, particularly for voltage measurement. This error also affects the power calculation.

The three-phase transformer should have a ratio of 1:1. It must not cause a phase shift of the signal! Since high-frequency components only have little influence on the motors, any distortions caused by the threephase transformer have little effect on the practical measurement during the transfer of the harmonics created by the frequency converter.

The power distribution is mapped very well by using a dedicated power measurement terminal for each motor. Excessive current consumption of an individual motor can be detected in good time.

It is not possible to use this method for measuring direct voltage/DC (e.g. holding currents of synchronous motors)! Practical results can be obtained for voltages/currents with a frequency above 12 Hz, depending on the three-phase transformer and current transformers used.

CAUTION

The terminal points N must be grounded!

Due to the electrical isolation through the three-phase transformer, the terminal points N of the power measurement terminals have to be grounded, in order to avoid dangerous overvoltages in the event of a fault in a current transformer!

266 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Application examples

7.6

Power measurement including differential current measurement

• The voltage is measured via connections L1, L2, L3 and N.

• The current is measured via three or four current transformers [ }  29] and the connections I

L1

, I

L1’

, I

L2

, I

L2’

,

I

L3

, I

L3’

and I

N

, I

N’.

WARNING

WARNING: Risk of electric shock!

Bring the Bus Terminal system into a safe, voltage-free state before starting mounting, disassembly or wiring of the Bus Terminals!

Fig. 168: Common wiring of the EL3453 power measurement terminal

In the following diagram, the current measuring channel I

N

is used to measure the neutral conductor current.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

267

Application examples

Fig. 169: Conventional converter arrangement for the EL3453 power measurement terminal including neutral conductor measurement

Diagram of a different transducer arrangement for direct measurement of the differential current:

Fig. 170: Transformer configuration of the EL3453 for differential current measurement

The secondary current path of the differential current transformer must be connected to the terminal contacts

I

N

(and I

N'

).

For correct calculation of the differential current value, the corresponding transformer ratio must be entered in CoE object 0xF804:12.

Example: Transformer ratio 1A:50A corresponds to value to be entered 0.02

268 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Application examples

7.7

Example Function Blocks for Evaluation

https://infosys.beckhoff.com/content/1033/el34xx/Resources/zip/6788206091.zip Example Function Blocks

The example function block presented here takes over the complete reading of all available values from the

EL3443 or EL3453 power measurement terminals and stores them in a STRUCT provided for this purpose:

Fig. 171: FB_example_Struct

To be able to use the function block

• the predefined PDO assignment "Dafault + Variant" must be selected under "Process Data" for the terminal

EL34xx Version: 1.5

269

Application examples

Fig. 172: Selection of predefined PDO Assignment "Dafault + Variant"

• after downloading (see below) and importing PLCopenXML

Fig. 173: Import of PLCopenXML

• the function block variables must be linked to the corresponding terminal PDOs.

270 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Application examples

Fig. 174: Linking of variables

Fig. 175: View in Structure Tree

After activating and starting, all values in the overall structure are to be read out:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

271

Application examples

Fig. 176: View of the overall structure

Reading the terminal information

By multiplexing the over 400 (EL3443) or 600 values (EL3453), the complete reading of the terminal information requires several PLC cycles.

If the application requires individual values more rapidly, these should be read out directly via the corresponding PDOs cycle-currently.

272 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

8 Appendix

8.1

TcEventLogger and IO

The TwinCAT 3 EventLogger provides an interface for the exchange of messages between TwinCAT components and non-TwinCAT components.

Appendix

Fig. 177: Schematic representation TCEventLogger

Refer to the explanations in the TwinCAT EventLogger documentation, e.g. in the Beckhoff InfoSys https:// infosys.beckhoff.com/ → TwinCAT 3 → TE1000 XAE → Technologies → EventLogger.

The EventLogger saves to a local database under ..\TwinCAT\3.1\Boot\LoggedEvents.db and, unlike the

VisualStudio Error Window, is designed for continuous recording.

IO devices can also be a source of messages. If so-called DiagMessages are generated in the IO device, they can be collected by TwinCAT over EtherCAT and displayed in the TcEventLogger with the appropriate device setting. This facilitates the central management of events that hinder operation, as a textual diagnosis no longer needs to be programmed out in the application for each individual IO device. The messages/ events can be displayed directly in the TwinCAT HMI, for example, and thus facilitate the diagnosis.

Notes:

• This feature is supported from TwinCAT 3.1 build 4022.16.

• TwinCAT may be in the RUN or CONFIG mode

• On the manufacturer side, the IO device regarded must (1) generate local DiagMessages and (2) be fundamentally capable of transmitting them as events over EtherCAT. This is not the case with all

EtherCAT IO devices/terminals/boxes from Beckhoff.

The messages managed by the EventLogger can be output in or read from

• the HMI → EventGrid

• C#

• the PLC

• TwinCAT Engineering → Logged Events

The use of the EventLogger with EtherCAT IO with TwinCAT 3.1 build 4022.22 during commissioning is explained below.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

273

Appendix

• The EventLogger window may need to be displayed in the TwinCAT Engineering

Fig. 178: Display EventLogger window

• Some DiagMessages and the resulting Logged Events are shown below, taking an ELM3602-0002 as an example

274 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Appendix

Fig. 179: Display DiagMessages and Logged Events

• Filtering by entries and language is possible in the Logger window.

German: 1031

English: 1033

Fig. 180: Setting filter language

• If an EtherCAT slave is enabled by default to transmit DiagMessages as events over EtherCAT, this can be activated/deactivated for each individual slave in the CoE 0x10F3:05. TRUE means that the slave provides events for collection via EtherCAT, while FALSE deactivates the function.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

275

Appendix

Fig. 181: Activating/deactivating event transmission

• In the respective EtherCAT slave, various "causes" can lead to it transmitting DiagMessages or events.

If only some of these are to be generated, you can read in the device documentation whether and how individual causes can be deactivated, e.g. through CoE settings.

• Settings for the TwinCAT EventLogger can be found under Tools/Options

Fig. 182: Settings TwinCAT EventLogger

8.2

EtherCAT AL Status Codes

For detailed information please refer to the EtherCAT system description .

8.3

Firmware compatibility

Beckhoff EtherCAT devices are delivered with the latest available firmware version. Compatibility of firmware and hardware is mandatory; not every combination ensures compatibility. The overview below shows the hardware versions on which a firmware can be operated.

276 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Appendix

Note

• It is recommended to use the newest possible firmware for the respective hardware

• Beckhoff is not under any obligation to provide customers with free firmware updates for delivered products.

NOTE

Risk of damage to the device!

Pay attention to the instructions for firmware updates on the

separate page [ }  278] .

If a device is placed in BOOTSTRAP mode for a firmware update, it does not check when downloading whether the new firmware is suitable.

This can result in damage to the device! Therefore, always make sure that the firmware is suitable for the hardware version!

EL3423

Hardware (HW)

01*

Firmware

01

02

03

04

05

06*

Revision no.

EL3423-0000-0016

EL3423-0000-0017

EL3423-0000-0018

EL3423-0000-0019

EL3423-0000-0020

Release date

2018/06

2018/08

2018/12

2019/01

2019/01

2019/03

2019/05

EL3443-0000

Hardware (HW)

01*

Firmware

01

02

03

04

05

06*

Revision no.

EL3443-0000-0016

EL3443-0000-0017

EL3443-0000-0018

EL3443-0000-0019

EL3443-0000-0020

Release date

2018/06

2018/08

2018/12

2019/01

2019/01

2019/03

2019/05

EL3443-0010

Hardware (HW)

01*

Firmware

01

02

03

04

05

06*

Revision no.

EL3443-0010-0016

EL3443-0010-0017

EL3443-0010-0018

EL3443-0010-0019

EL3443-0010-0020

Release date

2018/06

2018/08

2018/12

2019/01

2019/01

2019/03

2019/05

EL3443-0011

Hardware (HW)

00*

Firmware

03

04

05

06*

Revision no.

EL3443-0011-0018

EL3443-0011-0019

EL3443-0011-0020

Release date

2018/12

2019/01

2019/01

2019/03

2019/07

EL34xx Version: 1.5

277

Appendix

EL3443-0013

Hardware (HW)

00*

Firmware

03

04

05

06*

Revision no.

EL3443-0013-0018

EL3443-0013-0019

EL3443-0013-0020

Release date

2018/12

2019/01

2019/01

2019/03

2019/07

EL3453

Hardware (HW)

01*

Firmware

01

02

03*

Revision no.

EL3443-0010-0016

EL3443-0010-0017

EL3443-0010-0018

Release date

2018/07

2018/12

2019/02

2019/05

EL3483, EL3483-0060

Hardware (HW)

01*

Firmware

01

02

03

04

05

06*

Revision no.

EL3483-0000-0016

EL3483-0000-0017

EL3483-0000-0018

EL3483-0000-0019

EL3483-0000-0020

Release date

2018/06

2018/08

2018/12

2019/01

2019/01

2019/03

2019/05

*) This is the current compatible firmware/hardware version at the time of the preparing this documentation.

Check on the Beckhoff web page whether more up-to-date documentation is available.

8.4

Firmware Update EL/ES/EM/ELM/EPxxxx

This section describes the device update for Beckhoff EtherCAT slaves from the EL/ES, ELM, EM, EK and

EP series. A firmware update should only be carried out after consultation with Beckhoff support.

Storage locations

An EtherCAT slave stores operating data in up to 3 locations:

• Depending on functionality and performance EtherCAT slaves have one or several local controllers for processing I/O data. The corresponding program is the so-called firmware in *.efw format.

• In some EtherCAT slaves the EtherCAT communication may also be integrated in these controllers. In this case the controller is usually a so-called FPGA chip with *.rbf firmware.

• In addition, each EtherCAT slave has a memory chip, a so-called ESI-EEPROM , for storing its own device description (ESI: EtherCAT Slave Information). On power-up this description is loaded and the

EtherCAT communication is set up accordingly. The device description is available from the download area of the Beckhoff website at ( https://www.beckhoff.de

). All ESI files are accessible there as zip files.

Customers can access the data via the EtherCAT fieldbus and its communication mechanisms. Acyclic mailbox communication or register access to the ESC is used for updating or reading of these data.

The TwinCAT System Manager offers mechanisms for programming all 3 parts with new data, if the slave is set up for this purpose. Generally the slave does not check whether the new data are suitable, i.e. it may no longer be able to operate if the data are unsuitable.

278 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Appendix

Simplified update by bundle firmware

The update using so-called bundle firmware is more convenient: in this case the controller firmware and the

ESI description are combined in a *.efw file; during the update both the firmware and the ESI are changed in the terminal. For this to happen it is necessary

• for the firmware to be in a packed format: recognizable by the file name, which also contains the revision number, e.g. ELxxxx-xxxx_REV0016_SW01.efw

• for password=1 to be entered in the download dialog. If password=0 (default setting) only the firmware update is carried out, without an ESI update.

• for the device to support this function. The function usually cannot be retrofitted; it is a component of many new developments from year of manufacture 2016.

Following the update, its success should be verified

• ESI/Revision: e.g. by means of an online scan in TwinCAT ConfigMode/FreeRun – this is a convenient way to determine the revision

• Firmware: e.g. by looking in the online CoE of the device

NOTE

Risk of damage to the device!

Note the following when downloading new device files

• Firmware downloads to an EtherCAT device must not be interrupted

• Flawless EtherCAT communication must be ensured. CRC errors or LostFrames must be avoided.

• The power supply must adequately dimensioned. The signal level must meet the specification.

In the event of malfunctions during the update process the EtherCAT device may become unusable and require re-commissioning by the manufacturer.

8.4.1

Device description ESI file/XML

NOTE

Attention regarding update of the ESI description/EEPROM

Some slaves have stored calibration and configuration data from the production in the EEPROM. These are irretrievably overwritten during an update.

The ESI device description is stored locally on the slave and loaded on start-up. Each device description has a unique identifier consisting of slave name (9 characters/digits) and a revision number (4 digits). Each slave configured in the System Manager shows its identifier in the EtherCAT tab:

Fig. 183: Device identifier consisting of name EL3204-0000 and revision -0016

EL34xx Version: 1.5

279

Appendix

The configured identifier must be compatible with the actual device description used as hardware, i.e. the description which the slave has loaded on start-up (in this case EL3204). Normally the configured revision must be the same or lower than that actually present in the terminal network.

For further information on this, please refer to the EtherCAT system documentation .

Update of XML/ESI description

The device revision is closely linked to the firmware and hardware used. Incompatible combinations lead to malfunctions or even final shutdown of the device. Corresponding updates should only be carried out in consultation with Beckhoff support.

Display of ESI slave identifier

The simplest way to ascertain compliance of configured and actual device description is to scan the

EtherCAT boxes in TwinCAT mode Config/FreeRun:

Fig. 184: Scan the subordinate field by right-clicking on the EtherCAT device

If the found field matches the configured field, the display shows

Fig. 185: Configuration is identical otherwise a change dialog appears for entering the actual data in the configuration.

280 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Appendix

Fig. 186: Change dialog

In this example in Fig. Change dialog , an EL3201-00000017 was found, while an EL3201-00000016 was configured. In this case the configuration can be adapted with the Copy Before button. The Extended

Information checkbox must be set in order to display the revision.

Changing the ESI slave identifier

The ESI/EEPROM identifier can be updated as follows under TwinCAT:

• Trouble-free EtherCAT communication must be established with the slave.

• The state of the slave is irrelevant.

• Right-clicking on the slave in the online display opens the EEPROM Update dialog, Fig. EEPROM

Update

Fig. 187: EEPROM Update

The new ESI description is selected in the following dialog, see Fig. Selecting the new ESI.

The checkbox

Show Hidden Devices also displays older, normally hidden versions of a slave.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

281

Appendix

Fig. 188: Selecting the new ESI

A progress bar in the System Manager shows the progress. Data are first written, then verified.

The change only takes effect after a restart.

Most EtherCAT devices read a modified ESI description immediately or after startup from the INIT.

Some communication settings such as distributed clocks are only read during power-on. The Ether-

CAT slave therefore has to be switched off briefly in order for the change to take effect.

8.4.2

Firmware explanation

Determining the firmware version

Determining the version on laser inscription

Beckhoff EtherCAT slaves feature serial numbers applied by laser. The serial number has the following structure: KK YY FF HH

KK - week of production (CW, calendar week)

YY - year of production

FF - firmware version

HH - hardware version

Example with ser. no.: 12 10 03 02:

12 - week of production 12

10 - year of production 2010

03 - firmware version 03

02 - hardware version 02

Determining the version via the System Manager

The TwinCAT System Manager shows the version of the controller firmware if the master can access the slave online. Click on the E-Bus Terminal whose controller firmware you want to check (in the example terminal 2 (EL3204)) and select the tab CoE Online (CAN over EtherCAT).

CoE Online and Offline CoE

Two CoE directories are available:

• online : This is offered in the EtherCAT slave by the controller, if the EtherCAT slave supports this.

This CoE directory can only be displayed if a slave is connected and operational.

• offline : The EtherCAT Slave Information ESI/XML may contain the default content of the CoE.

This CoE directory can only be displayed if it is included in the ESI (e.g. "Beckhoff EL5xxx.xml").

The Advanced button must be used for switching between the two views.

In Fig. Display of EL3204 firmware version the firmware version of the selected EL3204 is shown as 03 in

CoE entry 0x100A.

282 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Appendix

Fig. 189: Display of EL3204 firmware version

In (A) TwinCAT 2.11 shows that the Online CoE directory is currently displayed. If this is not the case, the

Online directory can be loaded via the Online option in Advanced Settings (B) and double-clicking on

AllObjects .

8.4.3

Updating controller firmware *.efw

CoE directory

The Online CoE directory is managed by the controller and stored in a dedicated EEPROM, which is generally not changed during a firmware update.

Switch to the Online tab to update the controller firmware of a slave, see Fig. Firmware Update.

Fig. 190: Firmware Update

EL34xx Version: 1.5

283

Appendix

Proceed as follows, unless instructed otherwise by Beckhoff support. Valid for TwinCAT 2 and 3 as

EtherCAT master.

• Switch TwinCAT system to ConfigMode/FreeRun with cycle time >= 1 ms (default in ConfigMode is 4 ms). A FW-Update during real time operation is not recommended.

• Switch EtherCAT Master to PreOP

• Switch slave to INIT (A)

• Switch slave to BOOTSTRAP

• Check the current status (B, C)

• Download the new *efw file (wait until it ends). A pass word will not be neccessary usually.

• After the download switch to INIT, then PreOP

• Switch off the slave briefly (don't pull under voltage!)

• Check within CoE 0x100A, if the FW status was correctly overtaken.

8.4.4

FPGA firmware *.rbf

If an FPGA chip deals with the EtherCAT communication an update may be accomplished via an *.rbf file.

• Controller firmware for processing I/O signals

• FPGA firmware for EtherCAT communication (only for terminals with FPGA)

284 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Appendix

The firmware version number included in the terminal serial number contains both firmware components. If one of these firmware components is modified this version number is updated.

Determining the version via the System Manager

The TwinCAT System Manager indicates the FPGA firmware version. Click on the Ethernet card of your

EtherCAT strand (Device 2 in the example) and select the Online tab.

The Reg:0002 column indicates the firmware version of the individual EtherCAT devices in hexadecimal and decimal representation.

Fig. 191: FPGA firmware version definition

If the column Reg:0002 is not displayed, right-click the table header and select Properties in the context menu.

Fig. 192: Context menu Properties

The Advanced Settings dialog appears where the columns to be displayed can be selected. Under

Diagnosis/ Online View select the '0002 ETxxxx Build' check box in order to activate the FPGA firmware version display.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

285

Appendix

Fig. 193: Dialog Advanced Settings

Update

For updating the FPGA firmware

• of an EtherCAT coupler the coupler must have FPGA firmware version 11 or higher;

• of an E-Bus Terminal the terminal must have FPGA firmware version 10 or higher.

Older firmware versions can only be updated by the manufacturer!

Updating an EtherCAT device

The following sequence order have to be met if no other specifications are given (e.g. by the Beckhoff support):

• Switch TwinCAT system to ConfigMode/FreeRun with cycle time >= 1 ms (default in ConfigMode is

4 ms). A FW-Update during real time operation is not recommended.

286 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Appendix

• In the TwinCAT System Manager select the terminal for which the FPGA firmware is to be updated (in the example: Terminal 5: EL5001) and click the Advanced Settings button in the EtherCAT tab:

• The Advanced Settings dialog appears. Under ESC Access/E²PROM /FPGA click on Write FPGA button:

EL34xx Version: 1.5

287

Appendix

• Select the file (*.rbf) with the new FPGA firmware, and transfer it to the EtherCAT device:

• Wait until download ends

• Switch slave current less for a short time (don't pull under voltage!). In order to activate the new FPGA firmware a restart (switching the power supply off and on again) of the EtherCAT device is required.

• Check the new FPGA status

NOTE

Risk of damage to the device!

A download of firmware to an EtherCAT device must not be interrupted in any case! If you interrupt this process by switching off power supply or disconnecting the Ethernet link, the EtherCAT device can only be recommissioned by the manufacturer!

8.4.5

Simultaneous updating of several EtherCAT devices

The firmware and ESI descriptions of several devices can be updated simultaneously, provided the devices have the same firmware file/ESI.

Fig. 194: Multiple selection and firmware update

Select the required slaves and carry out the firmware update in BOOTSTRAP mode as described above.

288 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

Appendix

8.5

Restoring the delivery state

To restore the delivery state for backup objects in ELxxxx terminals, the CoE object Restore default parameters, SubIndex 001 can be selected in the TwinCAT System Manager (Config mode) (see Fig.

Selecting the Restore default parameters PDO )

Fig. 195: Selecting the "Restore default parameters" PDO

Double-click on SubIndex 001 to enter the Set Value dialog. Enter the value 1684107116 in field Dec or the value 0x64616F6C in field Hex and confirm with OK (Fig. Entering a restore value in the Set Value dialog ).

All backup objects are reset to the delivery state.

Fig. 196: Entering a restore value in the Set Value dialog

Alternative restore value

In some older terminals the backup objects can be switched with an alternative restore value: Decimal value: 1819238756, Hexadecimal value: 0x6C6F6164An incorrect entry for the restore value has no effect.

EL34xx Version: 1.5

289

Appendix

8.6

Support and Service

Beckhoff and their partners around the world offer comprehensive support and service, making available fast and competent assistance with all questions related to Beckhoff products and system solutions.

Beckhoff's branch offices and representatives

Please contact your Beckhoff branch office or representative for local support and service on Beckhoff products!

The addresses of Beckhoff's branch offices and representatives round the world can be found on her internet pages: http://www.beckhoff.com

You will also find further documentation for Beckhoff components there.

Beckhoff Headquarters

Beckhoff Automation GmbH & Co. KG

Huelshorstweg 20

33415 Verl

Germany

Phone:

Fax: e-mail:

+49 5246 963 0

+49 5246 963 198 [email protected]

Beckhoff Support

Support offers you comprehensive technical assistance, helping you not only with the application of individual Beckhoff products, but also with other, wide-ranging services:

• support

• design, programming and commissioning of complex automation systems

• and extensive training program for Beckhoff system components

Hotline:

Fax: e-mail:

+49 5246 963 157

+49 5246 963 9157 [email protected]

Beckhoff Service

The Beckhoff Service Center supports you in all matters of after-sales service:

• on-site service

• repair service

• spare parts service

• hotline service

Hotline:

Fax: e-mail:

+49 5246 963 460

+49 5246 963 479 [email protected]

290 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

List of illustrations

List of illustrations

Fig. 1 EL5021 EL terminal, standard IP20 IO device with serial/ batch number and revision ID (since

2014/01).......................................................................................................................................

10

Fig. 2 EK1100 EtherCAT coupler, standard IP20 IO device with serial/ batch number.........................

11

Fig. 3 CU2016 switch with serial/ batch number....................................................................................

11

Fig. 4 EL3202-0020 with serial/ batch number 26131006 and unique ID-number 204418 ...................

11

Fig. 5 EP1258-00001 IP67 EtherCAT Box with batch number/ date code 22090101 and unique serial number 158102......................................................................................................................

12

Fig. 6 EP1908-0002 IP67 EtherCAT Safety Box with batch number/ date code 071201FF and unique serial number 00346070 ..................................................................................................

12

Fig. 7 EL2904 IP20 safety terminal with batch number/ date code 50110302 and unique serial number 00331701...............................................................................................................................

12

Fig. 8 ELM3604-0002 terminal with unique ID number (QR code) 100001051 and serial/ batch number 44160201...............................................................................................................................

12

Fig. 9 BIC as data matrix code (DMC, code scheme ECC200).............................................................

13

Fig. 10 EL3443 ........................................................................................................................................

15

Fig. 11 EL3423 ........................................................................................................................................

16

Fig. 12 EL3483 ........................................................................................................................................

17

Fig. 13 EL3453 ........................................................................................................................................

18

Fig. 14 Voltage u and current i curves .....................................................................................................

23

Fig. 15 Power s(t) curve...........................................................................................................................

24

Fig. 16 u, i, p curves with phase shift angle (t) (t) (t)................................................................................

25

Fig. 17 Four-quadrant representation of active power/fundamental harmonic reactive power in motor and generator mode ....................................................................................................................

26

Fig. 18 Representation of the power quality factor calculation ................................................................

27

Fig. 19 System manager current calculation ..........................................................................................

33

Fig. 20 EtherCAT tab -> Advanced Settings -> Behavior -> Watchdog ..................................................

34

Fig. 21 States of the EtherCAT State Machine........................................................................................

36

Fig. 22 "CoE Online " tab ........................................................................................................................

38

Fig. 23 Startup list in the TwinCAT System Manager .............................................................................

39

Fig. 24 Offline list .....................................................................................................................................

40

Fig. 25 Online list ....................................................................................................................................

40

Fig. 26 Spring contacts of the Beckhoff I/O components.........................................................................

43

Fig. 27 Attaching on mounting rail ...........................................................................................................

44

Fig. 28 Disassembling of terminal............................................................................................................

45

Fig. 29 Power contact on left side............................................................................................................

46

Fig. 30 Standard wiring............................................................................................................................

47

Fig. 31 Pluggable wiring ..........................................................................................................................

47

Fig. 32 High Density Terminals................................................................................................................

48

Fig. 33 Connecting a cable on a terminal point .......................................................................................

49

Fig. 34 Recommended distances for standard installation position ........................................................

51

Fig. 35 Other installation positions ..........................................................................................................

52

Fig. 36 Correct positioning.......................................................................................................................

53

Fig. 37 Incorrect positioning.....................................................................................................................

53

Fig. 38 EL3423 LEDs...............................................................................................................................

54

Fig. 39 EL3443 LEDs...............................................................................................................................

56

Fig. 40 EL3453 LED's ..............................................................................................................................

58

EL34xx Version: 1.5

291

List of illustrations

Fig. 41 EL3483 LEDs...............................................................................................................................

61

Fig. 42 Relationship between user side (commissioning) and installation...............................................

64

Fig. 43 Control configuration with Embedded PC, input (EL1004) and output (EL2008) ........................

65

Fig. 44 Initial TwinCAT 2 user interface...................................................................................................

66

Fig. 45 Selection of the target system .....................................................................................................

67

Fig. 46 Specify the PLC for access by the TwinCAT System Manager: selection of the target system ..

67

Fig. 47 Select "Scan Devices..." ..............................................................................................................

68

Fig. 48 Automatic detection of I/O devices: selection the devices to be integrated.................................

68

Fig. 49 Mapping of the configuration in the TwinCAT 2 System Manager...............................................

69

Fig. 50 Reading of individual terminals connected to a device................................................................

69

Fig. 51 TwinCAT PLC Control after startup .............................................................................................

70

Fig. 52 Sample program with variables after a compile process (without variable integration) ...............

71

Fig. 53 Appending the TwinCAT PLC Control project .............................................................................

71

Fig. 54 PLC project integrated in the PLC configuration of the System Manager ...................................

72

Fig. 55 Creating the links between PLC variables and process objects ..................................................

72

Fig. 56 Selecting PDO of type BOOL ......................................................................................................

73

Fig. 57 Selecting several PDOs simultaneously: activate "Continuous" and "All types"..........................

73

Fig. 58 Application of a "Goto Link" variable, using "MAIN.bEL1004_Ch4" as a sample ........................

74

Fig. 59 Choose target system (remote) ...................................................................................................

75

Fig. 60 PLC Control logged in, ready for program startup .......................................................................

76

Fig. 61 Initial TwinCAT 3 user interface...................................................................................................

77

Fig. 62 Create new TwinCAT project.......................................................................................................

77

Fig. 63 New TwinCAT3 project in the project folder explorer ..................................................................

78

Fig. 64 Selection dialog: Choose the target system ................................................................................

78

Fig. 65 Specify the PLC for access by the TwinCAT System Manager: selection of the target system ..

79

Fig. 66 Select "Scan" ...............................................................................................................................

79

Fig. 67 Automatic detection of I/O devices: selection the devices to be integrated.................................

80

Fig. 68 Mapping of the configuration in VS shell of the TwinCAT3 environment.....................................

80

Fig. 69 Reading of individual terminals connected to a device................................................................

81

Fig. 70 Adding the programming environment in "PLC" ..........................................................................

82

Fig. 71 Specifying the name and directory for the PLC programming environment ................................

82

Fig. 72 Initial "Main" program of the standard PLC project......................................................................

83

Fig. 73 Sample program with variables after a compile process (without variable integration) ...............

84

Fig. 74 Start program compilation............................................................................................................

84

Fig. 75 Creating the links between PLC variables and process objects ..................................................

85

Fig. 76 Selecting PDO of type BOOL ......................................................................................................

85

Fig. 77 Selecting several PDOs simultaneously: activate "Continuous" and "All types"..........................

86

Fig. 78 Application of a "Goto Link" variable, using "MAIN.bEL1004_Ch4" as a sample ........................

86

Fig. 79 TwinCAT development environment (VS shell): logged-in, after program startup.......................

87

Fig. 80 System Manager “Options” (TwinCAT 2).....................................................................................

89

Fig. 81 Call up under VS Shell (TwinCAT 3) ...........................................................................................

89

Fig. 82 Overview of network interfaces ...................................................................................................

89

Fig. 83 EtherCAT device properties(TwinCAT 2): click on „Compatible Devices…“ of tab “Adapter” .....

90

Fig. 84 Windows properties of the network interface...............................................................................

90

Fig. 85 Exemplary correct driver setting for the Ethernet port .................................................................

91

Fig. 86 Incorrect driver settings for the Ethernet port .............................................................................

92

292 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

List of illustrations

Fig. 87 TCP/IP setting for the Ethernet port ............................................................................................

93

Fig. 88 Identifier structure .......................................................................................................................

94

Fig. 89 OnlineDescription information window (TwinCAT 2) ...................................................................

95

Fig. 90 Information window OnlineDescription (TwinCAT 3) ...................................................................

95

Fig. 91 File OnlineDescription.xml created by the System Manager ......................................................

96

Fig. 92 Indication of an online recorded ESI of EL2521 as an example ..................................................

96

Fig. 93 Information window for faulty ESI file (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)..................................

96

Fig. 94 Using the ESI Updater (>= TwinCAT 2.11)..................................................................................

98

Fig. 95 Using the ESI Updater (TwinCAT 3)............................................................................................

98

Fig. 96 Append EtherCAT device (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3) ...................................................

99

Fig. 97 Selecting the EtherCAT connection (TwinCAT 2.11, TwinCAT 3)...............................................

99

Fig. 98 Selecting the Ethernet port .........................................................................................................

99

Fig. 99 EtherCAT device properties (TwinCAT 2) ................................................................................... 100

Fig. 100 Appending EtherCAT devices (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)............................................. 100

Fig. 101 Selection dialog for new EtherCAT device ................................................................................. 101

Fig. 102 Display of device revision ........................................................................................................... 101

Fig. 103 Display of previous revisions ...................................................................................................... 102

Fig. 104 Name/revision of the terminal ...................................................................................................... 102

Fig. 105 EtherCAT terminal in the TwinCAT tree (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3).............................. 103

Fig. 106 Differentiation local/target system (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)....................................... 104

Fig. 107 Scan Devices (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3) ...................................................................... 104

Fig. 108 Note for automatic device scan (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)........................................... 104

Fig. 109 Detected Ethernet devices .......................................................................................................... 105

Fig. 110 Example default state .................................................................................................................. 105

Fig. 111 Installing EthetCAT terminal with revision -1018 ......................................................................... 106

Fig. 112 Detection of EtherCAT terminal with revision -1019 .................................................................... 106

Fig. 113 Scan query after automatic creation of an EtherCAT device (left: TwinCAT 2; right: Twin-

CAT 3) ......................................................................................................................................... 106

Fig. 114 Manual triggering of a device scan on a specified EtherCAT device (left: TwinCAT 2; right:

TwinCAT 3).................................................................................................................................. 107

Fig. 115 Scan progressexemplary by TwinCAT 2 ..................................................................................... 107

Fig. 116 Config/FreeRun query (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3)......................................................... 107

Fig. 117 Displaying of “Free Run” and “Config Mode” toggling right below in the status bar .................... 107

Fig. 118 TwinCAT can also be switched to this state by using a button (left: TwinCAT 2; right: Twin-

CAT 3) ......................................................................................................................................... 107

Fig. 119 Online display example ............................................................................................................... 108

Fig. 120 Faulty identification ...................................................................................................................... 108

Fig. 121 Identical configuration (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3) ......................................................... 109

Fig. 122 Correction dialog ......................................................................................................................... 109

Fig. 123 Name/revision of the terminal ...................................................................................................... 110

Fig. 124 Correction dialog with modifications ........................................................................................... 111

Fig. 125 Dialog “Change to Compatible Type…” (left: TwinCAT 2; right: TwinCAT 3) .............................. 111

Fig. 126 TwinCAT 2 Dialog Change to Alternative Type ........................................................................... 111

Fig. 127 Branch element as terminal EL3751............................................................................................ 112

Fig. 128 “General” tab................................................................................................................................ 112

Fig. 129 „EtherCAT“ tab............................................................................................................................. 113

Fig. 130 “Process Data” tab....................................................................................................................... 114

EL34xx Version: 1.5

293

List of illustrations

Fig. 131 Configuring the process data....................................................................................................... 115

Fig. 132 „Startup“ tab................................................................................................................................. 116

Fig. 133 “CoE – Online” tab ....................................................................................................................... 117

Fig. 134 Dialog “Advanced settings”.......................................................................................................... 118

Fig. 135 „Online“ tab .................................................................................................................................. 118

Fig. 136 "DC" tab (Distributed Clocks)....................................................................................................... 119

Fig. 137 Selection of the diagnostic information of an EtherCAT Slave ................................................... 121

Fig. 138 Basic EtherCAT Slave Diagnosis in the PLC............................................................................... 122

Fig. 139 EL3102, CoE directory ................................................................................................................ 124

Fig. 140 Example of commissioning aid for a EL3204 .............................................................................. 125

Fig. 141 Default behaviour of the System Manager .................................................................................. 126

Fig. 142 Default target state in the Slave .................................................................................................. 126

Fig. 143 PLC function blocks .................................................................................................................... 127

Fig. 144 Illegally exceeding the E-Bus current ......................................................................................... 128

Fig. 145 Warning message for exceeding E-Bus current ......................................................................... 128

Fig. 146 Process Data tab SM3, EL3423 .................................................................................................. 129

Fig. 147 Process Data tab SM3, EL3443 .................................................................................................. 130

Fig. 148 Process Data tab SM3, EL3453 .................................................................................................. 131

Fig. 149 Process Data tab SM3, EL3483 .................................................................................................. 132

Fig. 150 "Settings" tab ............................................................................................................................... 137

Fig. 151 Full scale value, measuring span ................................................................................................ 145

Fig. 152 SE and DIFF module as 2-channel version ................................................................................. 147

Fig. 153 2-wire connection......................................................................................................................... 149

Fig. 154 Connection of externally supplied sensors .................................................................................. 150

Fig. 155 2-, 3- and 4-wire connection at single-ended and differential inputs ........................................... 151

Fig. 156 Common-mode voltage (Vcm)..................................................................................................... 152

Fig. 157 Recommended operating voltage range...................................................................................... 153

Fig. 158 Signal processing analog input.................................................................................................... 153

Fig. 159 Diagram signal delay (step response) ......................................................................................... 155

Fig. 160 Diagram signal delay (linear) ....................................................................................................... 155

Fig. 161 EL3443, Power measurement with 2 current transformers on a motor ....................................... 260

Fig. 162 EL3453, Power measurement with 3 current transformers on a motor ....................................... 261

Fig. 163 EL3443, power measurement at a machine ................................................................................ 262

Fig. 164 EL3453, power measurement at a machine ................................................................................ 263

Fig. 165 Power measurement at ohmic consumers .................................................................................. 264

Fig. 166 Application example - power measurement at a fieldbus station................................................. 265

Fig. 167 Application example with frequency converter ............................................................................ 266

Fig. 168 Common wiring of the EL3453 power measurement terminal..................................................... 267

Fig. 169 Conventional converter arrangement for the EL3453 power measurement terminal including neutral conductor measurement .................................................................................................. 268

Fig. 170 Transformer configuration of the EL3453 for differential current measurement .......................... 268

Fig. 171 FB_example_Struct ..................................................................................................................... 269

Fig. 172 Selection of predefined PDO Assignment "Dafault + Variant" ..................................................... 270

Fig. 173 Import of PLCopenXML ............................................................................................................... 270

Fig. 174 Linking of variables ...................................................................................................................... 271

Fig. 175 View in Structure Tree ................................................................................................................. 271

294 Version: 1.5

EL34xx

List of illustrations

Fig. 176 View of the overall structure ........................................................................................................ 272

Fig. 177 Schematic representation TCEventLogger.................................................................................. 273

Fig. 178 Display EventLogger window....................................................................................................... 274

Fig. 179 Display DiagMessages and Logged Events ................................................................................ 275

Fig. 180 Setting filter language .................................................................................................................. 275

Fig. 181 Activating/deactivating event transmission .................................................................................. 276

Fig. 182 Settings TwinCAT EventLogger................................................................................................... 276

Fig. 183 Device identifier consisting of name EL3204-0000 and revision -0016 ...................................... 279

Fig. 184 Scan the subordinate field by right-clicking on the EtherCAT device .......................................... 280

Fig. 185 Configuration is identical ............................................................................................................. 280

Fig. 186 Change dialog ............................................................................................................................. 281

Fig. 187 EEPROM Update ........................................................................................................................ 281

Fig. 188 Selecting the new ESI.................................................................................................................. 282

Fig. 189 Display of EL3204 firmware version ............................................................................................ 283

Fig. 190 Firmware Update ......................................................................................................................... 283

Fig. 191 FPGA firmware version definition ............................................................................................... 285

Fig. 192 Context menu Properties ............................................................................................................ 285

Fig. 193 Dialog Advanced Settings ........................................................................................................... 286

Fig. 194 Multiple selection and firmware update ...................................................................................... 288

Fig. 195 Selecting the "Restore default parameters" PDO ........................................................................ 289

Fig. 196 Entering a restore value in the Set Value dialog.......................................................................... 289

EL34xx Version: 1.5

295

advertisement

Key Features

  • Measures voltage, current, power, energy, and power factor
  • Supports 3-phase systems with up to 500 V and 10 A per phase
  • High accuracy class 0.5
  • Fast sampling rate of 1024 samples per cycle
  • EtherCAT interface for real-time data transfer
  • Compact design for easy installation
  • Wide range of mounting options
  • LED indicators for status and diagnostics
  • Can be used with current transformers for extended current measurement range
  • Supports TwinCAT software for configuration, monitoring, and data acquisition

Related manuals

Frequently Answers and Questions

What is the maximum voltage and current that the EL3443-0013 can measure?
The EL3443-0013 can measure up to 500 V and 10 A per phase.
What is the accuracy class of the EL3443-0013?
The EL3443-0013 has an accuracy class of 0.5.
What is the sampling rate of the EL3443-0013?
The EL3443-0013 has a sampling rate of 1024 samples per cycle.
Can the EL3443-0013 be used with current transformers?
Yes, the EL3443-0013 can be used with current transformers for extended current measurement range.
What software is used to configure and monitor the EL3443-0013?
The EL3443-0013 is configured and monitored using TwinCAT software.
Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents